UK Head Office:

Hi-Force Limited
Prospect Way, Daventry, Northants, NN11 8PL, United Kingdom
Tel: +44 1327 301 000 - Fax: +44 1327 706 555
[email protected]

Hi-Force Regional Offices:

HYDRAULIC TOOLS
Hi-Force Australia Pty. Ltd Hi-Force Caspian Hi-Force Hydraulic Equipment Hi-Force S.r.l.
Rockingham Baku (Shanghai) Ltd. Co. Milan
Australia Azerbaijan Shanghai, China Italy Global Brand
Tel: +61 8 9591 1288 Tel: +994 12 447 4100 Tel: +86 21 6697 3010 Tel: +39 0253 031 088
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Hi-Force Hydraulics (Asia) S.B. Hi-Force Nederland BV Hi-Force Hydraulics (Pty) Ltd Hi-Force Aberdeen
Selangor Strijen Midrand Aberdeen
Malaysia Netherlands South Africa United Kingdom
Tel: +603 5569 4209 Tel: +31 78 674 5488 Tel: +27 11 314 0555 Tel: +44 1224 973 512
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Hi-Force Hydraulics Hi-Force FZCO Local Service

Abu Dhabi Dubai
United Arab Emirates United Arab Emirates
Tel: +971 2 551 3100 Tel: +971 4 815 0600
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Your authorised distributor:

www .h i-for c e .c om

www.hi-force.com Jacks - Pumps - Cutters - Presses - Cylinders - Puller kits - Spreaders - Pipe benders
Torque tools - Bolt tensioners - Nut splitters - Hole punchers
Moving skates - Crimping tools - Hydrotest pumps - ToughLift jacking systems

Cat. Ref. HFM1501EN

 HI-FORCE COMPANY INFORMATION

OUR MISSION STATEMENT

To support our valued customers through the design, manufacture and supply of first class products and
services of exceptional quality, to assist them to gain competitive advantage in their markets.

To sustain our vision and mission by constantly seeking improvement via continuous education and
learning, and the application of the best available technology and business practices.

To provide a pleasant, nurturing and growth orientated environment, which encourages our employees to
be highly productive and to grow both personally and professionally.

To develop diversified markets, that provide stability, and adequate financial returns and allow us to
achieve our vision and provide opportunities for existing and future employees.

HI-FORCE CATALOGUES

In addition to this new 2015 catalogue, other product specific and condensed catalogues are available in
several languages including Chinese, Dutch, English (both in imperial and metric), French, German, Italian,
Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian, Slovakian and Spanish. To request copies of our catalogue(s) contact
your local sales representative, or alternatively you can access our catalogues online! Simply go to
www.hi-force.com.

HI-FORCE UK FACILITIES

HI-FORCE WEBSITE

Check out the Hi-Force Website for the latest company and product information.

www.hi-force.com
2
CONTENTS

Information about the company, Pages

General products, markets, quality and safety 4-8 A
Low height, multi-purpose, hollow piston, double Pages
Cylinders & Sets acting and high tonnage cylinders, sets & saddles 9 - 28 B
Manual, electric, air, petrol engine driven, Pages
Pumps split flow electric pumps and accessories 29 - 50 C
Hoses, oil, pressure gauges, manifolds, Pages
System Components couplers, fittings and control valves 51 - 60 D
Industrial aluminium jacks, compact jacks, Pages
Jacks steel bottle jacks and machine lift low height jacks 61 - 66 E
Manual, pneumatic and hydraulic torque Pages
Torque Tools wrenches, multipliers, pumps and accessories 67 - 92 F
Hydraulic topside and sub-sea tensioners, Pages
Bolt Tensioners manual and air driven pumps and accessories 93 - 118 G
Manually operated and air driven Pages
Hydrotest Pumps hydrotest pumps and accessories 119 - 128 H
Self-contained and heavy duty hydraulic pullers, Pages
Puller Kits pin and bush replacement kits 129 - 136 I
Hydraulic crimping tools, cable cutters, Pages
Crimpers & Cutters chain cutters and wire rope cutters 137 - 150 J
Hole punchers, nut splitters, flange spreaders, Pages
Tools pipe benders, presses, skates and tool boxes 151 - 168 K
Pages
ToughLift ToughLift jacking systems and accessories 169 - 174 L
Equipment rental, on-site services, Pages
Services maintenance and training 175 - 186 M
Basic hydraulic principles, conversion Pages
The Information Pages and torque value charts 187 - 202 N
New products, Hi-Force contact details, Pages
Extras model number index 203 - 207 O
3
 ABOUT HI-FORCE, PRODUCTS & MARKETS

Welcome to the 2015 Hi-Force catalogue comprising of 208 pages, packed full of product and technical
A information from the fastest growing hydraulic tools manufacturer in the world today. Our continually
expanding Regional Office, Service Centre and Distribution network continue to fuel our desire to ensure
that Hi-Force products and after sales services are both available to hydraulic tools users anywhere in
the world.

Hi-Force is and will continue to be a fiercely independent Company, managed by hard working
Shareholders & Directors, ably supported by a highly motivated and conscientious workforce, all of
whom retain the same passion, for success, that helped Hi-Force to produce its first hydraulic tools
over 30 years ago.

Hi-Force Regional Office

Authorised Hi-Force Distributor

4
 ABOUT HI-FORCE, PRODUCTS & MARKETS

During the past five years Hi-Force has invested a significant amount of money in twelve state of the art
Mori Seiki CNC Machines. Our latest addition, a brand new 4 axis machine, capable of machining hydraulic A
cylinders up to 1000 tonnes capacity and 1200mm stroke, was received in May 2014 along with an
additional milling machine, bringing our total fleet of production machines to 15. Hi-Force is totally
committed to manufacturing products of the highest quality, using the best machinery available, to ensure
that our products meet the most stringent quality requirements possible, whilst also retaining a
competitive price in the global market for hydraulic tools. Our research, development and design office is
working hard and continuing to expand, ensuring that our products remain at the leading edge of
currently available hydraulic tool technology.

Following our UK head office relocation in 2010, to a brand new, state of the art facility in Daventry, UK, we
also added a further 20,000 square feet of purpose built Logistics Centre in 2012. In just 4 short years we
have increased in size by more than five fold, which is surely testament to our claims, of being the fastest
growing hydraulic tools manufacturer in the world. Within our new Logistics Centre we have also invested
a significant amount of money in our new, purpose built, Training School. Covering an area of over 1,500
square feet, this new facility is fully equipped with a classroom and two separate practical training areas,
one for product training and one for service & repair training.

The Training School has also been approved by the ECITB (Engineering Construction Industry Training
Board), to deliver ECITB approved courses in Flange Management, a critical area within the Oil & Gas
industry. By the end of 2015, our UK Training School will have delivered over 30 ECITB approved training
courses, with almost 150 delegates trained and certified. Our Middle East facilities have now also been
approved by the ECITB, with plans already in place to complete ECITB approval in Malaysia, South Africa &
Australia by mid-2015. There is no doubt that the huge investment in facilities, personnel, product design
and manufacturing capabilities, that we are making today, will see Hi-Force continue to grow at a significant
rate over the coming years.

With over 30 years of hydraulic tool manufacturing and technical sales experience in place, we believe that
Hi-Force is certainly a company that can be trusted with your current and future demands for hydraulic
tools, safe in the knowledge that when you need us we will be ready to support you worldwide, 24 hours a
day, 7 days a week, 365 days per year.
5
 ABOUT HI-FORCE, PRODUCTS & MARKETS

Hi-Force products are in use every day in a wide variety of industries including Oil & Gas, Petrochemical
A & Refining, Power Generation, Steel & Aluminium Plants, Paper Mills, Sugar Refineries, Railways, Mining,
Construction, Ship Building & Ship Repair, Aerospace, Defence, Heavy Engineering and the many
thousands of industrial service companies supporting these market sectors. Hi-Force hydraulic tools
continually satisfy the demands of industry during construction, production, breakdown and routine
shutdown repair and maintenance. Every year more and more companies continue to join the ever
growing list of satisfied Hi-Force hydraulic tool users.

We are very proud of our latest edition of the Hi-Force hydraulic tools catalogue which now includes over
2000 products. A large number of new products are being launched in this catalogue including spring
return stud bolt tensioners, three speed hydraulic torque wrench pumps, a new range of manual
hydrotest pumps, improved range of manual and pneumatic torque multipliers and hand torque
wrenches, hydraulic pin and bush removal and installation kits, hollow bore, lightweight, aluminum
cylinders, increased capacity and range of heavy lift cylinders and remote controlled, high tonnage trolley
mounted pullers.

Furthermore, our innovative BoltRight software, designed to accurately calculate the correct torque and
tension figures for a wide variety of bolted joints, is now available in multiple languages including Chinese,
Dutch, French, Italian, Portuguese and Russian with the addition of further language options an ongoing
process. The continuous expansion of the Hi-Force product range enables us to offer our valued
customers a one stop solution for all of their hydraulic tool requirements.
6
 ABOUT HI-FORCE, PRODUCTS & MARKETS

Hi-Force is fully committed to improving levels of technical capability, both within our own workforce and
also throughout our distributor network, and we believe that training is a key element to help us in A
achieving our goals. Hi-Force continues to invest considerable time and money in the establishment of
first class technical sales and service training courses for both our distributors and product users.
Courses are held on a regular basis at our UK head office and at selected regional offices worldwide. All
training is carried out in our ECITB approved Training Schools; located in UK & Middle East, with additional
ECITB approved Training Schools being set up in Malaysia, Australia & South Africa in early 2015. Please
refer to pages 181 to 186 for further information or contact your local Hi-Force office.

Our Sales & Marketing teams provide the essential link between Hi-Force and our customers, to ensure
that our 30 plus years of expertise and experience continues to anticipate the needs of tomorrows
market today! Another key link with our customers is provided by our Regional Office service centres,
each fully equipped with the latest state of the art service, repair, calibration and testing facilities
ensuring that the after sales service provided for Hi-Force products is second to none in the industry.
Additionally, over the past few years many of our authorised distributors have established their own
accredited Hi-Force Service Centre, further enhancing the Hi-Force Global Brand, Local Service
philosophy. The appointment of additional strategically placed service centres, authorised by and
compliant with Hi-Forces strict levels of competence, is continuing year on year.

May I thank you on behalf of everyone at Hi-Force, for taking the time to read this section of our 2015
catalogue, which yet again has increased in size and product range compared to its predecessor.
I am confident that the products and technical information, detailed on the following pages, will greatly
assist you when selecting the most suitable Hi-Force tool for the application at hand. We are justifiably
very proud of our achievements to date, none of which could have been realised without the continued
support of our many customers and distributors worldwide. Be assured Hi-Force will continually strive to
improve in everything we do.
Kevin P. Brown
Group Managing Director
7
 QUALITY & SAFETY
All Hi-Force products are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of current
A national and international standards and codes of practice, which are essential to ensure that Hi-Force
manufactures hydraulic tools and equipment of the highest possible quality, both today, and in the future.
All items are manufactured in accordance with the quality assurance requirements of ISO9001:2008 as
verified by our certificate of registration number A21 438, originally issued in January 1998 and valid until
November 2015 at which time it will be renewed for a further three year period.

All Hi-Force tools are permanently marked with their respective model number and a unique serial number,
which are both traceable to an individually issued test certificate. Every Hi-Force tool manufactured is
individually tested in accordance with the latest international test procedures, applicable to hydraulic tools
and equipment.

All Hi-Force products are covered by a comprehensive warranty against material and/or workmanship
defects. All warranty claims must, in the first instance, be registered via our website online warranty claim
registration procedure at www.hi-force.com/warranty. The procedure is easy to complete and enables
Hi-Force to provide an initial response, within 48 hours of registration of the warranty claim. Following a
detailed evaluation of the online warranty claim by our technical department, claims can, in most cases, be
approved immediately avoiding the need for costly and time consuming return shipment of the faulty items
to Hi-Force. Dependant on whether the approval is to repair or replace, Hi-Force will authorise the warranty
through your local authorised Hi-Force Distributor or Service Centre.

Hi-Force reserves the right to request

the return of defective or faulty
product for a more detailed evaluation
and inspection should the information
provided in the online warranty claim
prove inconclusive. All warranty claim
rejections will be supported by a
report explaining the reasons why
warranty has not been approved.

High pressure hydraulic power

provides one of the simplest means of
applying a high force in confined
spaces, however respect for common
sense safety precautions is essential
at all times. Every Hi-Force employee is
fully conversant with all Hi-Force safety
procedures, applicable to the safe
operation and use of our products and
we feel it is our duty to ensure that all
users of hydraulic tools are equally
aware of these procedures.
With every product that we supply, we
provide operation and maintenance
instructions to ensure that all
operators are equally aware of these
safety issues.

8
CYLINDERS

Page
Hydraulic Cylinders Selection table 10

Single acting Page

HVL Range Very low height pancake cylinders 11 B
Single acting Page
HPS Range Low height pad cylinders 12

Single acting Page

HLS Range Low height cylinders 13

Single acting Pages

HSS Range Multi-purpose cylinders 14 - 15

Single acting lightweight Page

HAS Range Solid piston aluminium cylinders 16

Single acting lightweight Page

HHA Range Hollow piston aluminium cylinders 17

Single acting Page

HHS Range Hollow piston cylinders 18

Double acting Page

HHR Range Hollow piston cylinders 19

Double acting Page

HDA Range High tonnage cylinders 20

Single acting Pages

HFL & HFG Range Failsafe lock ring cylinders 21 - 22

Single acting Page

HGG & HSG Range Load return high tonnage cylinders 23

Single acting Page

HPC Range Pull cylinders 24

Page
PCS Sets Pump and cylinders sets 25

Cylinder saddles and Pages

Saddles Piston rod specifications 26 - 27
9
 SELECTION TABLE FOR HI-FORCE STANDARD RANGE CYLINDERS
Choice of 124 standard cylinder models and unlimited specials made to order, Hi-Force will provide the best cylinder for the job !
Nominal lifting capacity of cylinder in tonnes
Cylinder 10 14.5 23 33 50 61 102 147 200 320 520
stroke to to to to to to to to to to to

B in mm
6
4.5
HPS50
11
HVL10
20
HVL20
32
HVL30
37 52
HVL50
73 110
HVL100
152 260 398 800 1000

B 10
11
HPS100
HPS200
12 HPS300
15 HPS500
16 HPS51 HPS750 HPS1000 HPS1500
25 HSS51 HSS101 HLS1001
25 HHS101 HLS301 HLS501 HLS1501
40 HLS101
44 HLS201
45 HFL1502 HFL2502 HFL4002 HFL5002
50 HSS52 HHS102 HSS152 HHS202 HHS302 HFL1002 HLS1502 HFG2002
51 HHR302 HSS502
51 HHA182 HSS252 HHA372 HFL502
56 HSS102
60 HLS302 HLS502 HLS1002
75 HSS53
76 HHS603 HHS1003
76 HHR603 HHR1003
100 HSS54 HSS104 HSS154 HFG1004 HFG1504
102 HSS254 HSS504
102 HFG504 HSS1004
105 HHA504
125 HSS55
150 HSS106 HSS156 HHS206 HHR306 HFG506 HFG1006
150 HSS256 HHS606 HHS1006 HFG1506 HFG3006
151 HFG4006
152 HHS106 HDA256 HSS506 HSS756 HDA1006 HDA2006 HDA3006 HDA5006
152 HAS306 HHS306 HDA506 HHR606 HHR1006 HDA1506 HFG2006 HDA4006 HFG5006 HDA10006
152 HAS506 HAS1006 HSG1506 HSG2006 HDA8006 HFG10006
152 HFG8006
153 HSS1006 HSG3006
155 HGG1506 HGG2006 HGG3006
176 HSS57
203 HSS508 HHR1508 HHR2508
205 HSS308
206 HSS108
227 HSS59
250 HSS1010 HSS1510 HSS2510
254 HHR6010 HSS10010
305 HSS1012 HHR3012 HDA15012 HDA20012
330 HDA5013
330 HSS5013 HDA10013
356 HSS2514
457 HSS2518

Cylinder Main characteristics of Hi-Force cylinder range

Range Page Cylinder principle Return action Piston feature Saddle Stroke limiting device
HVL 11 single acting load/gravity return solid piston integrated stop ring
HPS 12 single acting spring assisted return solid piston integrated stop ring
HLS 13 single acting spring assisted return solid piston integrated stop ring
HSS 14-15 single acting spring assisted return solid piston several options available stop ring
HAS 16 single acting spring assisted return solid piston flat saddle stop ring
HHA 17 single acting spring assisted return hollow piston several options available stop ring
HHS 18 single acting spring assisted return hollow piston several options available stop ring
HHR 19 double acting hydraulic return hollow piston several options available stop ring
HDA 20 double acting hydraulic return solid piston several options available stop ring
HFL 21 single acting load/gravity return threaded piston & lock ring tilting saddle restriction port
HFG 22 single acting load/gravity return threaded piston & lock ring tilting saddle restriction port
HGG 23 single acting load/gravity return solid piston tilting saddle stop ring
HSG 23 single acting load/gravity return solid piston tilting saddle restriction port

10
 HVL - SINGLE ACTING VERY LOW HEIGHT PANCAKE CYLINDERS

Capacities from 10 to 104 tonnes

Stroke length 6mm

HVL100
B
HVL30
Working pressure 700 Bar
HVL10

The HVL pancake cylinder range combines a very low closed height with a 6mm stroke, providing a
precise adjusting and lifting force in very confined work areas. Ideally suited for applications requiring
alignment of machinery, turbines, heavy structures etc. All models are single acting, load return design.
The base of all HVL cylinders must be fully supported during use.

Single acting load return

Nitrocarburised piston rod
Low friction bearing surfaces
Anti-extrusion seals

HVL10 also available with 400mm extension

hose and coupling.
Please add suffix H to model no.

D C
Did you know.....

Hi-Force HVL pancake cylinders

are the lowest closed height A
hydraulic cylinders available on E
the market.
If you dont have the space, we B
have the solution!
Note: All models, excluding HVL100, are fitted with extension nipple for
required coupling clearance (drawing is without coupling extension nipple).

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm
number tonnes mm cm cm kg A B C D E
HVL10 10 6 9 14.4 1.6 28 87 38 111 16.0
HVL20 20 6 17 28.6 2.6 32 104 52 111 19.0
HVL30 32 6 27 45.6 3.0 34 120 60 111 19.5
HVL50 50 6 43 71.3 7.2 45 158 75 111 29.0
HVL100 104 6 88 146.5 15.6 65 200 100 76 37.0
11
 HPS - SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT PAD CYLINDERS

Capacities from 4.5 to 147 tonnes

B Stroke lengths from 6 to 16mm

B
HPS200
HPS100
Working pressure 700 Bar

The HPS pad cylinder range offers the best capacity, closed height and stroke length combination, spring
assisted return cylinders in the industry. Ideally suited for applications where a low closed height and
maximum possible stroke is of prime importance, these highly versatile cylinders are extensively used for
maintenance, structural weld positioning, rigging, flange separating and many other applications.

Single acting, spring assisted return Handle G1 G2

Nitrocarburised piston rod (HPS1000 & HPS1500)

Low friction bearing surfaces

Anti-extrusion seals
H C

E F
76mm D

A
I

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm
number tonnes mm cm cm kg A B C D E F G1 G2 H I
HPS50 4.5 6 4 6.4 0.8 32 60 38 24 20 19 5.6 9.75 26 19
HPS51 4.5 16 10 6.4 0.9 42 60 38 24 20 19 5.6 9.75 26 19
HPS100 10 10 14 14.4 1.6 46 81 56 38 34 28 6.8 11.25 37 19
HPS200 20 11 31 28.6 2.6 52 100 76 51 40 39 8.8 14.25 50 19
HPS300 32 12 55 45.6 4.2 59 115 95 60 46 48 8.8 14.25 52 19
HPS500 50 15 107 71.3 6.6 67 140 114 70 54 60 10.8 17.25 67 20
HPS750 73 16 164 102.7 10.4 81 165 140 82 67 70 13.0 19.00 76 21
HPS1000 109 16 245 153.4 23.2 91 215 180 114 75 90 12.8 19.00 130 29
HPS1500 147 16 330 206.2 28.5 100 215 191 114 83 95 13.0 19.00 117 29
12
 HLS - SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT CYLINDERS

Capacities from 10 to 147 tonnes

HLS 101
Stroke lengths from 25 to 60mm
B
HLS 501 Working pressure 700 Bar

The HLS low height cylinder range is the most widely used Hi-Force cylinder design in the world today.
All models have spring assisted return pistons and combine low closed height with optimum stroke
lengths. Offering a compact, powerful force for a wide variety of applications in many industries including
power generation, ship building & repair, construction, railways, mining, steel works, oil & gas and many
others. The HLS range offers a compact, portable option in an inexpensive package.

Spring assisted return

Nitrocarburised piston rod C
Low friction bearing surfaces 76mm

Anti-extrusion seals

45 degrees (*)

(*) = HLS101 features 2 base mounting holes at 90 from coupler

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm
number tonnes mm cm cm kg A B C D E F
HLS101 10 40 58 14.4 2.4 95 70 38 M8 40 19
HLS201 20 44 126 28.6 4.8 102 90 51 M8 60 19
HLS301 32 25 114 45.6 5.0 83 102 60 M8 80 19
HLS302 32 60 274 45.6 7.0 119 102 60 M8 80 19
HLS501 50 25 178 71.3 8.4 91 127 70 M8 80 20
HLS502 50 60 428 71.3 10.4 126 127 70 M8 80 20
HLS1001 109 25 384 153.4 19.8 108 178 114 M12 140 30
HLS1002 109 60 921 153.4 24.0 143 178 114 M12 140 30
HLS1501 147 25 516 206.2 37.0 130 216 114 M12 165 41
HLS1502 147 50 1031 206.2 42.0 155 216 114 M12 165 41
13
 HSS - SINGLE ACTING MULTI-PURPOSE CYLINDERS

HSS1010
Capacities from 4.5 to 109 tonnes
HSS108

HSS106

B HSS104 Stroke lengths from 25 to 457mm

B
Working pressure 700 Bar

The HSS single acting multi-purpose cylinder range offers the widest choice of stroke lengths and lifting
capacities available, and provides an excellent choice for maintenance, production, fabrication and
construction applications. All models are provided with a collar thread and thread protector, cylinder base
and piston rod mountings for easy fixturing, making the HSS range the most versatile and adaptable
multi-purpose cylinders available. Major user industries include power generation, railways, steelworks,
mining, shipyards and oil & gas.
D
*

Spring assisted return

Nitrocarburised piston rod
E
Low friction bearing surfaces
Anti-extrusion seals C
Collar threads withstand full load
Piston rod thread on all models up to 30t A

Base mounting holes on all models (except HSS308)

Optional piston rod saddles (see pages 26 - 27)
Collar thread protector supplied as standard H
B

76mm G

Lightweight aluminium alternatives

available (see page 16)
F
* = see pages 26 - 27

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm cm cm kg A B C D E F G H
HSS51 4.5 25 16 6.4 1.0 107 38 24 1 1/2-16un 28 M6 25 19
HSS52 4.5 50 32 6.4 1.2 132 38 24 1 1/2-16un 28 M6 25 19
HSS53 4.5 75 48 6.4 1.4 157 38 24 1 1/2-16un 28 M6 25 19
HSS54 4.5 100 64 6.4 1.5 182 38 24 1 1/2-16un 28 M6 25 19
HSS55 4.5 125 80 6.4 1.8 207 38 24 1 1/2-16un 28 M6 25 19
HSS57 4.5 176 113 6.4 2.0 258 38 24 1 1/2-16un 28 M6 25 19
HSS59 4.5 227 146 6.4 2.4 308 38 24 1 1/2-16un 28 M6 25 19
HSS101 10 25 36 14.4 1.8 100 57 35 2 1/4-14un 27 M8 40 19
HSS102 10 56 81 14.4 2.4 131 57 35 2 1/4-14un 27 M8 40 19
HSS104 10 100 144 14.4 3.0 175 57 35 2 1/4-14un 27 M8 40 19
HSS106 10 150 217 14.4 4.2 225 57 35 2 1/4-14un 27 M8 40 19
HSS108 10 206 297 14.4 5.0 281 57 35 2 1/4-14un 27 M8 40 19
HSS1010 10 250 361 14.4 5.4 325 57 35 2 1/4-14un 27 M8 40 19
HSS1012 10 305 440 14.4 6.2 379 57 35 2 1/4-14un 27 M8 40 16
14
HSS - SINGLE ACTING MULTI-PURPOSE CYLINDERS

Spring assisted return

Nitrocarburised piston rod

B
Working pressure 700 Bar

D
*

Capacities from 4.5 to 109 tonnes

E
Stroke lengths from 25 to 457mm
Low friction bearing surfaces C
Anti-extrusion seals
Collar threads withstand full load A
Piston rod thread on all models up to 30t
Base mounting holes on all models (except HSS308)
Optional piston rod saddles (see pages 26 - 27) H
Collar thread protector supplied as standard G
B

76mm

* = see pages 26 - 27 F

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm cm cm kg A B C D E F G H
HSS152 14.5 50 101 20.3 3.4 154 70 41 2 3/4-16un 39 M10 48 19.0
HSS154 14.5 100 203 20.3 5.0 204 70 41 2 3/4-16un 39 M10 48 19.0
HSS156 14.5 150 304 20.3 6.6 254 70 41 2 3/4-16un 39 M10 48 19.0
HSS1510 14.5 250 507 20.3 8.8 354 70 41 2 3/4-16un 39 M10 48 19.0
HSS252 25 51 178 34.9 6.5 174 86 54 3 5/16-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS254 25 102 356 34.9 8.0 225 86 54 3 5/16-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS256 25 150 524 34.9 9.6 273 86 54 3 5/16-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS2510 25 250 874 34.9 12.6 374 86 54 3 5/16-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS2514 25 356 1242 34.9 16.8 480 86 54 3 5/16-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS2518 25 457 1597 34.9 21.4 611 86 54 3 5/16-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS308 29 205 860 41.9 18.6 374 102 57 3 5/16-12un 50 - - 50.0
HSS502 50 51 364 71.3 13.0 150 127 79 5-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS504 50 102 728 71.3 16.8 201 127 79 5-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS506 50 152 1084 71.3 20.0 251 127 79 5-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS508 50 203 1448 71.3 23.2 302 127 79 5-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS5013 50 330 2354 71.3 33.6 429 127 79 5-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS756 73 152 1561 102.7 31.0 272 146 95 5 3/4-12un 45 M12 115 31.5
HSS1004 109 102 1565 153.4 41.6 223 185 114 6 7/8-12un 50 M12 146 32.0
HSS1006 109 153 2347 153.4 49.8 274 185 114 6 7/8-12un 50 M12 146 32.0
HSS10010 109 254 3896 153.4 65.5 375 185 114 6 7/8-12un 50 M12 146 32.0

15
 HAS - SINGLE ACTING LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM CYLINDERS

Capacities from 32 to 110 tonnes

B Stroke length 152mm

B
Working pressure 700 Bar

HAS1006

The HAS range of single acting, lightweight, aluminium cylinders is specifically designed for applications
where weight and ease of positioning are features of prime importance. With an average weight of
approximately 50% of comparable capacity steel construction cylinders, all models are supplied with a
hard anodised, wear resistant, piston rod and cylinder body and a steel cylinder base protection plate.
Available lifting capacities range from 32 to 110 tonnes capacity, at maximum working pressure of
700 Bar. All models are commonly used in a wide variety of industrial applications in shipyards, steel
mills, construction and power plants. Other capacities and stroke length options available on request.

Spring assisted return

Hard anodised piston rod and cylinder C
Steel base plate to protect cylinder body D
Low friction bearing surfaces
Optional piston rod saddles (see pages 26 - 27)

Please Note ....... A

Aluminum cylinders offer the benefit of greatly reduced

weight compared to conventional steel cylinders.
However, due to the inherent nature of the material,
are not recommended for use in high cycle production
applications. The recommended life cycle is estimated
E
at approximately 5000 operations at maximum
pressure, which in most lifting and maintenance
applications represents a more than acceptable period 76mm B
of usage.

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm cm cm kg A B C D E
HAS306 32 152 672 44.2 6.0 282 104 60 50 20
HAS506 51 152 1077 70.9 9.0 287 135 80 70 25
HAS1006 110 152 2340 153.9 23.0 317 195 110 100 35
Note: Other capacities and stroke lengths available on request

16
 HHA - SINGLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON ALUMINIUM CYLINDERS

Capacities from 18 to 52 tonnes

Stroke lengths from 51 to 105mm

B
Working pressure 700 Bar

HHA504

The HHA range of single acting hollow piston aluminium cylinders are specifically designed for applications
where weight and ease of positioning are of prime importance. Similar in design to the HHS range, the
HHA cylinder models have a hollow piston to enable a rod or cable to be passed through the entire
cylinder length making it suitable for applications where a pulling force is required. All models are supplied
with a hard anodised, wear resistant, piston rod and cylinder body and a steel cylinder base protection
plate. Available lifting capacities range from 18 to 52 tonnes, at maximum working pressure of 700 Bar.

Spring assisted return C

Hard anodised piston rod and cylinder D
Steel base plate to protect cylinder body
Low friction bearing surfaces
Optional piston rod saddles (see pages 26 - 27)

76mm A

Please Note......
B
Aluminium cylinders offer the benefit of greatly reduced
weight compared to conventional steel cylinders.
However, due to the inherent nature of the material,
are not recommended for use in high cycle production F
applications. The recommended life cycle is estimated
at approximately 5000 operations at maximum
pressure, which in most lifting and maintenance
90
applications represents a more than acceptable period E
of usage.

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm cm area cm kg A B C D E F G
HHA182 18 51 129 25.2 3.6 175 98 45 26 M8x10 66.0 26
HHA372 37 51 266 52.1 7.2 193 136 69 39 M10x15 105.0 32
HHA504 52 105 765 72.8 13.4 280 160 79 51 M10x15 130.2 39
17
 HHS - SINGLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON CYLINDERS

Capacities from 11 to 102 tonnes

B Stroke lengths from 25 to 152mm

B
Working pressure 700 Bar
HHS302 HHS202

The HHS single acting hollow piston cylinder range is extremely versatile for use in tooling, maintenance
and tensioning applications. Specifically designed with a hollow piston to enable a rod or cable to be
passed through the entire cylinder length for applications where a pulling force is required, the HHS range
is used extensively in post-tensioning and pre-stressing applications as well as testing of various bonded
or mechanical anchoring systems. HHS cylinders can also be used for general lifting applications, when
fitted with readily available interchangeable hardened steel piston rod saddles.

E
C
*
D

Spring assisted return

Nitrocarburised piston rod F

Low friction bearing surfaces

Anti-extrusion seals
76mm
Optional piston rod saddles (see pages 26 - 27) A
Collar thread protector supplied as standard

B
H

G
* = see pages 26 - 27 90

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm cm area cm kg A B C D E F G H I
HHS101 11 25 39 15.8 2.8 110 70 38 20 2 3/4-16un 30 M8 51 19
HHS102 11 50 79 15.8 3.0 140 70 38 20 2 3/4-16un 30 M8 51 19
HHS106 11 152 240 15.8 10.2 297 70 38 20 2 3/4-16un 30 M8 51 19
HHS202 23 50 167 33.3 7.0 160 100 51 30 3 7/8-12un 40 M8 82.5 31
HHS206 23 150 500 33.3 13.8 306 100 51 30 3 7/8-12un 40 M8 82.5 31
HHS302 33 50 233 46.7 10.6 165 115 60 35 4 1/2-12un 40 M8 92 31
HHS306 33 152 710 46.7 19.2 320 115 60 35 4 1/2-12un 40 M8 92 31
HHS603 61 76 651 85.7 28.0 226 160 92 55 6 1/4-12un 59 M12 130 31
HHS606 61 150 1285 85.7 40.6 315 160 92 55 6 1/4-12un 59 M12 130 31
HHS1003 102 76 1088 143.1 64.0 276 213 127 81 8 3/8-12un 60 M16 178 45
HHS1006 102 150 2147 143.1 75.0 350 213 127 81 8 3/8-12un 60 M16 178 45

18
 HHR - DOUBLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON CYLINDERS

Capacities from 33 to 247 tonnes

Stroke lengths from 51 to 305mm

B
Working pressure 700 Bar
HHR302
HHR306 HHR302

The HHR double acting hollow piston cylinder range incorporates all of the design features of the HHS
range with the added benefit of double acting design, which greatly enhances speed of operation and
performance particularly in the longer length stroke options. Additionally a substantial hydraulic pulling
force is available in the piston retraction mode of operation. Standard range models are featured in this
catalogue, however other stroke and tonnage options are available on request.

E
C
*
Double acting design
Nitrocarburised piston rod F
Annular area overload protection valve
Low friction bearing surfaces
Anti-extrusion seals
Optional piston rod saddles (see pages 26 - 27) A
Collar thread protector supplied as standard J
76mm

D
B G

* = see pages 26 - 27
Note :
33 & 61 tonne models 45
feature 2 base mounting H
holes at 90 from coupler

Capacity
Model Push Pull Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm cm area cm kg A B C D E F G H I J
HHR302 33 24 51 238 46.7 12.2 180 115 60.3 35 4 1/2-12un 40 M8 92 28 119
HHR306 33 24 150 701 46.7 17.6 279 115 60.3 35 4 1/2-12un 40 M8 92 28 218
HHR3012 33 24 305 1424 46.7 25.7 434 115 60.3 35 4 1/2-12un 40 M8 92 28 373
HHR603 61 38 76 652 85.7 30.6 239 160 92 55 6 1/4-12un 45 M12 130 31 166
HHR606 61 38 152 1304 85.7 41.6 315 160 92 55 6 1/4-12un 45 M12 130 31 242
HHR6010 61 38 254 2179 85.7 52.5 417 160 92 55 6 1/4-12un 45 M12 130 31 344
HHR1003 102 43 76 1087 143.1 68.5 310 213 140 80 8 3/8-12un 40 M16 178 82 234
HHR1006 102 43 152 2174 143.1 90.0 386 213 140 80 8 3/8-12un 40 M16 178 82 310
HHR1508 152 71 203 4320 212.8 170.0 503 270 184 102 n/a n/a n/a n/a 98 389
HHR2508 247 76 203 7039 346.5 269.0 505 350 254 150 n/a n/a n/a n/a 98 389

19
 HDA - DOUBLE ACTING HIGH TONNAGE CYLINDERS

Capacities from 25 to 1012 tonnes

HDA506

B HDA5013
Stroke lengths from 152 to 330mm
B
Working pressure 700 Bar

The HDA double acting cylinder range offers the utmost in versatility and durability. Specifically designed
for heavy duty lifting, construction and maintenance applications as well as presswork and industrial
production, the double acting design provides substantial pulling force in the piston retraction mode as
well as providing fast, controlled retraction for continuous duty cycle operation. All models up to
203 tonnes are supplied with flat saddle, piston rod threads and collar threads as standard. Models from
326 tonnes and upwards are supplied without collar thread and piston rod thread, however include
replaceable tilting saddle as standard.
D

Internal annular area overload protection valve C

Low friction bearing surfaces E

Nitrocarburised piston rod

Anti-extrusion seals
Lifting ring as standard on models from 50 to109 tonnes A

Eyebolts as standard on models from152 to 1012 tonnes I

Base mounting holes* 76mm

*Base mounting holes are for location of cylinder only. They are not designed to resist the
H
full capacity of the cylinder
F
B

Base mounting holes (F)

will not withstand full load

Optional piston rod saddles on pages 26 - 27

Capacity
Model Push Pull Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm litres cm kg A B C D E F* G H I
HDA256 25 10 152 0.53 34.9 15.0 287 92 50 3 5/16-12un 53 M10 60 30 212
HDA506 50 15 152 1.08 71.3 28.4 295 127 79 5-12un 55 M12 85 20 216
HDA5013 50 15 330 2.35 71.3 42.6 473 127 79 5-12un 55 M12 85 20 394
HDA1006 109 36 152 2.33 153.3 64.5 304 185 114 6 7/8-12un 51 M12 146 30 226
HDA10013 109 36 330 5.06 153.3 89.0 482 185 114 6 7/8-12un 51 M12 146 30 404
HDA1506 152 79 152 3.26 214.2 90.0 310 210 114 8-12un 55 M16 160 35 231
HDA15012 152 79 305 6.53 214.2 120.5 463 210 114 8-12un 55 M16 160 35 384
HDA2006 203 94 152 4.33 285.2 129.8 327 254 140 9 3/4-12un 65 M20 185 43 238
HDA20012 203 94 305 8.69 285.2 167.4 480 254 140 9 3/4-12un 65 M20 185 43 391
HDA3006 326 - 152 6.95 457.4 193.0 409 312 165 Optional Optional M20 158 50 262
HDA4006 398 - 152 8.49 558.9 286.0 431 360 216 Optional Optional M24 203 55 277
HDA5006 520 - 152 11.09 729.9 372.0 470 397 203 Optional Optional M24 203 65 300
HDA8006 809 - 152 17.28 1134.1 650.0 535 500 300 Optional Optional Optional Optional 70 318
HDA10006 1012 - 152 21.62 1419.3 900.0 590 540 320 Optional Optional Optional Optional 99 357
Note: Other capacities and stroke lengths available on request

20
 HFL - SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT FAILSAFE LOCK RING CYLINDERS

Capacities from 50 to 520 tonnes

HFL1002 Stroke lengths from 45 to 51mm

B
Working pressure 700 Bar

The HFL low height single acting failsafe lock ring cylinder range combines all the versatility and efficiency
of hydraulic power with the safety of mechanical load support, offering a sustainable lifting force in very
confined work areas. Ideally suited for applications requiring load holding for extended periods, such as
bridge support work. The HFL range features a single acting load return piston, threaded throughout its
stroke length to suit the threaded mechanical load holding lock ring. All models are suitable for vertical
lifting only and are supplied with tilting saddles as standard.
Single acting load return design
HFL502, HFL1002, HFL1502
Nitrocarburised cylinder and piston rod C
Low friction bearing surfaces D
Anti-extrusion seals
Tilting saddle fitted as standard
Overstroke restrictor port
See pages 29 - 50 for pumps suitable for use with all
76mm
Hi-Force cylinders A

Saddle and piston rod details, see pages 26 - 27

For easy rotation of the load holding locking ring, Hi-Force E
recommends the purchase of tommy bar(s). Model numbers B

of suitable tommy bars are listed in below table.

HFL2502, HFL4002 & HFL5002

C
D

76mm A

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Tommy Dimensions in mm
number tonnes mm litres cm kg bar A B C D E
HFL502 50 51 0.36 71.3 14.2 TTB10 125 127 95 70 19
HFL1002 109 50 0.77 153.4 27.9 TTB10 137 185 140 115 20
HFL1502 152 45 1.07 214.3 44.0 TTB10 150 216 165 135 28
HFL2502 260 45 1.65 366.1 69.4 TTB14 159 273 216 200 31
HFL4002 398 45 2.51 559.0 121.0 TTB16 178 360 267 260 36
HFL5002 520 45 3.29 729.9 186.0 TTB16 192 400 305 290 43
21
 HFG - SINGLE ACTING FAILSAFE LOCK RING CYLINDERS

HFG1004 HFG504
Capacities from 50 to 1012 tonnes

B Stroke lengths from 50 to 152mm

B
Working pressure 700 Bar

The HFG single acting failsafe lock ring cylinder range combines all the versatility and efficiency of
hydraulic power with the safety of mechanical load support. Ideally suited for applications requiring
sustained load holding for extended periods, such as bridge support work, the HFG range features a
single acting, load return piston, threaded throughout its stroke length to suit the threaded mechanical
load holding lock ring. Simply jack up the load, wind down the mechanical lock ring until it comes into
contact with the cylinder body, release the hydraulic pressure and sustain the load mechanically. All
models are suitable for vertical lifting only and are supplied with tilting saddles as standard to reduce the
risk of side loading the cylinder.
Single acting load return design
Nitrocarburised cylinder and piston rod for corrosion protection
Low friction bearing surfaces
Anti-extrusion seals
Tilting saddle fitted as standard C
D
Overstroke restrictor port
Saddle and piston rod details, see pages 26 - 27
For easy rotation of the load holding locking ring, Hi-Force
recommends the purchase of tommy bar(s). Model numbers of
suitable tommy bars are listed in below table.
A

76mm

E
B

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Tommy Dimensions in mm
number tonnes mm litres cm kg bar A B C D E
HFG504 50 102 0.73 71.3 20.6 TTB10 224 127 95 70 25.0
HFG506 50 150 1.07 71.3 25.0 TTB10 272 128 95 70 25.0
HFG1004 109 100 1.53 153.4 50.3 TTB10 240 185 140 115 27.5
HFG1006 109 150 2.30 153.4 65.4 TTB10 311 185 140 115 27.5
HFG1504 152 100 2.14 214.3 84.0 TTB10 288 216 165 135 42.0
HFG1506 152 150 3.21 214.3 89.5 TTB10 338 216 165 135 42.0
HFG2002 203 50 1.42 285.1 95.4 TTB14 261 254 190 135 50.0
HFG2006 203 152 4.33 285.1 137.0 TTB14 362 254 190 135 50.0
HFG3006 326 150 6.87 457.7 228.5 TTB14 417 310 241 150 50.0
HFG4006 398 151 8.44 559.0 308.5 TTB14 459 360 267 180 70.0
HFG5006 520 152 11.10 729.9 457.0 TTB16 498 400 305 180 80.0
HFG8006 809 152 17.47 1134.1 735.0 TTB16 565 480 380 340 80.0
HFG10006 1012 152 21.61 1419.3 1016.0 TTB20 620 540 425 340 90.0
Note: Other capacities and stroke lengths available on request

22
 HGG - SINGLE ACTING LOAD RETURN INDUSTRIAL CYLINDERS

Capacities from 152 to 326 tonnes

Stroke length 155mm

B
Working pressure 700 Bar
C
D

The HGG range of load return industrial cylinders is specifically

designed for lifting and maintenance applications. All models are
supplied with a tilting saddle to reduce the risk of damage caused

A
by side loading and an integral stop ring for stroke limitation is
76mm
fitted as standard. Standard range models are featured in this
catalogue, however additional capacities and stroke options are

E
available on request.
B

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm litres cm kg A B C D E
HGG1506 152 155 3.32 214.3 58.3 297 210 114 100 37
HGG2006 203 155 4.63 285.1 95.3 310 254 140 135 50
HGG3006 326 155 7.10 457.7 153.5 343 312 165 150 50

HSG - SINGLE ACTING LOAD RETURN CONSTRUCTION CYLINDERS

Capacities from 152 to 326 tonnes

Stroke length 152 to 153mm

Working pressure 700 Bar

C
D

The HSG range of single acting load return construction cylinders

is ideally suited for construction, civil engineering, heavy
fabrication and maintenance applications. All models are supplied
with a tilting saddle fitted as standard and have an overstroke
A

76mm

restrictor port to prevent over extension of the piston. Standard

range models are featured in this catalogue, however additional
E

capacities and stroke options are available on request.

B

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm litres cm kg A B C D E
HSG1506 152 152 3.21 214.3 77.5 293 216 165.1 135 45
HSG2006 203 152 4.34 285.1 107.7 296 254 190.5 135 45
HSG3006 326 153 6.99 457.7 175.2 326 312 241.3 150 50
23
 HPC - SINGLE ACTING PULL CYLINDERS

Capacities from 10 to 50 tonnes

B HPC306
Stroke length 152mm
B
Working pressure 700

Hand and powered pumps

Bar suitable for use with HPC
range pull cylinders are
HPC506
detailed on pages 29 to 50

The HPC pull cylinder range comprises of four models, with capacities ranging from 10 tonnes to 50
tonnes of pulling force. All models are 700 Bar maximum working pressure and feature a single acting,
spring assisted return piston, with a 152mm stroke length. Fitted with easily replaceable machined
pulling eyes on the piston rod and cylinder base, the 10 tonnes capacity version can also be supplied with
clevis eye attachments. Typical applications for HPC pull cylinders are plate alignment prior to welding in
shipyards, cable tensioning and heavy load moving using chains or wire ropes.

Spring assisted return

Surface treated piston rod C G
H
Replaceable pulling and clevis eyes
Piston wiper prevents contamination
E D

F
A
B

HPC106C

Protective bellows are fitted as

standard H C
* F

E D

A
HPC106
B HPC306
HPC106 c/w bellows
HPC506
* Eye bolt thickness: HPC106 = 22mm, HPC306 = 35mm, HPC506 = 40mm

Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm
number tonnes mm cm cm kg A B C D E F G H
HPC106 10 152 228 15.0 12.0 600 752 114 67 32 33 - 80
HPC106C 10 152 228 15.0 15.5 602 754 58 99 35 30 36 80
HPC306 30 152 636 41.8 31.0 695 847 145 105 42 50 - 122
HPC506 50 152 1078 71.0 54.0 819 971 149 130 52 69 - 153
24
 PCS - PUMP AND CYLINDER SETS

Working pressure 700 Bar

Capacities from 4.5 to 109 tonnes

B
Stroke lengths from 10 to 153mm
PCS200

Hi-Force PCS pump and cylinder sets provide the simplest and most cost effective way to start your job
immediately. All sets comprise of a Hi-Force hydraulic cylinder (wide choice available), suitable Hi-Force
manual pump and a two metre hose with high flow, quick release coupler.

18 standard sets
Cylinders are spring assisted return design
Manual pumps include factory set relief valve For optional pressure gauges
please refer to pages 53 - 54.
Optional piston rod (tilting) saddles are available
for most cylinder models (see pages 26 - 27)

Set Pump Cylinder Hose

Cylinder Closed
Model capacity Model Capacity Model Stroke height Model Length Weight
number tonnes number litres number mm mm number metres kg
PCS50 4.5 HP110 1.0 HPS51 16 42 HC2 2.0 7.4
PCS53 4.5 HP110 1.0 HSS53 75 157 HC2 2.0 8.0
PCS100 10 HP110 1.0 HPS100 10 46 HC2 2.0 8.2
PCS101 10 HP110 1.0 HLS101 40 95 HC2 2.0 9.0
PCS102 10 HP110 1.0 HSS102 56 131 HC2 2.0 9.0
PCS106 10 HP110 1.0 HSS106 150 225 HC2 2.0 10.8
PCS200 20 HP110 1.0 HPS200 11 52 HC2 2.0 9.4
PCS201 20 HP110 1.0 HLS201 44 102 HC2 2.0 11.3
PCS256 25 HP110 1.0 HSS256 150 273 HC2 2.0 16.0
PCS300 32 HP110 1.0 HPS300 12 59 HC2 2.0 10.8
PCS302 32 HP110 1.0 HLS302 60 119 HC2 2.0 13.6
PCS502 50 HP110 1.0 HLS502 60 126 HC2 2.0 17.0
PCS506 50 HP232 2.0 HSS506 152 251 HC2 2.0 31.0
PCS1002 109 HP232 2.0 HLS1002 60 143 HC2 2.0 35.5
PCS1006 109 HP252 5.0 HSS1006 153 274 HC2 2.0 66.0
PCS202H 23 HP110 1.0 HHS202 50 160 HC2 2.0 13.9
PCS302H 33 HP110 1.0 HHS302 50 165 HC2 2.0 17.2
PCS603H 61 HP232 2.0 HHS603 76 226 HC2 2.0 34.6

Note : Models PCS202H, PCS302H & PCS603H are supplied with a hollow piston cylinder

25
 CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD THREAD SPECIFICATIONS

Saddles Piston rod thread

Cylinder Standard Saddle Optional Saddle Dimensions in mm Thread Size
Range Model No. Figure Model No. Figure A B C D Figure
HSS Cylinder Range
B HSS5 HA5 1 - - - - 20 -16UNF 12

B HSS10
HSS15
HA10
HA15
HA25
1
1
1
HAT10
HAT10
HAT25
9
9
9
-
-
-
-
-
14
14
30
1-8UNC
1-8UNC
12
12
HSS25 - 1-16UN 12
HSS30 HA30 1 HAT25 9 - - 30 1-16UN 12
HSS50 HA50 2 HAT50 7 70 11 - - 10
HSS75 HA75 2 HAT75 7 80 12 - - 10
HSS100 HA100 2 HAT100 7 100 12 - - 10
HAS Cylinder Range
HAS30 HA30 2 HAT30 7 50 10 - - 10
HAS50 HA50 2 HAT50 7 70 11 - - 10
HAS100 HA100 2 HAT100 7 100 12 - - 10
HHS Cylinder Range
HHS11 HA102 4 HA102T, HA102G 5,6 32 7 21 M28x1.5 13
HHS23 HA202 4 HA202T, HA202G 5,6 43 10 31 M39x1.5 13
HHS33 HA302 4 HA302T, HA302G 5,6 52 10 31 M48x1.5 13
HHS61 HA603 4 HA603T, HA603G 5,6 80 10 31 M70x1.5 13
HHS102 HA1003 4 HA1003T, HA1003G 5,6 114 12 38 M105x2 13
HHA Cylinder Range
HHA18 HA18 4 HA18T 5 - - 28 M35x1.5 12
HHA37 HA37 4 HA37T 5 - - 35 M50x1.5 12
HHA50 HA50 4 HA50T 5 - - 37 M60x1.5 12
HHR Cylinder Range
HHR33 HA302 4 HA302T, HA302G 5,6 52 10.0 32 M48x1.5 13
HHR61 HA603 4 HA603T, HA603G 5,6 80 10.0 32 M70x1.5 13
HHR102 HA1003 4 HA1003T, HA1003G 5,6 114 12.0 38 M105x2 13
HHR150 HA1508 4 HA1508G 6 170 13.5 50 M150x3 13
HHR250 HA2508 4 HA2508G 6 242 13.5 74 M220x3 13
HDA Cylinder Range
HDA25 HD25 3 HD25T 9 45 9 35 1-12UNF 11
HDA50 HD50 3 HD50T 9 70 11 45 1-12UNF 11
HDA100 HD100 3 HD100T 9 100 12 55 1-12UNF 11
HDA150 HD150 3 HD150T 9 100 12 52 3 -16UN 11
HDA200 HD200 3 HD200T 9 110 12 70 2-12UN 11
HDA300 HD300T 7 HD300 2 150 25 - - -
HDA400 HD400T 7 HD400 2 180 25 - - -
HDA500 HD500T 7 HD500 2 180 25 - - -
HDA800 TS800 8 - - 180 - 51 M24x3 14
HDA1000 TS1000 8 - - 180 - 51 M24x3 14
HFG Cylinder Range
HFG50 TS50 8 - - 15 - 30 M8x1.25 14
HFG100 TS100 8 - - 18 - 60 M12x1.75 14
HFG150 TS150 8 - - 18 - 60 M12x1.75 14
HFG200 TS200 8 - - 18 - 60 M12x1.75 14
HFG300 TS300 8 - - 16 - 70 M10x1.5 14
HFG400 TS400 8 - - 17 - 125 M12x1.75 14
HFG500 TS500 8 - - 17 - 125 M12x1.75 14
HFG800 TS800 8 - - 50 - 175 M24x3 14
HFG1000 TS1000 8 - - 51 - 175 M24x3 14
HFL Cylinder Range
HFL50 TS50 8 - - 15 - 31 M8x1.25 14
HFL100 TS100 8 - - 18 - 60 M12x1.75 14
HFL150 TS150 8 - - 18 - 120 M12x1.75 14
HFL250 TS250 8 - - 40 - 140 M10x1.5 14
HFL400 TS400 8 - - 40 - 180 M12x1.75 14
HFL500 TS500 8 - - 40 - 200 M12x1.75 14
HGG Cylinder Range
HGG150 TS150 8 - - 18 - 60.0 M12x1.75 14
HGG200 TS201 8 - - 18 - 124.5 M12x1.75 14
HGG300 TS301 8 - - 21 - 95.0 M12x1.75 14
HSG Cylinder Range
HSG150 TS150 8 - - 18 - 60.0 M12x1.75 14
HSG200 TS201 8 - - 18 - 124.5 M12x1.75 14
HSG300 TS302 8 - - 28 - 160.0 M22x2.5 14

26
CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD THREAD SPECIFICATIONS

Saddle drawings (for specifications, see facing page)

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6

Note: See below table for details

on internal saddle thread

Fig. 7 Fig. 8 Fig. 9

Piston rod drawings (for specifications, see facing page)

Fig. 10 Fig. 11 A
Fig. 12
A D
B
B
D
C
C

Fig. 13 A Fig. 14 Saddle Internal saddle

C Model thread specification
A

D D HA18T M24
B HA37T M36
C HA50T M48
HA102T 3
/4 - 16 UNF
HA202T 1 x 8 UNC
HA302T 1 1/4 x 7 UNC
HA603T 1 5/8 x 5 1/2 UNS
HA1003T 2 1/2 x 8 UN

27
 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER APPLICATIONS

B
B

28
PUMPS

Page
Hydraulic Pumps Selection table
30

Manually operated pumps Pages

HP & HPX Range Steel, aluminium & Ultra high pressure 31 - 34

Foot operated pump Page

HP-FP Range Two stage operation 35 C
General information Page
Powered Pumps Powered pumps 36

Battery powered pump Page

Battery Powered Pump Lightweight & portable 37

Electric driven pumps Page

HEP1 Range Lightweight & portable with carrying strap 38

Electric driven two stage Pages

HEP103 Range Compact pumps 39 - 40

Electric driven pumps Page

HEP2 Range General duty medium flow 41

Electric driven pumps Page

HEP3 Range General duty high flow 42

Electric driven pumps Page

HEP5 Range Heavy duty high flow 43

Electric driven pumps Pages

HSP Range Split flow, multi outlet 44 - 45

Air driven pumps Pages

AHP11 Range Single stage, hand and foot operated 46 - 47

Air driven pumps Page

HAP Range General duty high flow 48

Petrol engine driven pumps Page

HPP Range General duty high flow 49

Accessories for powered pumps Page

Accessories Solenoid valves, trolleys, protection frames, etc. 50
29
 SELECTION TABLE FOR HI-FORCE HYDRAULIC PUMPS

MANUAL PUMPS
Note : for double acting manual pumps,
B 500 -
450 -
please add suffix D.
(only applicable for HP232, HP245 & HP252)

400 -
350 -

C 300 -
Cylinder stroke in mm

250 -
200 - HP110 - HP212
HP227 - HP232 - HP252 HP252 - HP257
HP245
175 - HP257 - HP245

150 -
125 - HP110
HP227 - HP232
HP211 - HP212
HP252 - HP257 HP245
100 - HP227 - HP232
HP245
HP252 - HP257
75 - HP245

50 -
25 -
10 -
5-
-

-
5 10 15 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 200 250 325 400 500
Nominal cylinder capacity in tonnes

POWERED PUMPS
2.00 -
High pressure flow rate in litres per minute

1.75 -
HEP5
See page 43
1.50 -

1.25 -
HAP/HPP
See pages 48/49
1.00 -
HEP3
0.75 - See page 42

0.50 -
HEP103 HEP2
See pages 39/40 See page 41
0.25 -
HEP1
See page 38
0.00 -
-

0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0
Low pressure flow rate in litres per minute
30
 HP - MANUALLY OPERATED PUMPS - STEEL

Single or two speed operation

HP257

Choice of control valves

HP227D
HP227

Working pressure 700 Bar

HP110
HP110
C

The HP manually operated pump range offers a choice of single or two speed operation and all models
are supplied complete with a pre-filled oil reservoir, ready for immediate use. All models have a maximum
working pressure of 700 Bar and the range includes pump models suitable for use with either single
acting cylinders or tools. The HP range offers the ideal solution for applications where completely
independent, portable hydraulic power is required. With low handle effort characteristics for easy
operation, all models are of strong durable construction. Hi-Force HP manually operated pumps have a
proven track record industry wide and offer excellent value for money in portable hydraulic power.
A full range of system components suitable for use with HP manually operated pumps is detailed on
pages 51 - 60.
B

Oil reservoir capacity up to 5 litres

Durable steel construction
External pressure release valve C
Factory set safety relief valve F
Changeover pressure for two speed D
A E
models is 14 Bar

Displacement Usable Handle

Model Valve per stroke cm oil cap. effort Weight Dimensions in mm
number type 1st stage 2nd stage litres kg kg A B C D E F
Single speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
HP110 2-way 2.9 - 1.0 45 5.6 558 566 128 134 145 40
Two speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
HP227 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.3 38 10.5 544 597 168 135 145 53
HP257 2-way 12.9 2.3 5.0 38 15.2 545 597 168 135 150 53
31
 HP - MANUALLY OPERATED PUMPS - ALUMINIUM

Two speed operation

HP232

B Working pressure 700 Bar

Six models with choice of control valve

C
HP211

The HP manually operated aluminium pump range offers two speed operation and all models are supplied
complete with a pre-filled oil reservoir, ready for immediate use. All models have a maximum working
pressure of 700 Bar and the range includes pump models suitable for use with either single or double
acting cylinders and tools. The HP range offers the ideal solution for applications where completely
independent, portable hydraulic power is required. With low handle effort characteristics for easy
operation and lightweight design, all models are of strong durable construction. Hi-Force HP manually
operated pumps have a proven track record industry wide and offer excellent value for money in portable
hydraulic power.

Oil reservoir capacity up to 5 litres

Lightweight aluminium construction
External pressure release valve
Factory set safety relief valve
Changeover pressure 14 Bar

3/
E 818NPT

F
A
B
D

Displacement Usable Handle

Model Valve per stroke cm oil cap. effort Weight Dimensions in mm
number type 1st stage 2nd stage litres kg kg A B C D E F
Two speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
HP211 2-way 12.9 1.0 0.5 27 2.0 335 388 135 100 125 40
HP212 2-way 12.9 2.3 1.0 40 4.0 560 610 140 100 125 40
HP232 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.0 40 6.9 560 610 160 140 155 50
HP252 2-way 12.9 2.3 5.0 40 9.6 585 610 160 168 145 50
Two speed hand operated pumps for double acting cylinders and tools
HP232D 4-way 12.9 2.3 2.0 40 8.7 580 625 160 140 175 30
HP252D 4-way 12.9 2.3 5.0 40 13.6 605 625 160 168 175 30
32
 HP - MANUALLY OPERATED PUMPS - HIGH FLOW

High flow manual pump

Working pressure 700 Bar

2 stage with semi automatic change-over

C
HP245D

The HP245 range of high flow, two speed, manually operated pumps is ideally suited for applications
where high tonnage cylinders are to be used on sites, without any available electric or compressed air
power supply. Both models are suitable for working pressures up to 700 Bar and the very high, low
pressure displacement (113 cm per stroke), enables fast piston extension (and retraction) under no
load. These high performance pumps are also ideally suited to multiple cylinder lifting applications where a
larger volume of oil is required to complete the job. Available with a 2-way valve for single acting cylinders
or a 4-way valve for double acting cylinders, both models are supplied with a pre-filled 10 litre oil reservoir
and are ready for immediate use.

B C F

A
Durable steel construction
E
Factory set safety relief valve
Changeover pressure 28 Bar
Low handle effort characteristics
10 litres of usable oil capacity
G M L
H
J
K
I

Displacement Usable Handle

Model Valve per stroke cm oil cap. effort Weight
number type 1st stage 2 nd stage litres kg Material kg
Two speed hand operated pump for single acting cylinders and tools
HP245 2-Way 113 4 10 40 Steel 29.5
Two speed hand operated pump for double acting cylinders and tools
HP245D 4-Way 113 4 10 40 Steel 31.0

Model Dimensions in mm
number A B C D E F G H I J K L M
HP245 420 180 124 15 1050 200 63 47 700 390 205 173 270
HP245D 420 180 124 15 1050 200 63 47 700 390 205 173 270
33
 HPX - MANUALLY OPERATED ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE PUMP

Compact design
HPX1500

B Two speed operation

Working pressure up to 2800 Bar

C

HPX2800

The HPX range of manually operated ultra high pressure hydraulic pumps is specifically designed for high
pressure applications such as oil injection for bushing removal, valve testing, calibration of high pressure
equipment and instruments, laboratory burst and proof testing, etc. The two speed operation, on both the
HPX1500 and HPX2800 incorporates automatic changeover from low to high pressure at 20 Bar,
enabling smooth and low operator handle effort. Both models are fitted with a dual scale gauge reading Bar
and PSI contained within a bespoke loop handle and feature a mesh casing to protect the gauge from
accidental damage.

E
C
D
Lightweight aluminium construction
Factory set safety relief valve A
External pressure release valve
Low handle effort
Oil reservoir capacity of 1.2 litres
B

Working Usable oil Displacement

Model pressure capacity per stroke (cm) Outlet Weight Dimensions in mm
number Bar litres 1st stage 2 nd stage port kg A B C D E
HPX1500 1500 1.2 20.0 1.0 1/4 BSP 6.5 617 161 84 125 76
HPX2800 2800 1.2 20.0 0.8 9/16-18 UNF 6.5 617 161 84 125 76

Optional hoses :

Model Working pressure

number Bar Description
XHH3-15 1500 3 metres hose with 1/4 BSP male thread each end
XHH5-15 1500 5 metres hose with 1/4 BSP male thread each end
XHH3-30 3000 3 metres hose with 9/16 UNF male coned thread each end
XHH5-30 3000 5 metres hose with 9/16 UNF male coned thread each end
34
 HP227FPC & HP227FP - MANUALLY OPERATED FOOT PUMPS

Working pressure 700 Bar

HP227FPC

Two stage operation

Complete with accessories

C

HP227FP

The HP227FPC manually operated foot pump is supplied complete with 100mm diameter pressure gauge,
gauge mounting block and 3 metre length hydraulic hose with CM1 quick connect male coupler.
Ideally suited for use with Hi-Force CH series crimper heads (see pages 141 & 142) and all other Hi-Force
700 Bar maximum working pressure, hydraulic tools that require a remote pump operation,
the HP227FPC has a superb two speed low pressure displacement (12.9 cm3 per stroke) with automatic
changeover to high pressure displacement (2.3 cm3 per stroke) up to 700 Bar. Supplied with a pre-filled oil
reservoir offering a usable oil capacity of 2.3 litres, the HP227FPC is supplied ready for immediate use.

The HP227FP pump incorporates the same specification and features of the HP227FPC pump however is
supplied without the pressure gauge, gauge mounting block and 3 metre hose assembly.

E
A
B

Displacement Usable Handle

Model Valve per stroke cm oil cap. effort Weight Dimensions in mm
number type 1st stage 2nd stage litres kg Material kg A B C D E
HP227FPC 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.3 39 Steel 14.5 544 763 227 200 78
HP227FP 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.3 39 Steel 12.5 544 715 185 200 78
35
 POWERED PUMPS - GENERAL INFORMATION

On page 37 the BPP107 battery powered hydraulic pump is designed for operator convenience in terms of
Light - Battery

handling (only 6.6 kg) and is driven by a powerful 14.4V long life battery. The pump incorporates an automat-
ic pressure relief and release valve meaning that the pressure automatically relieves once the pump reaches
its maximum pressure of 700 Bar, making the pump ideal for use with Hi-Force CH series crimping tools, NS
B series Nut Splitters, HCH Cutters and HKP series knockout punchers.

On page 38 the HEP1 series two stage electric driven hydraulic mini pump range offers a choice of 110 or
240 Volt motor, with both models being suitable for 700 Bar maximum working pressure. The two stage
Light

design offers a low pressure flow rate up to 2 litres/min with automatic changeover to high pressure, with
C a flow rate up to 0.2 litres/min. Incorporating a 2-way solenoid valve and internal safety overload valve, both
models are extremely compact & lightweight, suitable for use with single acting Hi-Force cylinders or tools.

On pages 39 & 40 the HEP103 series two stage electric driven hydraulic pump range offers a choice of
Standard

110 or 240 Volt electric driven motors. All models are suitable for 700 Bar maximum working pressure.
The two stage design offers a low pressure flow rate up to 2.5 litres/min with automatic changeover to
high pressure, with a flow rate up to 0.35 litres/min. Available with manual or solenoid valve options,
suitable for both single acting and double acting cylinders and tools in a wide variety of applications.

On page 41 the HEP2 series two stage electric driven hydraulic pump range offers a low pressure flow rate
Intermediate

of 7 litres/min with automatic changeover to high pressure flow rate of 0.65 litres/min up to 700 Bar
with a choice of 110, 240 or 380/440 Volt motor options. With 2, 3 or 4-way manual and electric
solenoid valve options the HEP2 series is suitable for a wide range of applications and is the most
commonly selected Hi-Force electric pump. All HEP2 series pumps are also fitted with an externally
adjustable pressure relief valve for easy adjustment up to the maximum working pressure of 700 Bar.

On page 42 the HEP3 series two stage electric driven hydraulic pump range has all the features of the
Continuous

HEP2 series, but with an increased flow of 10 litres/min at low pressure and 1 litre/min at high pressure
(up to 700 Bar) these pumps are particularly useful when operating high tonnage or long stroke cylinders.
Both HEP2 and HEP3 range of electric pumps are fitted with totally enclosed, fan cooled, low noise, electric
motors, making them ideal for quiet in-works operation or outdoor site use in most environments.

On page 43 the HEP5 series two stage electric driven hydraulic pump range offers the highest flow rate
Heavy duty

combination in the Hi-Force range. Offering a low pressure flow rate of 17 litres/min with automatic
changeover to a superb high pressure flow rate of 2 litres/min. The HEP5 offers all the features of the
HEP2 and HEP3 series with the addition of a 2.2 kW high speed, heavy duty motor, making it the ideal
pump unit for all heavy duty applications, requiring a high flow and intensive usage over longer time periods.

On pages 44 - 45 the HSP series electric driven split flow hydraulic pump range offers users the
Intermediate

opportunity to operate up to 12 independent hydraulic outlets from within a single pump assembly. With
easy to operate controls HSP series pumps are ideally suited for synchronous lift applications particularly
where there is uneven load distribution between the multiple jacking points. All models are 380/440 volt
three phase electrical supply operation.

On pages 46 & 47 the AHP11 series of air driven single stage pumps offer an economical and faster
working alternative to basic hand operated pumps. Available with both 2-way and 4-way manually operated
Light

control valves AHP11 series pumps incorporate an ergonomically designed pedal offering the operator the
choice of hand or foot operated control (excludes 4-way valve models). Remote air powered pendant
control options also available.

On page 48 the HAP series two stage air driven hydraulic pump range offers a low pressure flow rate of
Intermediate

10 litres/min, with automatic changeover to high pressure flow rate, of 1.3 litres/min up to the 700 Bar
maximum working pressure. The modular construction of these pumps ensures that many similar features
to the HEP2 & HEP3 series are included with the air motor driven motive force being the principle design
difference.

On page 49 the HPP series two stage petrol engine driven hydraulic pump range offers all the modular
Intermediate

design and performance characteristics of the HAP series with the only principle difference being the
change of motive force from air driven to petrol engine driven. HPP series pumps are ideally suited for job
site locations where electrical or compressed air power supply are not readily available.

36
 BPP - BATTERY POWERED HYDRAULIC PUMP

Working pressure 700 Bar

Lightweight design

14.4V long life battery

C
BPP107

The Hi-Force BPP107 battery powered hydraulic pump is designed for operator convenience in terms of
handling and power supply. Driven by a powerful 14.4V long life battery the unit takes away the physical
effort required by a manually operated hand or foot pump, whilst at the same time eliminating the need for
an external power source. The pump is supplied with a shoulder strap and its ergonomic lightweight design
(8.0 kg) makes the unit very portable and user friendly. The pump incorporates an automatic pressure relief
and release valve meaning that the pressure automatically relieves once the pump reaches its maximum
pressure of 700 Bar, making the pump ideal for use with Hi-Force CH series crimping tools, NS series nut
splitters, HCH cutters and HKP series knockout punchers.

Oil Flow Dimensions in mm

Model Max working Oil Cap litres/min Weight
number pressure litres 1st stage 2nd stage kg Length Width Height
BPP107 700 Bar 0.7 0.5 0.15 8.0 355 160 260

Note: CU220 is supplied with the tool as standard. If you require CU110 charger, this needs to be ordered separately.
Tools CANNOT be supplied without the standard CU220 charger.

ACCESSORIES

Model CCU144 Model

BP144 No Description No Description

BP144 Battery CCU144 Car

Pack cigarette
14.4V lighter
charger unit
Note: Charger supplied
separately

CU110 Model MP220 Model

No Description No Description

CU110 Charger Power supply to operate

110V unit directly from mains

CU220 Charger MP110 110V

220/230V
MP220 220/230V

37
 HEP1 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN LIGHTWEIGHT MINI PUMPS WITH CARRYING STRAP

Working pressure 700 Bar

B Two-stage design, changeover pressure 10 Bar

Extremely compact, lightweight & powerful

C HEP1212S

The HEP1 range of two stage electric driven hydraulic mini pumps, offers the smallest and lightest weight,
electric powered pump in the Hi-Force product range. Available with a choice of 110 volt or 240 volt single
phase electric motor, both models feature an electric solenoid operated valve, complete with remote hand
pendant controller and 3 metre control cable as standard. The two stage design of these pumps
incorporates an automatic changeover from low to high pressure ensuring that an optimum pressure and
flow rate combination is achievable from an extremely compact pump.

110 or 240V single phase motor options

Internal safety overload valve
Supplied with carrying strap

Maximum Maximum flow rate Usable

Model Motor pressure l/min Valve oil cap. Weight
number voltage bar 1st stage 2nd stage type litres kg
HEP1211S 110 V - 1 Ph 700 2.00 0.2 2-way 0.8 7.5
HEP1212S 240 V - 1Ph 700 2.00 0.2 2-way 0.8 7.5

E F G

C
Dimensions in mm
Model
number A B C D E F G
D
HEP1211S 333 269 140 139 138 110 105 HEP1211S
HEP1212S
HEP1212S 333 269 140 139 138 110 105
38
 HEP103 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN TWO STAGE COMPACT PUMPS

Working pressure 700 Bar

Choice of valve options

Compact, lightweight & powerful

C

HEP103442

The HEP103 range of two stage electric driven hydraulic pumps is suitable for a wide variety of applications
and pumps are available in either 110 volt or 240 volt single phase electric motor options. Both voltage
options also offer a choice of manual or electrically operated control valves, available as 2-way, 3-way or
4-way options with additional features like open centre, closed centre and locking valve designs available.
Maximum working pressure is 700 Bar with automatic low to high pressure changeover fitted as standard.
All models are supplied complete with a glycerine filled hydraulic pressure gauge, pre-filled 4 litre usable oil
capacity reservoir with oil sight level gauge and an integral carrying handle for easy transportation of these
lightweight, compact and versatile pumps to the job site.

Maximum Maximum flow rate Changeover Usable

Model Motor pressure l/min pressure Remote pendant oil capacity Weight
number voltage Bar 1st stage 2 nd stage Bar functions litres kg

Models featuring 2-way solenoid valve, normally closed (hold function),

suitable for use with single acting cylinders and tools, requiring hold.
HEP103241LS 110 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 19.2
HEP103242LS 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 19.2

Models featuring 2-way solenoid valve, normally open (auto retract function),
suitable for use with single acting cylinders and tools, requiring auto retract.
HEP103241S 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 20.5
HEP103242S 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 20.5

Models featuring 3-way manually operated valve,

suitable for use with single acting cylinders and tools.
HEP103341 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 18.1
HEP103342 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 18.1

Models featuring 4-way manually operated valve,

suitable for use with double acting cylinders and tools.
HEP103441 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 18.1
HEP103442 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 18.1

Models featuring 4-way solenoid valve, locking feature on A and B port,

suitable for use with double acting cylinders and tools, requiring hold.
HEP103441LS 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 20.5
HEP103442LS 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 20.5

Note: All motors are dual frequency (50/60 Hz)

39
 HEP103 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN TWO STAGE COMPACT PUMPS

Working pressure 700 Bar

B Choice of valve options

Compact, lightweight & powerful

C

HEP103442LS

Integral carrying handle

Pressure gauge and remote control fitted as standard
Suitable for single and double acting cylinders and hydraulic tools
All models are fitted with dual frequency (50/60 Hz) motor

Did you know .....

Hi-Force manufactures powered pumps with flow

rates up to 17 litres per minute in low pressure
and 2 litres per minute up to 700 Bar.

See pages 41 to 43 for more details

All models Dimensions in mm

E

A 195.0
C D B 25.0
C 117.5
F D 141.5
A E 342.0
B
G F 210.0
HEP103 Range G 260.0
40
 HEP2 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY MEDIUM FLOW

Low pressure flow rate 7 ltr/min. up to 70 Bar

High pressure flow rate 0.65 ltr/min. up to 700 Bar

Two stage hydraulic pump unit

C
HEP207422

Externally adjustable pressure relief valve

G
Manual valve with load holding feature 3/
8-NPT
A F
fitted as standard (excl. 2-way valves)
Solenoid valve options available
D E
B C

Model Valve Oil cap. Motor Motor Weight Dimensions in mm

number type litres kW voltage kg A B C D E F G
HEP207111 P-T Plate 10 1.5 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 47.0 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207112 P-T Plate 10 1.5 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 47.0 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207114 P-T Plate 10 1.5 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 47.0 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207121 P-T Plate 25 1.5 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 63.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207122 P-T Plate 25 1.5 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 63.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207124 P-T Plate 25 1.5 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 63.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207211 2-way 10 1.5 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 47.5 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207212 2-way 10 1.5 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 47.5 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207214 2-way 10 1.5 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 47.5 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207221 2-way 25 1.5 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207222 2-way 25 1.5 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207224 2-way 25 1.5 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207311 3-way 10 1.5 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 47.5 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207312 3-way 10 1.5 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 47.5 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207314 3-way 10 1.5 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 47.5 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207321 3-way 25 1.5 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207322 3-way 25 1.5 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207324 3-way 25 1.5 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207411 4-way 10 1.5 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 47.5 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207412 4-way 10 1.5 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 47.5 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207414 4-way 10 1.5 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 47.5 498 198 230 246 221 368 438
HEP207421 4-way 25 1.5 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207422 4-way 25 1.5 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP207424 4-way 25 1.5 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
Note: For optional extras please see page 50
41
 HEP3 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY HIGH FLOW

Low pressure flow rate 10 ltr/min. up to 70 Bar

B High pressure flow rate 1 ltr/min. up to 700 Bar

Two stage hydraulic pump unit

C
HEP310322S

Externally adjustable pressure relief valve

G
Manual valve with load holding feature 3/
8-NPT
A F
fitted as standard (excl. 2-way valves)
Solenoid valve options available
D E
B C

Model Valve Oil cap. Motor Motor Weight Dimensions in mm

number type litres kW voltage kg A B C D E F G
HEP310121 P-T Plate 25 2.2 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310122 P-T Plate 25 2.2 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310124 P-T Plate 25 2.2 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 63.5 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310141 P-T Plate 40 2.2 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 88.5 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310142 P-T Plate 40 2.2 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 88.5 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310144 P-T Plate 40 2.2 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 88.5 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310221 2-way 25 2.2 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 64.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310222 2-way 25 2.2 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 64.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310224 2-way 25 2.2 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 64.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310241 2-way 40 2.2 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310242 2-way 40 2.2 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310244 2-way 40 2.2 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310321 3-way 25 2.2 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 64.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310322 3-way 25 2.2 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 64.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310324 3-way 25 2.2 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 64.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310341 3-way 40 2.2 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310342 3-way 40 2.2 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310344 3-way 40 2.2 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310421 4-way 25 2.2 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 64.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310422 4-way 25 2.2 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 64.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310424 4-way 25 2.2 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 64.0 527 227 259 306 281 490 570
HEP310441 4-way 40 2.2 110 / 115 V - 1Ph 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310442 4-way 40 2.2 220 / 240 V - 1Ph 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP310444 4-way 40 2.2 380 / 440 V - 3Ph 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560

Note: For optional extras please see page 50

42
 HEP5 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS - HEAVY DUTY HIGH FLOW

Low pressure flow rate 17 ltr/min up to 70 Bar

High pressure flow rate 2 ltr/min up to 700 Bar

Two stage hydraulic pump unit

C
HEP517464

Externally adjustable pressure

relief valve G
F
Manual valve with load holding A
3/
8-NPT

feature fitted as standard F

(excl. 2-way valves)
Solenoid valve options available C
D E
B

Model Valve Oil cap. Motor Motor Weight Dimensions in mm

number type litres kW voltage kg A B C D E F G
HEP517142 P-T Plate 40 2.2 220 / 240 88.5 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP517144 P-T Plate 40 2.2 380 / 440 88.5 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP517162 P-T Plate 60 2.2 220 / 240 120.0 657 357 389 406 381 513 583
HEP517164 P-T Plate 60 2.2 380 / 440 120.0 657 357 389 406 381 513 583
HEP517242 2-way 40 2.2 220 / 240 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP517244 2-way 40 2.2 380 / 440 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP517262 2-way 60 2.2 220 / 240 120.0 657 357 389 406 381 513 583
HEP517264 2-way 60 2.2 380 / 440 120.0 657 357 389 406 381 513 583
HEP517342 3-way 40 2.2 220 / 240 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP517344 3-way 40 2.2 380 / 440 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP517362 3-way 60 2.2 220 / 240 120.0 657 357 389 406 381 513 583
HEP517364 3-way 60 2.2 380 / 440 120.0 657 357 389 406 381 513 583
HEP517442 4-way 40 2.2 220 / 240 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP517444 4-way 40 2.2 380 / 440 89.0 636 336 368 306 281 490 560
HEP517462 4-way 60 2.2 220 / 240 120.0 657 357 389 406 381 513 583
HEP517464 4-way 60 2.2 380 / 440 120.0 657 357 389 406 381 513 583
Note: For optional extras please see page 50
43
 HSP - ELECTRIC DRIVEN SPLIT FLOW MULTI-OUTLET PUMPS

Working pressure 700 Bar

B Multiple outlet valve options

Precise control to achieve synchronised lift

C
HSP44E104

The HSP range of electric driven, split flow, hydraulic pumps is designed to deliver equal volumes of oil from
each individual control valve regardless of any variations in the hydraulic pressure. The range offers a
selection of outlet valve configurations ranging from a 2-outlet model with manually operated directional
control valves, through to a 8-outlet model with electric solenoid operated valves. Each valve outlet is
connected directly to an independent internal piston pump which is driven by a common electric motive
force. This technology allows each internal piston pump to deliver an equal amount of oil flow per minute
regardless of any variations in the required operating pressure at each control valve outlet. With HSP split
flow pumps lifting and positioning large, unevenly weighted loads using multiple jacking points in a
synchronised, level lift and controlled manner is easily achievable. Individual control of each valve on all
electric valve versions, is via a specially made electric control box with easily identifiable on/off switches for
each applicable valve plus a synchronised lift control button for all of the selected control valves. Maximum
working pressure of all HSP pumps is 700 Bar with an externally adjustable pressure relief valve on each
outlet for easy pressure adjustment between 70 and 700 Bar. A full range of system components is avail-
able and detailed on pages 51 to 60.
Optional extras include a fully automatic PLC controlled synchronised lifting system, with a variety of user
settings, such as target lifting height, maximum tolerance between the jacking points and other key
settings, all controlled from a centralised touch screen computer.

Oil Oil flow

Model Valve Valve Capacity per outlet Motor Weight
number configuration type Litres l/min voltage kg
HSP23M54 2 x 3-way manual 50 0.9 380 / 440 178
HSP24M54 2 x 4-way manual 50 0.9 380 / 440 178
HSP33M104 3 x 3-way manual 100 1.8 380 / 440 333
HSP34M104 3 x 4-way manual 100 1.8 380 / 440 333
HSP43M104 4 x 3-way manual 100 1.1 380 / 440 272
HSP44M104 4 x 4-way manual 100 1.1 380 / 440 272

HSP23E54 2 x 3-way electric 50 0.9 380 / 440 180

HSP24E54 2 x 4-way electric 50 0.9 380 / 440 180
HSP33E104 3 x 3-way electric 100 1.8 380 / 440 335
HSP34E104 3 x 4-way electric 100 1.8 380 / 440 335
HSP43E104 4 x 3-way electric 100 1.1 380 / 440 274
HSP44E104 4 x 4-way electric 100 1.1 380 / 440 274
HSP63E104 6 x 3-way electric 100 0.9 380 / 440 335
HSP64E104 6 x 4-way electric 100 0.9 380 / 440 335
HSP83E104 8 x 3-way electric 150 0.7 380 / 440 370
HSP84E104 8 x 4-way electric 150 0.7 380 / 440 370
44
HSP - ELECTRIC DRIVEN SPLIT FLOW PUMPS

HSP44E104 Choice of manual or electric valve options

Reservoir capacity 50 to 150 litres

Consistent single speed flow rate

C

Hi-Force HSP series split flow pumps fitted with

Working pressure 700 Bar low voltage solenoid valves are complete with a
low voltage control system, which allows the
Equal output flow regardless of pressure user to individually or simultaneously control
Control panel with selector switches for each valve and the movement of the lifting
each individual outlet, allowing for single cylinder pistons. Once the load is correctly
or multiple (synchronised) operation supported, by the selected cylinder pistons, the
synchronised lift operation can commence.
Externally adjustable pressure relief valve The operation of the HSP Pump Unit can be
for control of maximum system pressure entirely controlled from the remote control
panel, which features individual valve on/off
switches and a set of cylinder piston lift and
lower buttons that can be individually selected
for inclusion in the lift operation.

C B

Oil capacity Dimensions in mm

Model
number Litres A B C D
HSP2 (all models) 50 460 570 500 817
HSP3 (all models) 100 460 570 920 920
HSP4 (all models) 100 460 570 920 920
HSP6 (all models) 100 470 800 750 920
HSP8 (all models) 150 470 800 1010 1085
45
 AHP11 - AIR DRIVEN SINGLE STAGE HAND OR FOOT OPERATED PUMPS

Working pressure 700 Bar

B AHP1120 Operates from standard 7 Bar air supply

AHP1141 Compact, lightweight & powerful

C
The AHP11 single stage air powered hydraulic pump range provides an economical, portable alternative
to manually operated hydraulic pumps. Designed to operate from a standard 7 Bar compressed air
supply, these versatile compact pumps are ideally suited for use with Hi-Force hydraulic cylinders and
tools in maintenance and construction applications. The ergonomically designed pump treadle can be
operated by hand or foot for better versatility. With a choice of reservoir capacities, all models are
supplied pre-filled with hydraulic oil ready for immediate use. A full range of system components suitable
for use with AHP11 series pumps is detailed on pages 51 - 60.

Choice of 2-way or 4-way control valves

Internal safety overload valve
Reservoir oil sight level gauge
Standard oil reservoir capacities up to 10 litres

OPTIONAL REMOTE PENDANT:

Please suffix model number with R for

remote pendant options to suit AHP1120,
AHP1121 and AHP1122.

Filter, regulator & lubricator

units for use in combination with
air driven pump units are also
available.
Please see page 92 for more
details.

Maximum Maximum Usable Air inlet Oil outlet

Model pressure flow rate Valve oil capacity connection connection Weight
number bar l/min type litres G NPTF kg
AHP1120 700 0.8 2-way 2.4 1/4" 3/8" 4.7
AHP1121 700 0.8 2-way 5.0 1/4" 3/8" 9.0
AHP1122 700 0.8 2-way 10.0 1/4" 3/8" 17.8
AHP1141 700 0.8 4-way 5.0 1/4" 3/8" 9.5
AHP1142 700 0.8 4-way 10.0 1/4" 3/8" 18.3
46
 AHP11 - AIR DRIVEN SINGLE STAGE HAND OR FOOT OPERATED PUMPS

Working pressure 700 Bar

AHP1141

Operates from standard 7 Bar air supply

Compact, lightweight & powerful

AHP1120 C
Oil Flow / Pressure Chart
1.2

Airline pressure
0.8
Hydraulic flow (l/min)

2.8 bar
4.2 bar
5.6 bar
0.6 6.9 bar
8.3 bar

0.4 Air consumption

400 L/min

0.2

0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750

Hydraulic Pressure (Bar)

B B
A A

D E F D E F

C
C

G G
H H
AHP1120
AHP1121 AHP1141
AHP1122 AHP1142

Dimensions in mm
Model
number A B C D E F G H
AHP1120 365 * 237 157 66-90 * 210 125
AHP1121 420 * 380 240 220 * 223 114
AHP1122 464 560 * 210 * 108 274 158
AHP1141 420 * 380 240 220 * 265 114
AHP1142 464 560 * 210 * * 315 158
*Not applicable
47
 HAP - AIR DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY HIGH FLOW

Low pressure flow rate 10 litres/min up to 70 Bar

B High pressure flow rate 1.3 litres/min

Working pressure 700 Bar

C
HAP21026

The HAP two stage air powered hydraulic pump range offers a low pressure flow of 10 litres/min with
automatic changeover to 700 Bar high pressure flow rate of 1.3 litres/min. Driven by a powerful 3 kW
rotary air motor with a maximum air consumption of 2.4m3 per minute at 7 Bar inlet air pressure, the HAP
range offers a choice of pump mounted or remote control valves (page 59) and oil reservoirs all fitted with
filler and drain plugs. A full range of system components suitable for use with HAP pump units is detailed on
pages 51 - 60.

Two stage hydraulic pump unit

G
Powerful air motor 3/
-NPT
8
A F
Externally adjustable pressure relief valve
Choice of control valves
Manual valve with load holding feature D E
C
fitted as standard B

Model Valve Oil cap. Motor Weight Dimensions in mm

number type litres kW kg A B C D E F G
HAP21011 P-T Plate 10 3.0 41.5 393 198 230 246 221 368 438
HAP21012 P-T Plate 25 3.0 57.5 422 227 259 306 281 490 570
HAP21014 P-T Plate 40 3.0 71.5 531 336 368 306 281 490 560
HAP21016 P-T Plate 60 3.0 96.5 552 357 389 406 381 513 583
HAP21021 2-way 10 3.0 42.0 393 198 230 246 221 368 438
HAP21022 2-way 25 3.0 58.0 422 227 259 306 281 490 570
HAP21024 2-way 40 3.0 72.0 531 336 368 306 281 490 560
HAP21026 2-way 60 3.0 97.0 552 357 389 406 381 513 583
HAP21031 3-way 10 3.0 42.0 393 198 230 246 221 368 438
HAP21032 3-way 25 3.0 58.0 422 227 259 306 281 490 570
HAP21034 3-way 40 3.0 72.0 531 336 368 306 281 490 560
HAP21036 3-way 60 3.0 97.0 552 357 389 406 381 513 583
HAP21041 4-way 10 3.0 42.0 393 198 230 246 221 368 438
HAP21042 4-way 25 3.0 58.0 422 227 259 306 281 490 570
HAP21044 4-way 40 3.0 72.0 531 336 368 306 281 490 560
HAP21046 4-way 60 3.0 97.0 552 357 389 406 381 513 583

Note: For optional extras, please see page 50

48
 HPP - PETROL ENGINE DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY HIGH FLOW

Low pressure flow rate 10 litres/min up to 70 Bar

High pressure flow rate 1.3 litres/min

Working pressure 700 Bar

C
HPP21044

The HPP range of two stage petrol engine driven hydraulic

pumps is ideally suited for applications in locations where
A
there is no electricity or compressed air supply available.
The range has similar reservoir and valve options (excluding
solenoid valves) as electric and air powered pumps.
All models are 700 Bar maximum working pressure and offer B
a low pressure flow rate of 10 litres/min with automatic
changeover to a high pressure flow rate of 1.3 litres/min.
Powered by a 3.35 kW rated four stroke engine, the HPP
range provides reliable, independent hydraulic power.
All models are fitted with a protective roll bar carrying frame
for easy transportation and handling. A full range of system
components suitable for use with HPP pumps is detailed on 3/ -18NPT
8
pages 51 - 60. C

Two stage hydraulic pump unit

Powerful 3.35 kW four stroke petrol engine D E

Externally adjustable pressure relief valve

Roll bar protection frame included
Manual valve with load holding feature fitted as standard

Model Valve Oil cap. Motor Weight Dimensions in mm

number type litres kW kg A B C D E
HPP21012 P-T Plate 25 3.35 70.5 570 306 686 227 259
HPP21014 P-T Plate 40 3.35 85.5 570 306 795 336 368
HPP21016 P-T Plate 60 3.35 113.5 583 406 816 357 389
HPP21022 2-way 25 3.35 71.0 570 306 686 227 259
HPP21024 2-way 40 3.35 86.0 570 306 795 336 368
HPP21026 2-way 60 3.35 114.0 583 406 816 357 389
HPP21032 3-way 25 3.35 71.0 570 306 686 227 259
HPP21034 3-way 40 3.35 86.0 570 306 795 336 368
HPP21036 3-way 60 3.35 114.0 583 406 816 357 389
HPP21042 4-way 25 3.35 71.0 570 306 686 227 259
HPP21044 4-way 40 3.35 86.0 570 306 795 336 368
HPP21046 4-way 60 3.35 114.0 583 406 816 357 389
49
 ACCESSORIES FOR POWERED PUMPS

Protective roll frame

Roll frame Model

number For all HEP and HAP models
B PPA10RF All pumps with 10L tank
PPA25RF All pumps with 25L tank
PPA40RF All pumps with 40L tank
PPA60RF All pumps with 60L tank
C All pumps can be supplied with roll frame factory fitted.
Just suffix pump model number with P.

Wheel trolley

Model
number For all HEP, HAP and HPP models
PPA40WT Wheel trolley for all 25 and 40
litre model pumps.
Wheel trolley PPA60WT Wheel trolley for all 60 litre
model pumps.
All pumps can be supplied with wheel trolley factory fitted.
Just suffix pump model number with WT.

Low voltage solenoid valve with hand pendant controller

Suffix Description

S All HEP2, 3 and 5 series electric pumps

can be supplied with low voltage (24V)
solenoid valve, either in 3-way or 4-way
versions, both featuring a locking
feature and remote pendant control as
standard
To order pump with solenoid valve,
suffix S
just suffix pump model number with S.

60Hz Electric Motor

Suffix Description

H All HEP2, 3 and 5 series electric pumps

can be supplied with an electric motor
suitable for 60 Hz.

To order pump with 60Hz motor,

just suffix pump model number with H.

suffix H
50
SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Page
Hydraulic Hoses High pressure hydraulic hoses 52

Pressure gauges, gauge mounting blocks Pages

Pressure Gauges digital gauges, tranducers and cables 53 - 55

Distribution blocks, controlled manifolds and Pages

Manifolds manifold stations with pressure gauges 56 - 57

Page
Hydraulic Oil Premium grade hydraulic oil 57 D
Page
Couplers & Fittings High pressure couplers, fittings and adaptors 58

Pages
Control Valves Directional and flow control valves 59 - 60

51
 HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC HOSES - BLACK & RED

Working pressure 700 Bar

HC2

B 4:1 Factor of safety

Hand grip protective strain relievers

HC10R
D
Hi-Force high pressure hydraulic hoses provide the
vital, high quality, safe connection for your hydraulic Tip for double acting systems ...
equipment. Available in black and red and supplied
By using black hoses for the advance lines and
complete with an ergonomically designed protective red hoses for the retract lines, identification is
strain reliever at both ends, Hi-Force high pressure made easy and the possibility of incorrectly
hoses are suitable for working pressures up to connected hoses is reduced.
700 Bar with a 4 : 1 factor of safety.

Hose bore is 6.6mm and outside diameter is 12.7mm

Black Red Black Red Black Red

No couplers - 18 NPT male fitting

3/
8
3/
- 18 NPT male
8 one end with CM1 coupler CM1 male couplers
Length fittings both ends fitted one end fitted both ends
Metres Model number Model number Model number
0.5 HH0.5 HH0.5R HC0.5 HC0.5R HC0.5C HC0.5CR
1.0 HH1 HH1R HC1 HC1R HC1C HC1CR
2.0 HH2 HH2R HC2 HC2R HC2C HC2CR
3.0 HH3 HH3R HC3 HC3R HC3C HC3CR
4.0 HH4 HH4R HC4 HC4R HC4C HC4CR
5.0 HH5 HH5R HC5 HC5R HC5C HC5CR
6.0 HH6 HH6R HC6 HC6R HC6C HC6CR
10.0 HH10 HH10R HC10 HC10R HC10C HC10CR
12.0 HH12 HH12R HC12 HC12R HC12C HC12CR
15.0 HH15 HH15R HC15 HC15R HC15C HC15CR
20.0 HH20 HH20R HC20 HC20R HC20C HC20CR
25.0 HH25 HH25R HC25 HC25R HC25C HC25CR
30.0 HH30 HH30R HC30 HC30R HC30C HC30CR
52
 PRESSURE GAUGES & GAUGE MOUNTING BLOCKS

HG10 HG63G Clear precise dual scale readings

HG1 HG2G

Manufactured to EN837-1

Calibration certificates on request

HGA2 HGA1-25 AGA1-25

Hi-Force hydraulic pressure gauges are your window to the system and are recommended for use within
all hydraulic systems to allow the user to constantly monitor the system pressure. Hi-Force hydraulic
D
pressure gauges are manufactured to EN837-1 and are accurate to +/- 1% of full scale. Standard range
models up to 109 tonnes are featured in this catalogue, however gauges to suit Hi-Force high tonnage
cylinders are available on request. For digital pressure gauges, please see page 54. Always specify Hi-Force
pressure gauges for use with your Hi-Force hydraulic tools.
Gauges :
Gauge Reading Reading
Model diameter Gauge Inner Outer Inlet Compatible Weight
number mm type scale scale thread Hi-Force cylinders kg
HG63G 63 glycerine 0-700 Bar 0-10000 Psi -18NPT All models 0.2
HG1 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-10000 Psi -14NPT All models 0.9
HG1G 100 glycerine 0-700 Bar 0-10000 Psi -14NPT All models 1.0
HG5 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-4.5 tonnes -14NPT All 4.5 tonnes models 0.9
HG10 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-10 tonnes -14NPT All 10 tonnes models 0.9
HG11 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-11 tonnes -14NPT All 11 tonnes models 0.9
HG20 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-20 tonnes -14NPT All 20 tonnes models 0.9
HG23 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-23 tonnes -14NPT All 23 tonnes models 0.9
HG25 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-25 tonnes -14NPT All 25 tonnes models 0.9
HG32 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-32 tonnes -14NPT All 32 tonnes models 0.9
HG33 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-33 tonnes -14NPT All 33 tonnes models 0.9
HG50 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-50 tonnes -14NPT All 50 tonnes models 0.9
HG61 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-61 tonnes -14NPT All 61 tonnes models 0.9
HG102 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-102 tonnes -14NPT All 102 tonnes models 0.9
HG109 100 dry 0-700 Bar 0-109 tonnes -14NPT All 109 tonnes models 0.9
HG2 150 dry 0-700 Bar 0-10000 Psi -14NPT All models 1.6
HG2G 150 glycerine 0-700 Bar 0-10000 Psi -14NPT All models 1.7

Gauge mounting blocks :

Dimensions
Model Length Width Height Gauge Inlet Outlet Weight
number mm mm mm thread thread thread kg
HGA1 75 32 32 -14NPT 3/8
-18NPT male 3/8
-18NPT female 0.25
HGA2 170 32 32 -14NPT 3/8
-18NPT male 3/8
-18NPT female 0.85
HGA1-25 75 32 32 -18NPT 3/8-18NPT male 3/8-18NPT female
0.30
HGA2-25 170 32 32 -18NPT 3/8-18NPT male 3/8-18NPT female
0.90
AGA1-25 75 32 50 -18NPT 3/8-18NPT male 3/8-18NPT female
0.55
53
 DIGITAL GAUGE

5 digit LCD display

Choice of pressure readings

0.5% full scale accuracy

HDG1

D
The Hi-Force HDG1 digital general purpose gauge is capable of measuring hydraulic pressure up to
1000 Bar (14,503 PSI) and can display in a variety of units of measure that include Bar, PSI, mPa,
kg/cm2, as well as one additional user defined, programmable unit.

This high quality gauge offers an accuracy of 0.5% across its full scale range and incorporates a laser
welded, stainless steel sensor & socket making it suitable for use with a wide variety of fluids. Standard
features also include tare, min and max memory, blue backlight display, rubber protective enclosure and
IP67 weatherproof enclosure rating.

LCD display with 12mm, 5 digit upper line

pressure reading and 6mm, 5 digit lower line
70.0mm 40.9mm
unit reading.
Blue backlight allows reading in low visibilty
situations
67.6mm

20 segment graphical display of pressure

0.5% terminal point accuracy
50.5mm

Minimum 2000 hours battery life (3 VDC)

67mm

Supplied with protective rubber enclosure

Suitable gauge mounting blocks can be
NPT Male
found on Page 53

27mm 17.5mm

Gauge Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure

Model diameter reading reading reading reading Inlet Weight
number mm Bar PSI mPa kg/cm2 thread kg
HDG1 70 0-1000 0-14503 0-100 0-1019.7 -18NPT 0.2
54
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER & DIGITAL DISPLAY

Max. working pressure 700 Bar

Pressure readings in Bar and PSI

0.5% full scale accuracy

HDD1

HPT1
D

The Hi-Force HPT1 pressure transducer is capable of measuring hydraulic pressure up to 700 Bar
(10.000 PSI) and is supplied complete with a 2 metre connecting cable. Offering an accuracy of 0.5%,
this universal pressure transducer offers an economical solution for precise pressure measurement in
many different applications.

The Hi-Force HDD1 digital display complements the HPT1 pressure transducer for applications where
remote pressure reading is preferred. A choice of pressure unit in Bar or PSI is easily selected via panel
buttons, conveniently located below the LCD display that provides clear easy to read measurements.
Additional features include minimum and maximum value, average value, tare offset and reset

IP65 enclosure rating

Compact size with large LCD display
0.5% full scale accuracy
Pressure reading in Bar or PSI
Display voltage 18-32 VDC, supplied including
power supply unit
Suitable gauge mounting blocks can be
found on Page 53

Pressure transducer:

Pressure Pressure Accuracy Cable

Model range range Connection percentage length Weight
number Bar PSI thread full scale m kg
HPT1 0-700 0-10000 -18NPT 0.5 2 0.1

Digital diplay unit:

Pressure Pressure Display Overall

Model reading reading size size Voltage Weight
number Bar PSI L x H mm L x W x H mm VDC kg
HDD1 0-700 0-10000 76 x 25 120 x 110 x 40 18 - 32 0.3
55
 MANIFOLDS

Working pressure 700 Bar

HM2
HM4

Choice of open or controlled manifolds

HM6
2, 4, 5, 6 or 8 outlet port models available
HM4C

D Hi-Force manifolds are designed specifically to allow easy control of the direction of flow of the hydraulic fluid
within the system. Supplied either as open manifold blocks or with individual needle type shut off/throttle
valves on each 3/8 NPT outlet, Hi-Force manifolds provide even greater versatility in your hydraulic
system. The range offers 9 models with a choice of up to 8 outlets per manifold and all models are suitable
for 700 Bar maximum working pressure.

HM5
B

Manifolds are used in conjunction with Hi-Force

manual and powered pumps. Refer to catalogue C
pages 29 - 50 for a full of range of pumps.

E
F

HM* & HM*L HM*C

C
A
A
D
B
D
B
D

D C

Number
Model of Female Threads Weight Dimensions in mm
number Type Design outlets Inlet Outlet kg A B C D E F
HM2 manifold parallel 2 3/8 -18NPT 2 x 3/8 -18NPT 1.0 114 32 32 50 - -
HM4 manifold parallel 4 3/
8 -18NPT 4 x 3/8 -18NPT 1.5 214 32 32 50 - -
HM5 manifold hexagon 5 3/8 -18NPT 5 x 3/8-18NPT 0.7 - 41 51 - M6 38
HM6 manifold parallel 6 3/8 -18NPT 6 x 3/8 -18NPT 2.0 314 32 32 50 - -
HM8 manifold parallel 8 3/8 -18NPT 8 x 3/8 -18NPT 2.5 414 32 32 50 - -
HM4L manifold extended parallel 4 3/8 -18NPT 4 x 3/8 -18NPT 2.4 394 32 32 110 - -
HM6L manifold extended parallel 6 3/8 -18NPT 6 x 3/8 -18NPT 3.7 614 32 32 110 - -
HM2C controlled manifold parallel 2 3/8 -18NPT 2 x 3/8 -18NPT 2.0 150 51 38 100 - -
3/8
HM4C controlled manifold parallel 4 -18NPT 4 x 3/8 -18NPT 3.5 350 51 38 100 - -
56
 MANIFOLDS

HM2C-DU Working pressure 700 Bar

Designed for single or double acting systems

2 or 4 outlet port models available

HM4C-SU

D
Hi-Force controlled manifold units are designed specifically to allow easy control of the direction of flow of
the hydraulic fluid, within a single acting or double acting system. These controlled manifold units are
mounted in a sturdy framework and are available as 2-outlet or 4-outlet options and are supplied with
pressure gauges, reading 0-700 Bar, fitted to each outlet port. All models are fitted with quick connect
couplings on all inlet and outlet ports, including the 2-Way and 4-Way open manifold return flow lines on
double acting versions.

HM2C-SU HM2C-DU HM4C-SU HM4C-DU

B B B
B

D D
C A
C C C
D D A
A A

Model Weight Dimensions in mm

number Type kg A B C D
HM2C-SU 2-Way controlled manifold unit, suitable for single acting systems 2.0 150 51 51 100
HM2C-DU 2-Way controlled manifold unit, suitable for double acting systems 3.0 150 102 51 100
HM4C-SU 4-Way controlled manifold unit, suitable for single acting systems 3.5 350 51 51 100
HM4C-DU 4-Way controlled manifold unit, suitable for double acting systems 6.0 350 102 51 100

HYDRAULIC OIL
Hi-Force premium grade hydraulic oil is specially formulated for use with Hi-Force hydraulic tools, providing
optimum performance throughout all working conditions.

Model Capacity
number litres For use with
HFO32-1 1 Manually operated pumps
HFO32-5 5 Manually operated pumps
HFO32-25 25 Manually operated pumps
HFO46-1 1 Powered pumps
HFO46-5 5 Powered pumps
HFO46-5 HFO32-1
HFO46-25 25 Powered pumps
57
 HIGH PRESSURE COUPLERS AND FITTINGS
Hi-Force high pressure couplers and fittings are designed for easy system connection and assembly of your
Hi-Force hydraulic equipment. All Hi-Force couplers and fittings are suitable for 700 Bar maximum working
pressure. Hi-Force recommends the use of threaded dust caps with quick connect couplers to protect the
thread of the coupler and at the same time prevent any contaminants entering your hydraulic system.
Always specify Hi-Force couplers and fittings for use with your Hi-Force hydraulic tools.

1 Large selection of standard adaptors

Safety first !
Be sure to use genuine Hi-Force
couplers and fittings which are Working pressure 700 Bar
2 designed to withstand the full
700 Bar working pressure.
D
3 Model See
number picture Description Thread specification
HF7 1 Nipple 1/
4 NPT male to 1/4 NPT male
4 HF8 5 Adaptor 1/
4 NPT female to 1/4 NPT female
HF10 2 Elbow 3/
8 NPT female to 3/8 NPT female
HF12 3 Equal tee 3/
8 NPT female
5 HF13 4 Cross 3/
8 NPT female
HF14 5 Adaptor 3/
8 NPT female to 3/8 NPT female
HF15 5 Reducer 3/
8 NPT female to 1/4 NPT female
6
HF16 6 Elbow 3/
8 NPT female to 3/8 NPT male
HF17 1 Nipple 3/
8 NPT male to 3/
8 NPT male
HF19 1 Long nipple 3/
8 NPT male to 3/
8 NPT male
7
HF24 7 Adaptor 3/
8 NPT male to 3/
BSP female
8

HF27 1 Nipple 1/
4 NPT male to 3/
8 NPT male
8 HF30 7 Reducer 3/
8 NPT male to 1/4 NPT female
HF31 8 Tee 3/
8 NPT female to 3/8 NPT male
HF33 7 Reducer 3/
8 NPT male to 1/4 BSPT female
9 HF55 7 Reducer 3/
8 NPT female to 1/4 NPT male
HF69 7 Adaptor 1/
2 BSP male to 3/
NPT female
8

CF1 9 Female coupler 3/

8 NPT male
10
CM1 10 Male coupler 3/
NPT female
8

CMF1 9 + 10 Complete coupler 3/

NPT
8

11 CF2 9 Female coupler 1/

4 NPT male
CM2 10 Male coupler 1/
NPT female
4

CMF2 9 + 10 Complete coupler 1/

NPT
4

12 CFD1 11 Metal dust cap for CF1

CMD1 12 Metal dust cap for CM1
CFD2 11 Metal dust cap for CF2
13 CMD2 12 Metal dust cap for CM2
PPC1 13 Moulded universal dust cap to suit CF1 & CM1

58
 DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES

PMV2 Working pressure 700 Bar

Pump or remote mounted design

Manual or solenoid options available

PMV4
D

Hi-Force control valves are designed to provide precise control of the PMV2
hydraulic system either by accurate pressure or directional flow
control. The PMV range of pump mounted valves is identical to the
valves fitted to the Hi-Force powered pumps featured on pages A
41-43, 44-45, 48, 49 and can be easily interchanged, making your
powered pump even more versatile. The RMV range allows for
remote mounting away from the pump. Always specify Hi-Force
control valves for use with your Hi-Force hydraulic tools. Flow control P T
values are featured on the next page.

PMV3 PMV3L PMV4 PMV4L

RMV3 RMV3L RMV4 RMV4L
A A B
A B
A

P T P T
A
A B

P T P T
P T P T
PMV3C PMV4C
RMV3C RMV4C

Directional control valves :

Model number
Manual valve Manual valve Solenoid valve Manual valve
Description no load holding with load holding 24V incl. control closed centre
Pump mounted, 2-way, 2 position valve PMV2 - - -
Pump mounted, 3-way, 3 position valve PMV3 PMV3L PMV3S PMV3C
Pump mounted, 4-way, 3 position valve PMV4 PMV4L PMV4S PMV4C
Remote mounted, 3-way, 3 position valve RMV3 RMV3L RMV3S RMV3C
Remote mounted, 4-way, 3 position valve RMV4 RMV4L RMV4S RMV4C
59
 FLOW CONTROL VALVES

Working pressure 700 Bar

HM1C

3/8 -18 NPT connections

Ensures system safety and control

HFV42
HFV66

Manual shut off valve with needle type flow control. Used for load holding
and throttling functions. Can also be used as a gauge isolator.

Dimensions in mm
Model Number Height Length Width
HM1C
HM1C 82 64 38

Manual check valve used for automatic load locking, with precise manual
load lowering feature.

Dimensions in mm
Model Number Height Length Width
HFV66 HFV66 86 75 47

Adjustable pressure relief valve, for pressure setting from 55 to 700 Bar.
Supplied complete with return line hose.

Dimensions in mm
Model Number Height Length Width
HPV152
HPV152 102 64 32

Pilot operated check valve used as a safety valve for double acting cylinders.
Pilot port connects to cylinder retract line.

Dimensions in mm
Model Number Height Length Width
HFV42 HFV42 84 64 32
60
JACKS

Aluminium jacks Page

JAH Range Plain piston, claw jacks and locking ring design 62

Aluminium jacks Page

JAS Range Compact multi-purpose design 62

Steel & aluminium jacks Page

JCS Range Compact low height design 63

Steel & aluminium jacks Page

JCH Range Compact low height hollow piston design 63

Steel jacks Page

JSS Range Conventional bottle jack design 64 E
Steel jacks Page
HCJ Range Combination head and toe lift design 64

Steel jacks Page

HMJ Range Low height access machine lift design 65

61
 JAH & JAS - ALUMINIUM JACKS

JAH1230SR JAH1230C Capacities from 10 to 60 tonnes

JAS103
Stroke lengths from 75 to 305mm

JAH1230 Internal safety overload device

JAH630
JAH630C

The JAH and JAS ranges of lightweight aluminium jacks offers a wide variety of capacities and lift height
options. Available as either plain ram lifting jacks, with or without failsafe mechanical lock ring, or
optional low height claw lifting design, all models are constructed predominantly of lightweight aluminium
alloy with all critical functioning parts manufactured from high quality steel. Used extensively in
E maintenance, construction, heavy plant and machinery applications, these high quality jacks are the
proven industry standard.

Lightweight construction
Stroke limiting device
Available as plain ram jack, claw jack or
failsafe locking ring design

Jack Claw Dimensions in mm

Model capacity capacity Stroke Weight Closed Toe Base Base
number tonnes tonnes mm kg height height length width
Multi purpose superjack
JAS103 10 - 75 4.3 131 - 162 75
JAS105 10 - 125 5.7 181 - 162 75
Jack with plain piston
JAH620 20 - 152 11 263 - 178 121
JAH1220 20 - 305 17 438 - 246 121
JAH630 30 - 152 16 263 - 203 140
JAH1230 30 - 305 24 451 - 273 140
JAH660 60 - 152 28 293 - 251 190
JAH1260 60 - 305 44 500 - 342 190
Jack with plain piston & lifting claw & with extended base
JAH620C 20 8 152 15 280 67 246 121
JAH1220C 20 8 305 23 456 67 246 121
JAH630C 30 12 152 21 281 73 273 140
JAH1230C 30 12 305 32 472 73 273 140
JAH660C 60 24 152 44 327 73 342 190
JAH1260C 60 24 305 65 540 73 342 190
Jack with failsafe locking ring
JAH620SR 20 - 152 13 289 - 178 121
JAH1220SR 20 - 305 19 464 - 246 121
JAH630SR 30 - 152 17 292 - 203 140
JAH1230SR 30 - 305 25 479 - 273 140
JAH660SR 60 - 152 30 330 - 251 190
JAH1260SR 60 - 305 46 536 - 342 190

Note: JAS103 and JAS105 feature spring assisted piston retraction

62
 JCS - COMPACT JACKS - SOLID PISTON

Capacities from 10 to 30 tonnes

JCS20

Operates in any position

Lightweight and compact

JCS10

The Hi-Force JCS range of compact jacks is ideally suited for applications requiring a lifting or positioning
force in confined spaces. Lightweight, easy to operate and manufactured from high grade steel (JCS10)
and aluminium (JCS20 & JCS30), all models incorporate a spring assisted return, wear coated piston.
The pumping mechanism rotates through 360 providing maximum versatility in any application. With the
removable operating handle measuring only 240mm in length, these compact lifting jacks will fit in any
toolbox.
E
Spring assisted return piston Nitrocarburised piston rod
Multi-position pump mechanism Sealed hydraulic system
Internal safety overload valve

Dimensions in mm
Model Capacity Stroke Weight Closed Max
number tonnes Material mm kg Length Height Piston Dia. handle height Width
JCS10 10 Steel 35 4.5 240 76 38 266 70
JCS20 20 Aluminium 41 5.5 257 102 51 281 102
JCS30 30 Aluminium 45 8.0 281 112 60 285 125

JCH - COMPACT JACKS - HOLLOW PISTON

Capacity of 13 and 21 tonnes

Operates in any position

Lightweight and compact

JCH21

The JCH range of compact jacks is of similar design to the JCS range detailed above, however JCH models
feature a hollow piston design for even greater versatility. Suitable for use in tooling, maintenance and
tensioning applications, where a pulling force is required. With many common parts to the JCS range these
multi-purpose JCH jacks can also be used for general lifting applications.

Dimensions in mm
Model Capacity Stroke Weight Closed Max Centre
number tonnes Material mm kg Length Height Piston Dia. handle height Hole Width
JCH13 13 Aluminium 41 5.5 257 95 51 281 25 102
JCH21 21 Aluminium 45 8.0 281 114 60 285 35 125
63
 JSS - STEEL BOTTLE JACKS

JSS207 Capacities from 3 to 100 tonnes

JSS55

Strong rigid steel construction

Suitable for industrial and automotive use

The Hi-Force JSS range of steel bottle jacks offers capacities from 3 to 100 tonnes, with stroke lengths
from 135 to 195mm. Models up to 16 tonnes capacity feature a screw extension to span the gap between
the piston ram cap and the load. All models are supplied with a tubular operating lever.

Screw Dimensions in mm
E Model
number
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
extension
mm
Weight
kg
Closed
height
Piston Base
diameter length
Base
width
JSS35 3 135 70 3.0 195 28 100 100
JSS55 5 135 90 4.0 200 32 110 115
JSS106 10 174 90 7.0 243 43 135 130
JSS166 16 178 95 10.0 255 53 160 150
JSS207 20 190 - 15.0 280 56 127 165
JSS327 32 190 - 22.0 285 71 152 190
JSS507 50 195 - 32.0 300 85 177 217
JSS1007 100 195 - 69.0 340 117 265 240

HCJ - STEEL TOE JACK

Capacity 5 tonnes

Strong rigid steel construction

Toe guided over full stroke length

HCJ5
A F
The Hi-Force HCJ5 toe jack offers a full 5 tonnes capacity
either on the piston head or the fully integrated toe. The low
height toe is guided over the full stroke length of the jack,
reducing the effects of side loading. The piston is enclosed C
within the toe and is not exposed during operation. These
features make the HCJ5 a truly multi-purpose jack which can
G
easily and safely be used in the most difficult conditions, D
including underground mining applications. B E

Jack Toe Dimensions in mm

Model capacity capacity Stroke Weight
number tonnes tonnes mm kg A B C D E F G
HCJ5 5 5 175 18 64 255 327 219 114 57 41
64
 HMJ - STEEL MACHINE LIFT JACKS

Capacities of 10 and 25 tonnes

Working pressure 700 Bar

Minimum toe height as low as 21mm

HMJ10

HMJ25
E

The HMJ range of hydraulic machine lifting jacks are designed specifically for lifting heavy equipment and
machinery where a minimum low height lifting access point is available. The low height lifting toe is
precision guided throughout its lifting stroke to reduce friction and prevent the hydraulic cylinder from
potential side loading. Both models are 700 Bar maximum working pressure and incorporate a 150mm
hydraulic lift with a lifting toe, which can be preset at three different initial lifting positions, for even greater
flexibility. Suitable manual or powered pumps for use with HMJ jacks can be found on pages 29 to 50 of this
catalogue.

Multi-position lifting toe

H
Remote operation gives improved
operator safety
Stroke length 150mm
Can be used for simultaneous multiple lift point E
F D
applications
See pages 29 to 50 for compatible pumps
See pages 51 to 60 for system components C
B
A

G I

Capacity
Dimensions in mm
Model Toe Head Stroke Weight
number tonnes tonnes mm kg A B C D E F G H I
HMJ10 8.5 10 150 29.2 25 79 133 272 422 283 202 122 187
HMJ25 20 25 150 55.1 35 117 199 330 480 349 292 152 211
65
 HYDRAULIC JACK APPLICATIONS

66
TORQUE TOOLS

Pages
TWM & HTW Range Manual torque wrenches 68 - 70

Page
TWG Range Mechanical torque multipliers
71

Pages
TWP & TWP-OG Range Pneumatic torque multipliers
72 - 73

Hydraulic torque wrenches Pages

TWS-N Range Reversible square drive design 74 - 75

Allen hexagon drive adaptors and Page

TWS-N Accessories extended reaction arms 76

Hexagon AF size heavy duty sockets Pages

IS & MS Range Imperial and metric range 77 - 78 F
Hydraulic torque wrenches Pages
TWH-N Range Low profile female hexagon design 79 - 80

Hydraulic torque wrenches Pages

TWH-NRH Range Female hexagon ratchet heads 81 - 82

Square drive conversion kits and Page

TWH-N Accessories extended reaction arms 83

Hexagon reducer bushes Pages

IB & MB Range Imperial and metric size range 84 - 85

Page
BW Range Backup wrenches 86

Torque wrench pumps Page

HTWP Range Standard range 87

Torque wrench pumps Pages

TPA & TPE Range Premium range 88 - 89

Torque pump hoses, Page

Torque Pump Accessories couplers and multi-split block 90

Pneumatic impact wrenches and Pages

IW & FRL Range filter, regulator, lubricator unit 91 - 92
67
 TWM - MANUAL TORQUE WRENCHES - CLICK TYPE

Torque capacities from 5 to 850 Nm

TWM50

Repeatable accuracy +/- 3%

TWM100

TWM200
Dual scale Nm & lbf.ft.

TWM300

TWM400

The TWM range of industrial manual torque wrenches offers 7 models with torque capacities from 5 to
850 Nm (3.5 to 630 lbf.ft) with square drive sizes from 3/8 to 3/4 . All models are designed and
manufactured to meet or exceed the highest demands of industry and are marked with a unique serial
F number and supplied with a calibration certificate.

All TWM manual torque wrenches have a dual scale reading of Nm and lbf.ft and are ideally suited for
applications requiring repeatable, accurate torqueing of bolts and nuts. The reversible square drive and
integrated ratchet head allows the wrench to be used for torque control in both clockwise and
anti-clockwise directions. All models incorporate an ergonomic handgrip and integrated locking
mechanism to prevent accidental alteration of the torque setting during operation. The ratchet head gives
a audible click immediately the required preset torque is achieved.

Heavy duty ratchet head

Accuracy +/- 3%
Reversible square drive
Supplied with calibration certificate
Micrometer scale for setting accurate interim values

See pages 69 & 70 for manual

torque wrenches with higher torque
capacities.

Model Square Torque range Main scale Micro scale Overall Ratchet head Weight
number drive Nm lbf.ft grad. Nm grad. Nm length mm dia mm kg
TWM50 /8
3
5 - 50 3.5 - 37 2.50 0.25 334 35 0.5
TWM100 1/2 20 - 100 15 - 75 5.00 0.50 394 44 0.9
1/
TWM200 2 40 - 200 30 - 150 10.00 1.00 485 44 1.1
1/
TWM300 2 60 - 300 45 - 220 10.00 1.00 577 46 1.4
3/
TWM400 4 80 - 400 60 - 300 10.00 1.00 686 67 2.0
TWM550 3 /4 110 - 550 80 - 405 10.00 1.00 956 69 3.8
TWM850 3 /4 250 - 850 185 - 630 10.00 1.00 1379 69 4.7
68
 HTW - MANUAL TORQUE WRENCHES - BREAK BACK TYPE

Torque capacities from 300 to 2000 Nm

HTW1000B

HTW2000B Repeatable accuracy +/- 4%

Dual scale Nm & lbf.ft.

HTW1800B

Hi-Force HTW industrial manual torque wrenches offer output torque capacities ranging from 300 to
2000 Nm (220 to 1500 lbf.ft) with repeatable accuracy of +/- 4% and a choice of 3/4 and 1 square
drives. All HTW break-back type models provide a large break angle, to prevent the possibility of over
torqueing. The cam control of the internal mechanism will ensure a controlled break once the required
preset torque is achieved, which reduces the risk of the operator losing balance. The wrench
F
automatically resets when hand pressure is released.

All models are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed the highest demands of industry and are
marked with a unique serial number and supplied with a calibration certificate. All HTW manual torque
wrenches incorporate a push-through square drive which allows for torque control in both clockwise and
anti-clockwise directions.

Need a higher torque capacity .....

Heavy duty ratchet head
Accuracy +/- 4% Please check our mechanical and pneumatic
Push-through square drive torque multipliers on pages 71 to 73.
Supplied with calibration certificate Alternatively see pages 74 to 83 for hydraulic
Complete with carrying & storage case torque wrench options.

Model Square Torque range Overall Ratchet head Weight

number drive Nm lbf.ft length mm dia mm kg
HTW1000B 3/4 300 - 1000 220 - 750 1475 70 7.3
HTW1500B 3/4 700 - 1500 500 - 1000 1475 70 10.4
HTW1800B 1 700 - 1500 500 - 1000 1475 70 10.4
HTW2000B 1 900 - 2000 600 - 1500 1920 70 13.0
69
 TWM - HIGH CAPACITY ALUMINIUM MANUAL TORQUE WRENCHES

Torque capacities from 520 to 2000 Nm

Repeatable accuracy +/- 3%

Lightweight design

TWM1000 and TWM2000 with extension handle

Hi-Force TWM high capacity, aluminium manual torque wrenches offer comparable output torque
capacities to the HTW range of manual torque wrenches, featured on page 69, but have the added
benefit of a lightweight aluminium body. The range offers a choice of 3 models with torque capacities from
F 520 to 2000 Nm and square drive sizes of 3/4 and 1.

All models are supplied with extension handles to minimise operator effort when high torque values need
to be achieved. Optional ratchet heads available for use with the TWM aluminium manual torque
wrenches are detailed below under accessories.

Model Square Torque range Scale Nr. of Overall Recom. Weight

number drive Nm lbf. ft grad. Nm ext. rods length mm ratchet head kg
TWM1000 /4
3
520 - 1000 380 - 730 10 1 1413 TWM075R 5.6
TWM1500 1 600 - 1500 - 25 1 1608 TWM100R 10.8
TWM2000 1 750 - 2000 - 50 2 2353 TWM100R 11.6

ACCESSORIES

Ratchet heads for use with high capacity

aluminium manual torque wrench models
Clockwise controlled torqueing
Square drives of 3/4 and 1

TWM100R

Model Square drive Square drive Max. torque Height Diameter Weight
number input output capacity Nm mm mm kg
TWM075R /4
3 /4
3
1000 53 65 1.0
TWM100R 1 1 2000 63 73 1.8
70
 TWG - MECHANICAL TORQUE MULTIPLIERS

Torque capacities up to 10000 Nm

Lightweight aluminium housing

Supplied complete with reaction arm

TWG13

TWG60

The Hi-Force TWG range of mechanical torque multipliers offers output torque capacities from 50 to
10000 Nm with gearbox multiplication ratios from 1:4 to 1:28.5. Available in a choice of 6 models, each
fitted with a high performance aluminium housing, all models are ideal for use in bolting applications in
many industries including oil & gas, construction, railways, ship building, machinery & plant engineering
and heavy vehicle workshops.
F
Models TWG40, TWG60 and TWG100 are fitted with an anti-wind up ratchet and non-destructive
overload safety mechanism for enhanced gear protection. All models are supplied with an offset reaction
arm and suitable Hi-Force manual torque wrenches for use with TWG torque multipliers are detailed on
page 68 of this catalogue.

Single stage planetary gear in models

up to 2800 Nm
Compact two stage planetary gear in
A

models up to 10000 Nm
Output square drives of , 1 and 1
E

D
C

Input Output Recom.

Model Torque capacity Gearbox square square torque Weight Dimensions in mm
number Nm lbf.ft ratio drive drive wrench kg A B C D CE
1/ 3/
TWG13 1300 950 1:5 2 4 TWM300 1.3 133 80 124 96 98
3/
TWG20 2000 1500 1:4 4 1 TWM550 1.8 131 88 190 150 80
3/
TWG28 2800 2050 1:5.5 4 1 TWM550 2.4 146 106 156 159 83
1/
TWG40 4000 2930 1:16 2 1 TWM300 4.2 227 88 175 135 110
3/
TWG60 6000 4400 1:18 4 11/2 TWM400 6.6 256 102 240 190 145
3/
TWG100 10000 7330 1:28.5 4 11/2 TWM400 10.9 292 142 267 215 163
71
 TWP - PISTOL GRIP PNEUMATIC TORQUE MULTIPLIERS

Torque capacities up to 6000 Nm

Repeatable accuracy of +/- 5%

Lightweight and durable construction

TWP15S

The TWP pistol grip, pneumatic torque multiplier range is designed to provide smooth, controllable bolt
F tightening operations, without impacting or pulsing. Offering a repeatable torque accuracy of +/-5%, this
low noise, ultra lightweight range of tools, reduces operator fatigue, increases safety and ensures fast,
consistently accurate, tightening of bolted components. The powerful, but lightweight, reversible, pistol
grip design air motor, allows the tool to be used for tightening and loosening of bolts. The non-impacting
design of the planetary gears, ensures that there is minimum wear to sockets and bolted components.
The high grade, steel gearbox has a electro coated galvanized surface, offering even greater corrosion
protection and reduces the importance of lubrication, in the gear box. All models are supplied with an
airline pressure and lubrication control unit, in a handy carrying frame with a 3 metre length connecting
hose with quick connect couplings. Accurate pre-set and consistent torque repeatability is easily achieved
by adjusting the input air pressure, to the tool, in conjunction with the calibration graph, supplied with
each tool. Average air consumption is 23 litres per second, from a standard airline pressure of 8 Bar
(49.5 cubic feet per minute at 116 PSI).

Slimline gearbox allows excellent access

Sensitive trigger control allows for easy reaction arm
positioning
Smooth, quiet, non-impacting design with reversible air
motor
Two speed models available on request
Supplied complete with FRL filter, regulator and lubricator unit
including class 1.0 air inlet pressure gauge and connecting hose
FRL Unit

Model Torque capacity * Square R.P.M. at max Overall Gearbox Weight

number Nm lbf.ft drive size pressure length mm diameter mm kg
3/
TWP09S 200-900 150-670 4 24 328 80 3.2
TWP15S 300-1500 220-1110 1 12 343 88 4.7
TWP22S 500-2200 370-1620 1 7 360 88 5.1
TWP32S 800-3200 590-2360 1 4 383 88 5.8
TWP40S 850-4200 620-3100 1 4 383 88 5.8
TWP60S 1200-6000 880-4400 11/2 4 400 102 7.7
(*) Minimum torque value at 1.5 Bar, maximum torque value at 8 Bar airline pressure. Weight is without reaction arm.
72
 TWP-OG - PISTOL GRIP PNEUMATIC TORQUE MULTIPLIERS

Torque capacities up to 4800 Nm

Repeatable accuracy of +/- 5%

Lightweight and durable construction

TWP30S-OG1

The TWP-OG pistol grip, pneumatic torque multiplier, with integrated offset gearbox is designed to provide
smooth, controllable bolt tightening operations, without impacting or pulsing. Offering a repeatable torque
accuracy of +/-5%, this low noise, ultra lightweight tool, reduces operator fatigue, increases safety and
ensures fast, consistently accurate tightening of bolted components. The powerful, but lightweight,
F
reversible, pistol grip design air motor allows the tool to be used for tightening and loosening of bolts. The
non-impacting design of the planetary gears ensures that there is minimum wear to sockets and bolted
components. The high grade steel gearbox has a electro coated galvanized surface offering even greater
corrosion protection and reduces the importance of lubrication in the gear box. All models are supplied
complete with an airline pressure and lubrication control unit, in a handy carrying frame, with a 3 metre
length connecting hose with quick connect couplings. Accurate preset and consistent torque repeatability
is easily achieved by adjusting the input air pressure to the tool, in conjunction with the pressure table
supplied with the tool. Average air consumption is 23 litres per second from a standard airline pressure
of 8 Bar (49.5 cubic feet per minute at 116 PSI).

Offset gearbox specially designed for heat exchangers

Sensitive trigger control allows for easy reaction arm
positioning
Smooth, quiet, non-impacting design with reversible air FRL Unit

motor
Two speed models available on request H

Supplied complete with FRL filter, regulator and lubricator unit

including class 1.0 air inlet pressure gauge and connecting hose
A
88
-
R

Model Torque capacity * R.P.M. at max Weight Female Dimensions in mm

number Nm lbf.ft pressure kg Hexagon A H R
TWP30S-OG1 3000 2200 7 10 60 mm AF 112 396 61
TWP30S-OG2 3600 2650 5 12 80 mm AF 118 396 75
TWP30S-OG3 4800 3500 4 13 95 mm AF 135 396 95
(*) Maximum torque value at 8 Bar airline pressure
73
 TWS-N - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES - SQUARE DRIVE

Working pressure 700 Bar

Compact, lightweight, aluminium construction

Fitted with 360 Uni-Swivel quick release couplings

TWS100N

TWS370N

Hi-Force TWS-N series lightweight aluminium hydraulic torque wrenches are designed to handle the
toughest bolting jobs accurately and quickly. All models provide a torque accuracy of +/- 3%. The internal
reaction arm spline allows the operator to easily position the tool and, if necessary, react directly off the
tool body in very confined access applications. All models incorporate an easily reversible high grade alloy
F steel square drive enabling the operator to quickly switch from tightening to loosening applications.
Uni-Swivel quick release couplers are fitted as standard to all models enabling easy positioning of the
hydraulic hoses away from any possible pinch points. Optional allen hex drives are available (see page
76) along with a comprehensive range of high quality torque wrench sockets. (See pages 77 & 78).

Accurate to +/- 3% with calibration chart supplied

Multi-position reaction foot with safety lock feature
Reversible square drive for tightening and loosening applications
Suitable for continuous operation at maximum pressure

J
Allen hex drive adaptors
(see page 76)

Did you know.........

Hi-Force hydraulic torque tools are

manufactured on the latest State of the
art CNC machining centres, guaranteed
to manufacture components to the
highest quality standards available.

74
TWS-N - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES - SQUARE DRIVE

Designed for tightening and loosening

Internal reaction arm spline

Accurate to +/- 3%

TWS100N

D
C

R
E

B F

Torque Capacity Weight incl.

Model Nm Ibf .ft Square drive reaction foot Dimensions in mm
number at 700 Bar at 10,000 PSI size kg A B C D E F R
TWS17N 1727 1254 /
3 "
4 1.9 129 167 90 131 51 73 25
TWS45N 4529 3289 1" 4.8 167 218 121 170 68 98 34
TWS100N 10064 7308 1 1/2" 9.0 223 293 163 211 92 135 46
TWS150N 14974 10873 1 1/2 " 15.0 247 323 192 236 100 141 54
TWS370N 36992 26860 2 1/2 " 32.5 329 432 240 288 137 204 66
75
 TWS-N - ACCESSORIES

Sizes available for all TWS-N wrenches

Limitations on applied torque (check before use)

Hexagon drive adaptor

TWS17N with hexagon

drive fitted Suitable for tightening & loosening applications

Im perial Allen Hexagon Drive Adaptors Metr ic All en H ex a g o n D r iv e Ad a p t o r s

For tool Model Hexagon Maximum Model Hexagon Maximum
Model number Number Size Torque load Nm Number Size Torque load Nm
1/
IH17N-008
2 470 MH17N-14 14mm 740
IH17N-010 5/

8 930 MH17N-17 17mm 1350
TWS17N IH17N-012 4
3/
1600 MH17N-19 19mm 1612
8
7/
IH17N-014 1700 MH17N-22 22mm 1700
IH17N-100 1 1700 MH17N-24 24mm 1700
8
5/
IH45N-010 930 MH45N-17 17mm 1100
4
3/
IH45N-012 1600 MH45N-19 19mm 1600
8 2550
7/
IH45N-014 2550 MH45N-22 22mm
TWS45N
F IH45N-100
IH45N-102
1
1 1/8
3800
4500
MH45N-24
MH45N-27
24mm
27mm
3700
4500
IH45N-104 1 1/4 4500 MH45N-32 32mm 4500
8
7/
IH100N-014 1890 MH100N-22 22mm 2480
IH10ON-100 1 3800 MH100N-24 24mm 3700
IH10ON-102 1 1/8 5440 MH100N-27 27mm 4650
TWS100N
IH10ON-104 11/4 7480 MH100N-30 30mm 6380
IH10ON-106 1 3/8 9920 MH100N-32 32mm 7625
IH10ON-108 1 1/2 10000 MH100N-36 36mm 10000
IH150N-104 1 1/4 7400 MH150N-30 30mm 7000
IH150N-106 1 3/8 9900 MH150N-32 32mm 7500
TWS150N IH150N-108 1 1/2 15000 MH150N-36 36mm 10900
IH150N-110 1 5/8 15000 MH150N-41 41mm 15000
IH150N-112 1 3/4 15000 MH150N-46 46mm 15000
IH370N-108 1 1/2 12900 MH370N-36 36mm 10000
IH370N-110 1 5/8 16300 MH370N-41 41mm 16300
IH370N-112 1 3/4 20400 MH370N-46 46mm 22500
TWS370N
IH370N-114 1 7/8 25100 MH370N-50 50mm 30600
IH370N-200 2 30600 MH370N-55 55mm 37000
IH370N-204 2 1/4 37000 MH370N-60 60mm 37000

Extended Reaction Arms

For tool Model Length A Diameter B

Model number Number Inch mm Inch mm A B
ERA17-21 21" 533 1 " 44.5
TWS17N ERA17-24 24" 610 1 " 44.5
ERA17-36 36" 914 1 " 44.5
ERA45-21 21" 533 2 " 63.5
TWS45N ERA45-24 24" 610 2 " 63.5
ERA45-36 36" 914 2 " 63.5
ERA100-21 21" 533 3 " 88.9
TWS100N ERA100-24 24" 610 3 " 88.9
ERA100-36 36" 914 3 " 88.9
ERA150-21 21" 533 3 " 88.9
TWS150N ERA150-24 24" 610 3 " 88.9
ERA150-36 36" 914 3 " 88.9
ERA370-21 21" 533 4 " 120.6 TWS-N fitted with extended reaction arm
TWS370N ERA370-24 24" 610 4 " 120.6
ERA370-36 36" 914 4 " 120.6
76
 IS - IMPERIAL HEXAGON AF SIZE HEAVY DUTY SOCKETS

Square drives from /4 to

3
2 1/2

Across flat sizes up to 6 7/8

Supplied complete with retaining ring and pin

Hi-Force high quality imperial size heavy duty sockets are designed and A

manufactured for use with all Hi-Force bolting products, including hydraulic
D
torque wrenches and impact wrenches. The IS range of imperial impact
sockets offers 47 models, with square drives from 3/4 to 2 1/2 and across
flat sizes up to 6 7/8 . Long length, bi-hexagonal and special sockets are
F
B
available on request.

Model Square Nut AF Dimensions in mm Model Square Nut AF Dimensions in mm

number drive inches A B C D number drive inches A B C D
IS2-101 3/
4 1 1/16 52 40 38 16 IS5-203 1 1/2 2 3/16 90 86 86 36
4 1 1 2
3/ 1/ 1/ 3/
IS2-104 4 52 44 44 20 IS5-206 2 8 92 93 86 38
IS2-107 3
/4 1 7/16 56 51 44 23 IS5-209 1 1/2 2 9/16 95 97 86 40
4 1 5/8 1 1/2 2 3/4
3/
IS2-110 62 58 44 27 IS5-212 100 105 86 43
4 113/16 1 1/2 215/16
3/
IS2-113 68 67 44 32 IS5-215 103 110 86 45
4 1 1/2 3 1/8
3/
IS2-200 2 72 71 54 35 IS5-302 110 116 86 50
4 2 1 1/2 3 1/2
3/ 3/
IS2-203 16 74 77 54 35 IS5-308 118 130 86 55
4 2 3/8 1 1/2 3 7/8
3/
IS2-206 75 84 54 35 IS5-314 125 140 95 58
IS9-101 1 1 1/16 58 44 51 17 IS5-404 1 1/2 4 1/4 125 150 95 58
IS9-104 1 1 1/4 60 51 51 21 IS5-410 1 1/2 4 5/8 135 165 95 65
IS9-107 1 1 7/16 62 56 52 26 IS5-500 1 1/2 5 140 179 127 70
IS9-110 1 1 5/8 62 62 52 26 IS5-506 1 1/2 5 3/8 150 195 127 75
IS9-113 1 113/16 64 68 58 27 IS6-302 2 1/2 3 1/8 140 124 127 51
IS9-200 1 2 70 74 58 31 IS6-308 2 1/2 3 1/2 140 135 127 51
IS9-203 1 2 3/16 72 80 62 32 IS6-314 2 1/2 3 7/8 150 147 127 57
IS9-206 1 2 3/8 78 87 62 35 IS6-404 2 1/2 4 1/4 160 159 127 64
IS9-209 1 2 9/16 80 93 62 36 IS6-410 2 1/2 4 5/8 170 172 127 71
IS9-212 1 2 3/4 85 98 62 40 IS6-500 2 1/2 5 175 185 127 75
IS9-215 1 215/16 95 104 86 48 IS6-506 2 1/2 5 3/
8 180 197 127 79
IS9-302 1 3 1/8 100 109 86 52 IS6-512 2 1/2 5 3/4 185 210 127 83
IS9-308 1 3 1/2 105 125 86 52 IS6-602 2 1/2 6 1/8 190 223 127 91
IS9-314 1 3 7/8 105 136 95 52 IS6-608 2 1/2 6 1/2 195 235 127 95
IS5-113 1 1/2 113/16 84 76 86 27 IS6-614 2 1/2 6 7/8 200 248 127 105
IS5-200 1 1/2 2 87 82 86 29
77
 MS - METRIC HEXAGON AF SIZE HEAVY DUTY SOCKETS

Square drives from 3/

to 2 1/2
4

Across flat sizes up to 145mm

Supplied complete with retaining ring and pin

Hi-Force high quality metric size heavy duty sockets are designed and A
manufactured for use with all Hi-Force bolting products, including
D
hydraulic torque wrenches and impact wrenches. The MS range of metric
impact sockets offers 56 models, with square drives from 3/4 to 2 1/2 and
across flat sizes up to 145mm. Long length, bi-hexagonal and special B
sockets are available on request.
F
Model Square Nut AF Dimensions in mm Model Square Nut AF Dimensions in mm
number drive mm A B C D number drive mm A B C D
MS2-24 3
/4 24 50 39 44 16 MS5-36 1 1/2 36 78 64 86 23
MS2-27 3
/4 27 54 43 44 16 MS5-41 1 1/2 41 80 70 86 26
MS2-30 3/
4 30 54 47 44 23 MS5-46 1 1/2 46 84 76 86 27
MS2-32
3/
4 32 56 49 44 23 MS5-50 1 1/2 50 87 81 86 29
MS2-36 3/
4 36 56 54 44 23 MS5-55 1 1/2 55 90 86 86 36
MS2-41 3/
4 41 58 60 44 24 MS5-60 1 1/2 60 92 93 86 38
MS2-46 3/
4 46 63 67 44 30 MS5-65 1 1/2 65 95 97 86 40
MS2-50 3/
4 50 72 71 54 32 MS5-70 1 1/2 70 100 105 86 43
MS2-55 3/
4 55 74 78 54 35 MS5-75 1 1/2 75 103 110 86 45
MS2-60 3
/4 60 75 84 54 37 MS5-80 1 /2
1
80 110 116 86 50
MS9-24 1 24 58 42 54 17 MS5-85 1 1/2 85 118 125 86 55
MS9-27 1 27 58 46 54 17 MS5-90 1 1/2 90 118 130 86 55
MS9-30 1 30 60 50 54 21 MS5-95 1 1/2 95 118 137 95 55
MS9-32 1 32 60 51 54 21 MS5-100 1 1/2 100 125 140 95 58
MS9-36 1 36 65 56 54 30 MS5-105 1 1/2 105 125 150 95 58
MS9-41 1 41 67 63 54 31 MS5-110 1 1/2 110 125 156 95 58
MS9-46 1 46 74 69 54 36 MS5-115 1 1/2 115 135 160 95 65
MS9-50 1 50 80 74 54 42 MS5-130 1 1/2 130 140 185 127 70
MS9-55 1 55 84 80 54 44 MS6-80 2 1/2 80 140 124 127 51
MS9-60 1 60 87 86 54 44 MS6-85 2 1/2 85 140 130 127 51
MS9-65 1 65 90 92 54 46 MS6-90 2 1/2 90 145 136 127 54
MS9-70 1 70 96 99 54 51 MS6-95 2 1/2 95 145 143 127 54
MS9-75 1 75 98 106 86 45 MS6-100 2 1/2 100 150 149 127 57
MS9-80 1 80 100 112 86 48 MS6-105 2 1/2 105 155 155 127 61
MS9-85 1 85 105 118 86 52 MS6-110 2 1/2 110 160 161 127 64
MS9-90 1 90 105 125 86 52 MS6-115 2 1/2 115 165 167 127 67
MS9-95 1 95 115 131 86 52 MS6-130 2 1/2 130 175 188 127 75
MS9-100 1 100 115 137 95 58 MS6-145 2 1/
2 145 185 208 127 83
78
 TWH-N - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCH - DRIVE CYLINDERS

Working pressure 700 Bar

TWH120N

Powerful with low clearance design

Fitted with 360 x 360 Uni-Swivel couplings

TWH120NRH Ratchet head

(Order separately)

Hi-Force TWH-N series female hexagon cassette head hydraulic torque wrenches offer a choice of 5
models with output torque capacities from 2625 Nm to 48181 Nm (1906 to 34985 lbf.ft).
Manufactured from high grade aluminium (except TWH430N), all models provide direct in-line reaction
and a minimal radius clearance for easy fitment in confined spaces. The user friendly design of the tool
simply requires the operator to withdraw/insert a single pin to change the ratchet head. Ratchet heads
are available in all standard metric and imperial AF sizes from 24 to 175mm (11/16 to 6 7/8) with low cost
F
hexagon reducer bushes also available (see pages 84 - 85). Uni-Swivel quick release couplers are fitted as
standard to all models, enabling easy positioning of the hydraulic hoses.

Compact, lightweight, aluminium drive unit (except TWH430N)

Accurate to +/- 3% with standard torque chart supplied
Low profile design for limited access applications
Minimum radius cassette head for fitment in confined spaces
Suitable for continuous operation at maximum pressure

Note: Model TWH430N manufactured from high grade alloy steel

79
 TWH-N - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCH - DRIVE CYLINDERS

Designed for tightening and loosening applications

TWH210N

Easily assembled to selected ratchet head

Minimal nose radius for fitment in confined spaces

TWH210NRH Ratchet head

(Order separately)

TWH27N, TWH54N,
TWH120N, TWH210N TWH430N

All Models
A A
F

B B
C C

R
D R
F F
G E G

Note: Drawing shows drive cylinder, including ratchet head as detailed on pages 81 - 82.
Drive cylinder and ratchet head are separate items and must be ordered separately.

Model Torque capacity Hexagon AF size Dimensions in mm

number Nm lbf. ft Metric Imperial Weight A B C D E F G R
(drive cyl.) at 700 Bar at 10,000PSI min max min max kg max max max min - max
2625 1906 24 to 46 1 1/16" to 1 13/16" 1.4 193 125 97 32 51 54 109 9.5 - 12.2
TWH27N
3068 2228 50 to 60 2" to 2 /
3 "
8 1.4 193 136 108 32 51 54 109 10 .1 - 10.5
5372 3901 38 to 65 1 7/16" to 2/ 9 "
16 2.3 250 158 125 41 64 73 137 10.7 - 13.8
TWH54N
6037 4384 70 to 80 2 3/4 " to 3 1/8" 2.3 250 169 136 41 64 73 137 11.7 - 14.6
11737 8522 50 to 80 2 3/16" to 3 1/8" 3.8 310 189 157 52 78 92 112 14.7 - 15.2
TWH120N
14349 10419 85 to 100 3 1/2 " to 3 7/8 " 3.8 310 214 182 52 78 92 112 15.9 - 18.7
21216 15405 70 to 100 2 3/4 " to 3 7/8" 6.4 378 223 191 64 97 114 213 18.1 - 18.6
TWH210N
23124 16791 105 to 115 4 1/4 " to 4 5/8 " 6.4 378 236 204 64 97 114 213 18.3 - 20.7
43792 31798 80 to 115 3 1/8 " to 4 5/8 " 16.1 405 291 242 83 93 146 267 25.6 - 31.3
TWH430N
48181 34985 130 to 175 5" to 6 7/8 " 16.1 425 309 260 83 93 146 267 24.8 - 27.3
Note: Above selection table is for drive unit only. Ratchet head(s) to be ordered separately - see pages 81 - 82.
Weight as stated is drive cylinder only, exact radius size (R) varies according to ratchet AF size selected.

80
 TWH-NRH - IMPERIAL SIZE RATCHET HEADS

Choice of standard imperial sizes

Easily fitted to TWH-N drive units
Strong steel construction
Non standard and special design
ratchet heads can be made to order R
TWH120NRH3.1/2

The TWH-NRH range of imperial hexagon ratchet heads, suitable for use with TWH-N series low profile
hydraulic torque wrenches (see pages 79-80), provide exceptional flexibility with across flats (AF) sizes from
1 1/16 to 6 7/8 available as standard. All models feature extremely low profile design combined with a
minimum nose radius (R) that enables fitment in very confined limited access places. For even greater
versatility a comprehensive range of imperial hexagon reducer bushes (see page 84) and square drive
conversion kits (see page 83) to suit TWH-NRH imperial ratchet heads are also available.

IMPERIAL RATCHET HEAD SELECTION TABLE:

Nut For TWH27N For TWH54N For TWH120N For TWH210N For TWH430N
Bolt AF Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt
size size number mm kg number mm kg number mm kg number mm kg number mm kg
5/
8 1 1/16 TWH27NRH1.1/16 10.4 1.5
3/
4 1 1/4 TWH27NRH1.1/4 9.7 1.6
7
/8 1 7/16 TWH27NRH1.7/16 9.8 1.6 TWH54NRH1.7/16 13.5 2.9
1 1 /8
5
TWH27NRH1.5/8 10.0 1.6 TWH54NRH1.5/8 10.8 2.8
1 8 1 /16
1
/ 13
TWH27NRH1.13/16 10.5 1.7 TWH54NRH1.13/16 10.7 2.9
1 1/4 2 TWH27NRH2 10.5 1.7 TWH54NRH2 11.7 3.0
1 3/8 2 3/16 TWH27NRH2.3/16 10.3 1.8 TWH54NRH2.3/16 11.8 3.1 TWH120NRH2.3/16 14.7 6.1
1 1/2 2 3/8 TWH27NRH2.3/8 10.5 1.8 TWH54NRH2.3/8 11.8 3.2 TWH120NRH2.3/8 14.8 6.4
1 5/8 2 9/16 TWH54NRH2.9/16 11.6 3.3 TWH120NRH2.9/16 14.8 6.4
1 3/4 2 3/4 TWH54NRH2.3/4 11.8 3.4 TWH120NRH2.3/4 14.9 6.5 TWH210NRH2.3/4 18.3 12.1
1 7/8 215/16 TWH54NRH2.15/16 14.8 3.5 TWH120NRH2.15/16 14.9 6.5 TWH210NRH2.15/16 18.3 12.2
2 3 1/8 TWH54NRH3.1/8 12.1 3.5 TWH120NRH3.1/8 15.1 6.5 TWH210NRH3.1/8 18.5 12.3 TWH430NRH3.1/8 26.0 23.2
2 1/4 3 1/2 TWH120NRH3.1/2 16.9 7.9 TWH210NRH3.1/2 19.3 12.4 TWH430NRH3.1/2 26.8 23.9
2 1/2 3 7/8 TWH120NRH3.7/8 19.6 8.5 TWH210NRH3.7/8 19.5 12.5 TWH430NRH3.7/8 26.5 25.7
2 3/4 4 /4
1
TWH210NRH4.1/4 19.5 13.3 TWH430NRH4.1/4 26.9 26.1
3 4 5
/8 TWH210NRH4.5/8 19.3 13.8 TWH430NRH4.5/8 25.9 26.3
3 1/4 5 TWH430NRH5 27.4 27.9
3 1/2 5 3/8 TWH430NRH5.3/8 25.8 28.3
3 3/4 5 3/4 TWH430NRH5.3/4 24.8 29.3
4 6 /8
1
TWH430NRH6.1/8 25.0 30.1
4 4 6 1/2
1/
TWH430NRH6.1/2 25.0 31.0
4 1/2 6 7/8 TWH430NRH6.7/8 27.3 31.8

81
 TWH-NRH - METRIC SIZE RATCHET HEADS

Choice of standard metric sizes

Easily fitted to TWH-N drive units
Strong steel construction
Non standard and special design
R
TWH120NRH-65 ratchet heads can be made to order

The TWH-NRH range of metric hexagon ratchet heads, suitable for use with TWH-N series low profile
hydraulic torque wrenches (see pages 79-80), provide exceptional flexibility with across flats (AF) sizes from
24mm to 175mm available as standard. All models feature extremely low profile design combined with a
minimum nose radius (R) that enables fitment in very confined limited access places. For even greater
versatility a comprehensive range of metric hexagon reducer bushes (see page 85) and square drive
conversion kits (see page 83) to suit TWH-NRH metric ratchet heads are also available.

METRIC RATCHET HEAD SELECTION TABLE:

Nut For TWH27N For TWH54N For TWH120N For TWH210N For TWH430N
Bolt AF Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt
size size number mm kg number mm kg number mm kg number mm kg number mm kg
16 24 TWH27NRH-24 12.1 1.5
18 27 TWH27NRH-27 12.1 1.5
10.4
20 30 TWH27NRH-30 10.7 1.6
22 32 TWH27NRH-32 9.5 1.6
24 36 TWH27NRH-36 10.1 1.6 TWH54NRH-36 13.8 2.9
- 38 TWH54NRH-38 12.6 2.8
27 41 TWH27NRH-41 10.1 1.6 TWH54NRH-41 10.9 2.8
30 46 TWH27NRH-46 10.5 1.7 TWH54NRH-46 10.7 2.9
33 50 TWH27NRH-50 10.4 1.7 TWH54NRH-50 12.1 3.0 TWH120NRH-50 15.2 5.8
36 55 TWH27NRH-55 10.1 1.8 TWH54NRH-55 12.1 3.1 TWH120NRH-55 15.0 6.1
39 60 TWH27NRH-60 10.5 1.8 TWH54NRH-60 12.0 3.2 TWH120NRH-60 15.0 6.4
42 65 TWH54NRH-65 11.7 3.3 TWH120NRH-65 14.9 6.4
45 70 TWH54NRH-70 11.7 3.4 TWH120NRH-70 14.8 6.5 TWH210NRH-70 18.2 12.1
48 75 TWH54NRH-75 14.6 3.5 TWH120NRH-75 14.7 6.5 TWH210NRH-75 18.1 12.2
52 80 TWH54NRH-80 11.7 3.5 TWH120NRH-80 14.7 6.5 TWH210NRH-80 18.1 12.3 TWH430NRH-80 25.6 23.2
56 85 TWH120NRH-85 16.4 7.8 TWH210NRH-85 18.2 12.4 TWH430NRH-85 29.0 24.0
60 90 TWH120NRH-90 16.2 7.9 TWH210NRH-90 18.6 12.4 TWH430NRH-90 31.3 26.0
64 95 TWH120NRH-95 15.9 7.9 TWH210NRH-95 18.6 12.5 TWH430NRH-95 28.5 25.8
68 100 TWH120NRH-100 18.7 8.5 TWH210NRH-100 18.6 12.5 TWH430NRH-100 25.6 25.6
72 105 TWH210NRH-105 18.4 12.9 TWH430NRH-105 28.6 26.5
76 110 TWH210NRH-110 18.3 13.3 TWH430NRH-110 25.7 26.2
80 115 TWH210NRH-115 20.7 13.8 TWH430NRH-115 27.3 26.4
90 130 TWH430NRH-130 25.6 27.3
- 135 TWH430NRH-135 26.6 28.3
100 145 TWH430NRH-145 25.4 29.4
110 155 TWH430NRH-155 25.0 30.1
115 165 TWH430NRH-165 25.0 31.0
- 175 TWH430NRH-175 27.3 31.8

82
 TWH-N ACCESSORIES

Suitable for TWH-N range up to 23124 Nm

SDC210-M

Square drive sizes from 1 to 2

Easily fitted, no special tools required

Supplied complete with reaction foot

Makes your hexagon drive torque wrench
even more versatile
Full range of heavy duty sockets available
(see pages 77 & 78)

Hi-Force SDC square drive conversion kits, suitable for Hi-Force TWH-N hexagon drive hydraulic torque
wrenches (see pages 79-82) are available for all models, excluding TWH430N. All models are supplied
complete with an easily attachable reaction foot and a standard hexagon AF size adaptor, suitable for
fitment to a commonly used size of imperial or metric ratchet head, per tool type (see table for more F
details). These SDC square drive conversion kits provide the most flexible and cost effective method of
converting a female hexagon drive hydraulic torque wrench into a square drive wrench.

Model Square Hexagon Maximum Maximum Suitable for Weight

number drive AF Size torque Nm torque lbf.ft drive cylinder incl. ratchet head
SDC27-I 1 113/16 3068 2263 TWH27N TWH27NRH-113/16 1.1
SDC27-M 1 46mm 3068 2263 TWH27N TWH27NRH-46 1.1
SDC54-I 1 2 9/16 6037 4453 TWH54N TWH54NRH-2 9/16 3.0
SDC54-M 1 65mm 6037 4453 TWH54N TWH54NRH-65 3.0
SDC120-I 1 3 1/8 14349 10583 TWH120N TWH120NRH-3 1/8 4.4
SDC120-M 1 80mm 14349 10583 TWH120N TWH120NRH-80 4.4
SDC210-I 2 3 7/8 23124 17055 TWH210N TWH210NRH-3 7/8 9.1
SDC210-M 2 100mm 23124 17055 TWH210N TWH210NRH-100 9.1

Extended Reaction Arms

Model Length A Length B Height (C) Width (D)

Number Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
ERA27-20 19.6 499 20.7 525 1.8 45 2.0 50
ERA54-20 20.2 513 21.1 535 2.2 55 2.5 65
ERA120-21 20.8 527 21.7 550 3.0 75 3.4 85
ERA210-21 21.5 545 23.2 588 3.7 95 3.7 95
ERA430-22 22.2 565 24.7 628 4.7 120 4.7 120

TWH-N fitted with extended reaction arm

Extended reaction arm B

A

D
C

83
 IB - IMPERIAL HEXAGON REDUCER BUSHES
To reduce the female hexagon AF size of the TWH-NRH imperial
ratchet heads (see page 81), these Hi-Force hexagon reducer
bushes offer an easy and economical solution. Just select your
outside AF size (i.e ratchet head AF size) and the required inside AF
size to determine the model number. Please note that wall
thickness (specified below as W dimension) must be added to the
minimum radius dimension of your ratchet head when using a
reducer bush.

Outside Inside For TWH27NRH For TWH54NRH For TWH120NRH For TWH210NRH For TWH430NRH
AF size AF size Model number W mm Model number W mm Model number W mm Model number W mm Model number W mm
1 1/4 1 1/16 IB27-104-101 2.4
1 7/16 1 1/16 IB27-107-101 4.8
1 7/16 1 1/4 IB27-107-104 2.4
1 5/8 1 1/4 IB27-110-104 4.8 IB54-110-104 4.8
1 5/8 1 7/16 IB27-110-107 2.4 IB54-110-107 2.4
113/16 1 7/16 IB27-113-107 4.8 IB54-113-107 4.8
113/16 1 5/8 IB27-113-110 2.4 IB54-113-110 2.4

F 2
2
1 5/8
113/16
IB27-200-110
IB27-200-113
4.8
2.4
IB54-200-110
IB54-200-113
4.8
2.4
2 3/16 1 5/8 IB27-203-110 7.2 IB54-203-110 7.2
2 3/16 113/16 IB27-203-113 4.8 IB54-203-113 4.8
2 3/16 2 IB27-203-200 2.4 IB54-203-200 2.4
2 3/8 113/16 IB27-206-113 7.2 IB54-206-113 7.2
2 3/8 2 IB27-206-200 4.8 IB54-206-200 4.8
2 3/8 2 3/16 IB27-206-203 2.4 IB54-206-203 2.4 IB120-206-203 2.4
2 9/16 2 IB54-209-200 7.2 not available -
2 9/16 2 3/16 IB54-209-203 4.8 IB120-209-203 4.8
2 9/16 2 3/8 IB54-209-206 2.4 IB120-209-206 2.4
2 3/4 2 3/16 IB54-212-203 7.2 IB120-212-203 7.2
2 3/4 2 3/8 IB54-212-206 4.8 IB120-212-206 4.8
2 3/4 2 9/16 IB54-212-209 2.4 IB120-212-209 2.4
215/16 2 3/8 IB54-215-206 7.2 IB120-215-206 7.2
215/16 2 9/16 IB54-215-209 4.8 IB120-215-209 4.8
215/16 2 3/4 IB54-215-212 2.4 IB120-215-212 2.4 IB210-215-212 2.4
3 1/8 2 9/16 IB54-302-209 7.2 IB120-302-209 7.2 not available -
3 1/8 2 3/4 IB54-302-212 4.8 IB120-302-212 4.8 IB210-302-212 4.8
3 1/8 215/16 IB54-302-215 2.4 IB120-302-215 2.4 IB210-302-215 2.4
3 1/2 215/16 IB120-308-215 7.2 IB210-308-215 7.2
3 1/2 3 1/8 IB120-308-302 4.8 IB210-308-302 4.8 IB430-308-302 4.8
3 7/8 3 1/8 IB120-314-302 9.5 IB210-314-302 9.5 IB430-314-302 9.5
3 7/8 3 1/2 IB120-314-308 4.8 IB210-314-308 4.8 IB430-314-308 4.8
4 1/4 3 1/2 IB210-404-308 9.5 IB430-404-308 9.5
4 1/4 3 7/8 IB210-404-314 4.8 IB430-404-314 4.8
4 5/8 3 7/8 IB210-410-314 9.5 IB430-410-314 9.5
4 5/8 4 1/4 IB210-410-404 4.8 IB430-410-404 4.8
5 4 1/4 IB430-500-404 9.5
5 4 5/8 IB430-500-410 4.8
5 3/8 4 5/8 IB430-506-410 9.5
5 3/8 5 IB430-506-500 4.8
5 3/4 5 IB430-512-500 9.5
5 3/4 5 3/8 IB430-512-506 4.8
6
1/
8 5 3/8 IB430-602-506 9.5
6 1/8 5 3/4 IB430-602-512 4.8
6 1/2 5 3/4 IB430-608-512 9.5
6 1/2 6 1/8 IB430-608-602 4.8
6 7/8 6 1/8 IB430-614-602 9.5
6 7/8 6 1/2 IB430-614-608 4.8
84
MB - METRIC HEXAGON REDUCER BUSHES
To reduce the female hexagon AF size of the TWH-NRH metric ratchet
heads (see page 82), these Hi-Force hexagon reducer bushes offer an
easy and economical solution. Just select your outside AF size
(i.e ratchet head AF size) and the required inside AF size to determine the
model number. Please note that wall thickness (specified below as W
dimension) must be added to the minimum radius dimension of your
ratchet head when using a reducer bush.

Outside Inside For TWH27NRH For TWH54NRH For TWH120NRH For TWH210NRH For TWH430NRH
AF size AF size Model number W mm Model number W mm Model number W mm Model number W mm Model number W mm
30 24 MB27-30-24 3.0
32 24 MB27-32-24 3.0
32 27 MB27-32-27 3.0
36 30 MB27-36-30 3.0 MB54-36-30 3.0
41 36 MB27-41-36 2.5 MB54-41-36 2.5
46 36 MB27-46-36 5.0 MB54-46-36 5.0
46 41 MB27-46-41 2.5 MB54-46-41 2.5
50 41 MB27-50-41 4.5 MB54-50-41 4.5
50 46 MB27-50-46 2.0 MB54-50-46 2.0
55 41 MB27-55-41 7.0 MB54-55-41 7.0
55 46 MB27-55-46 4.5 MB54-55-46 4.5
55
60
50
46
MB27-55-50
MB27-60-46
2.5
7.0
MB54-55-50
MB54-60-46
2.5
7.0
MB120-55-50
not available
2.5 F
60 50 MB27-60-50 5.0 MB54-60-50 5.0 MB120-60-50 5.0
60 55 MB27-60-55 2.5 MB54-60-55 2.5 MB120-60-55 2.5
65 50 MB54-65-50 7.5 MB120-65-50 7.5
65 55 MB54-65-55 5.0 MB120-65-55 5.0
65 60 MB54-65-60 2.5 MB120-65-60 2.5
70 55 MB54-70-55 7.5 MB120-70-55 7.5
70 60 MB54-70-60 5.0 MB120-70-60 5.0
70 65 MB54-70-65 2.5 MB120-70-65 2.5
75 60 MB54-75-60 7.5 MB120-75-60 7.5
75 65 MB54-75-65 5.0 MB120-75-65 5.0
75 70 MB54-75-70 2.5 MB120-75-70 2.5 MB210-75-70 2.5
80 65 MB54-80-65 7.5 MB120-80-65 7.5 not available -
80 70 MB54-80-70 5.0 MB120-80-70 5.0 MB210-80-70 5.0
80 75 MB54-80-75 2.5 MB120-80-75 2.5 MB210-80-75 2.5
85 70 MB120-85-70 7.5 MB210-85-70 7.5
85 75 MB120-85-75 5.0 MB210-85-75 5.0
85 80 MB120-85-80 2.5 MB210-85-80 2.5 MB430-85-80 2.5
90 75 MB120-90-75 7.5 MB210-90-75 7.5 not available -
90 80 MB120-90-80 5.0 MB210-90-80 5.0 MB430-90-80 5.0
90 85 MB120-90-85 2.5 MB210-90-85 2.5 MB430-90-85 2.5
95 80 MB120-95-80 7.5 MB210-95-80 7.5 MB430-95-80 7.5
95 85 MB120-95-85 5.0 MB210-95-85 5.0 MB430-95-85 5.0
95 90 MB120-95-90 2.5 MB210-95-90 2.5 MB430-95-90 2.5
100 85 MB120-100-85 7.5 MB210-100-85 7.5 MB430-100-85 7.5
100 90 MB120-100-90 5.0 MB210-100-90 5.0 MB430-100-90 5.0
100 95 MB120-100-95 2.5 MB210-100-95 2.5 MB430-100-95 2.5
105 90 MB210-105-90 7.5 MB430-105-90 7.5
105 95 MB210-105-95 5.0 MB430-105-95 5.0
105 100 MB210-105-100 2.5 MB430-105-100 2.5
110 95 MB210-110-95 7.5 MB430-110-95 7.5
110 100 MB210-110-100 5.0 MB430-110-100 5.0
110 105 MB210-110-105 2.5 MB430-110-105 2.5
115 100 MB210-115-100 7.5 MB430-115-100 7.5
115 105 MB210-115-105 5.0 MB430-115-105 5.0
115 110 MB210-115-110 2.5 MB430-115-110 2.5
130 105 MB430-130-105 12.5
130 110 MB430-130-110 10.0
130 115 MB430-130-115 7.5
145 110 MB430-145-110 17.5
145 115 MB430-145-115 15.0
145 130 MB430-145-130 7.5
85
 BW - BACKUP WRENCHES

Suitable for use with TWS-N & TWH-N Wrenches

Interchangeable hexagon links

Positive release mechanism

BWH with BWM-50

The Hi-Force BW series of backup wrenches provide an easily fitted and easily removable back nut reaction
arm to prevent both nuts rotating during tightening applications. The T-Bar design adjustable reaction
point prevents lock up once tightening is completed.

Complete set:

Backup wrench holder incl. set of links:

F Model From To
Number Description Imperial Metric Imperial Metric
BWI-SET Holder complete with imperial link set (12 pcs) 1 7/
16 - 3 7/
8 -
BWM-SET Holder complete with metric link set (14 pcs) - 36mm - 100mm

Individual components:
Model Hexagon AF size
Number Description Imperial Metric
Holder
BWH Backup wrench holder - -
Hexagon links
BWI-107 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 1 7/16 -
BWI-110 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 1 5/8 -
BWI-113 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 1 13/16 -
BWI-200 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 2 -
BWI-203 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 2 3/16 -
BWI-206 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 2 3/8 -
BWI-209 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 2 9/16 -
BWI-212 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 2 3/4 -
BWI-215 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 2 15/16 -
BWI-302 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 3 1/8 -
BWI-308 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 3 1/2 -
BWI-314 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial) 3 7/8 -
BWM-36 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 36 mm
BWM-41 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 41 mm
BWM-46 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 46 mm
BWM-50 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 50 mm
BWM-55 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 55 mm
BWM-60 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 60 mm
BWM-65 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 65 mm
BWM-70 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 70 mm
BWM-75 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 75 mm
BWM-80 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 80 mm
BWM-85 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 85 mm
BWM-90 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 90 mm
BWM-95 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 95 mm
BWM-100 Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric) - 100 mm
86
 HTWP - TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS

Working pressure 700 Bar

Choice of air or electric power options

Supplied complete with hand pendant controller

HTWP2142AR HTWP2140P

Hi-Force hydraulic torque wrench pumps are compatible for use with all Hi-Force hydraulic torque
wrenches. All models are 700 Bar maximum working pressure, fitted with an easily accessible and
adjustable torque setting pressure relief valve, and are available as air driven or electric driven pump
units. All pumps are supplied with a remote operation, push button hand pendant controller with three
metres of control line cable. Glycerine filled, easy to read, dual scale (0-700 Bar/0-10,000 PSI) hydraulic
pressure gauges are fitted as standard to all models. Air driven versions also include an integral inline F
filter, regulator, lubricator system with airline pressure gauge and an exhaust air cooling system.

Dual scale glycerine filled pressure gauge

Two speed operation

Externally adjustable torque setting valve

Protective rollbar carrying frame
C
Air pressure gauge and filter-regulator-lubricator
unit (air powered pumps only)
Integral oil cooling system (air powered pumps only)
Reservoir oil sight level gauge
Auto retract function (electric powered pumps only) B
A
Choice of standard hose length available,
see page 90

Max Motor Displacement l/min Changeover

Model pressure Power rating low high pressure Weight Dimensions in mm
number bar supply kW pressure pressure bar kg A B C
HTWP2140P 700 7 Bar 1.50 6.1 0.51 60 28.0 468 205 445
HTWP2141AR 700 110 volt 0.75 3.9 0.36 60 34.0 468 205 445
HTWP2141ARH 700 110 volt 0.75 3.9 0.36 60 34.0 468 205 445
HTWP2142AR 700 240 volt 0.75 3.9 0.36 60 34.0 468 205 445
HTWP2142ARH 700 240 volt 0.75 3.9 0.36 60 34.0 468 205 445
Note: Pumps with suffix H in the model number are supplied with 60Hz electric motor.
87
 TPA / TPE - TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS - PREMIUM LINE

High flow 3-stage pump unit

Choice of air or electric power options

Rigid, compact & lightweight

TPE25A

The Hi-Force TPA & TPE range of Premium line torque wrench pumps offers the following features :

High speed 3-stage, 8 piston pump unit

F Multi outlet 4-way split block for simultaneous operation of up to 4 hydraulic wrenches
Compact design, fitted within a rigid rollbar protection & carrying frame
Automatically activated oil cooling heat exchanger fitted as standard on all electric driven models
Exhaust air radiator cooling system on air driven models
Adjustable torque setting pressure relief valve with locking nut
Models with suffix A fitted with analogue pressure gauge
Models with suffix D fitted with pressure transducer and digital pressure gauge
Pendant controlled choice of manual with auto retract or full automatic cycle operation
(automatic cycle functions only available on electric driven models)
Solenoid valve with pendant control including motor on/off and 5 metre cable

Max. Displacements l /m
Model pressure Power Pressure Gauge 1st stage 2nd stage 3rd stage
number Bar supply gauge reading (*) 0-65 bar 65-325 bar 325-700 bar
Air driven pump units
TPA07A 700 7.0 Bar air analogue Bar/PSI 7.0 1.6 0.80
TPA07D 700 7.0 Bar air digital Bar/PSI/Nm/Lbf.Ft 7.0 1.6 0.80
Electric driven pump units
TPE15A 700 110V-1Ph-50Hz analogue Bar/PSI 6.5 1.5 0.75
TPE15D 700 110V-1Ph-50Hz digital Bar/PSI/Nm/Lbf.Ft 6.5 1.5 0.75
TPE16A 700 120V-1Ph-60Hz analogue Bar/PSI 7.8 1.8 0.90
TPE16D 700 120V-1Ph-60Hz digital Bar/PSI/Nm/Lbf.Ft 7.8 1.8 0.90
TPE25A 700 230V-1Ph-50Hz analogue Bar/PSI 6.5 1.5 0.75
TPE25D 700 230V-1Ph-50Hz digital Bar/PSI/Nm/Lbf.Ft 6.5 1.5 0.75
TPE26A 700 230V-1Ph-60Hz analogue Bar/PSI 7.8 1.8 0.90
TPE26D 700 230V-1Ph-60Hz digital Bar/PSI/Nm/Lbf.Ft 7.8 1.8 0.90
TPE45A 700 400V-3Ph-50Hz analogue Bar/PSI 6.5 1.5 0.75
TPE45D 700 400V-3Ph-50Hz digital Bar/PSI/Nm/Lbf.Ft 6.5 1.5 0.75
TPE46A 700 480V-3Ph-60Hz analogue Bar/PSI 7.8 1.8 0.90
TPE46D 700 480V-3Ph-60Hz digital Bar/PSI/Nm/Lbf.Ft 7.8 1.8 0.90
Note: (*) Torque value reading only available on software controlled, programmable pump unit

88
 TPA / TPE - TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS - PREMIUM LINE

Maximum working pressure 700 Bar

Inbuilt oil cooling system

Multi-outlet block for operation of 4 wrenches

TPA07A

Optional extras include a full software controlled pump unit, enabling the user to select the hydraulic
torque wrench in use via the digital display and have torque readings (in Nm or Lbf.ft) on the digital
gauge. All Hi-Force TWS-N and TWH-N hydraulic torque wrenches are programmed and selectable
as standard.
F

A
B

Pump Oil Max. Max. Weight Dimensions in mm

Model capacity noise level oil temp incl. oil Length (A) Width (B) Height (C)
All TPA air driven models 7 litres 90 db (A) 80 C 30 kg 456 286 476
All TPE electric driven models 7 litres 88 db (A) 80 C 39 kg 456 286 476

Optional coupler sets for simultaneous operation of multiple torque wrenches (one set supplied fitted as standard):

Model
number Description
TP-CS1 Single set of male / female flat face couplers, for simultaneous operation of two hydraulic wrenches
TP-CS2 Double set of male / female flat face couplers, for simultaneous operation of three hydraulic wrenches
TP-CS3 Triple set of male / female flat face couplers, for simultaneous operation of four hydraulic wrenches
89
 TORQUE WRENCH PUMP ACCESSORIES

4-WAY MULTI SPLIT BLOCK

Model
number Description

HTWM4 Multi-split block complete with

quick connect couplers. Suitable
for use with up to 4 hydraulic
wrenches from one pump unit
HTWM4

QUICK CONNECT COUPLINGS

CF4F
Model
number Thread type Description
F CF4F 1
/4" NPT Female Female half coupler
CM4F 1
/4" NPT Female Male half coupler
Note: Always check for the required thread size when ordering spare or
CM4F replacement couplings. If different thread size is required, please
check available reducers and adaptors on page 58 of this
catalogue.

HYDRAULIC HOSES

Model Length Description

number metres
HTWH4 4
Twin hose set with hose
HTWH5 5
clips and quick connect
HTWH6 6 couplers on both ends.
HTWH8 8
HTWH10 10
HTWH4
Note: Alternative length hoses available on request.

50 Hz & 60 Hz ELECTRIC MOTOR

Description

HTWP Pump models with suffix H are supplied with

60Hz electric motor.

HTWP Pump models without suffix H are supplied

suffix H with 50Hz electric motor.

90
 IW - PNEUMATIC IMPACT WRENCHES

Industrial heavy duty design

Square drive sizes from to 1

IW13P
IW25B

Excellent power to weight ratio

IW19P

The IW range of heavy duty pneumatic impact wrenches is designed for high volume production, heavy
maintenance and construction work. A choice of four models in square drive sizes , , 1 or 1 is
available all offering an excellent power to weight ratio, compact design and low vibration. Available with
pistol grip (models IW13P and IW19P) and back handle grip (models IW25B and IW38B) these high
quality tools offer increased durability, low noise level and reduced operator fatigue. All models can be
used for tightening and loosening applications and incorporate a four position adjustable power output
F
device.

Choice of four models

Minimal noise and vibration features
Operates from standard 6 Bar air pressure

A full range of impact quality sockets,

in both imperial and metric sizes,
for use with Hi-Force impact wrenches
is detailed on pages 77 and 78.

Model Square Bolt capacity Free speed Max. torque Recommended torque Air Consumption Weight
number drive size mm inch R.P.M. I.P.M. Nm lbf.ft Nm lbf.ft m/min cfm kg
Pistol grip versions
IW13P /2
1
16 /8
5
6300 1200 450 300 90-350 65-260 0.35 12.5 2.8
IW19P /4
3
22 /8
7
3800 1100 870 640 250-800 185-590 0.60 21.4 6.4
Back handle grip versions
IW25B 1 45 13/4 3700 700 2700 1980 1000-2450 740-1772 0.75 26.7 10.6
IW38B 11/2 50 2 3000 600 3500 2600 1000-3200 740-2370 0.82 29.2 15.9
91
 FRL11 - FILTER REGULATOR LUBRICATOR UNIT

Protective carrying frame

Complete with air inlet hose

Air pressure gauge fitted as standard

FRL11

The Hi-Force FRL11 filter regulator lubricator unit is designed to be used in conjunction with air operated
tools and air driven pump units. The unit allows the air pressure to be adjusted to suit the requirements of
the tool. The unit will also remove dust and water from the air supply and inject lubricant to the tool to
F ensure smooth operation. Supplied in a robust steel carrying and protective frame as standard, the unit
comes complete with dual scale (Bar/PSI) air inlet pressure gauge and 3 meter air hose with end fittings.

The Hi-Force FRL11 filter regulator

lubricator unit is supplied a standard
with all pneumatic torque multipliers,
series TWP and TWP-OG (see pages
72 and 73). Please note, if ordering
a replacement FRL11 for use with
TWP or TWP-OG torque multipliers,
the gauge of FRL11 must be
calibrated with the pneumatic
multiplier. Please contact your local
Hi-Force regional office or distributor
for further details.

FRL11 fitted to the IW25B impact wrench

We strongly advise to use this FRL11 unit with all air operated tools and air driven pumps, such as IW
series of pneumatic impact wrenches (see page 91), the AHP11 series foot operated air driven pumps
(see page 46 to 47) and similar air driven tools, to maintain integrity of air supply.

Model Air inlet Air outlet Weight Dimensions in mm

number connection connection kg Length Width Height
FRL11 1/ BSP 1/ BSP 3.0 200 200 310
2 2

92
BOLT TENSIONERS

Spring return topside bolt tensioners Pages

SBT Imperial Range Imperial range 94 - 95

Bolt tensioner components Pages

SBT Imperial Range Imperial range 96 - 97

Spring return topside bolt tensioners Pages

SBT Metric Range Metric range 98 - 99

Bolt tensioner components Pages

SBT Metric Range Metric range 100 - 101

Topside bolt tensioners Pages

STS Imperial Range Imperial range 102 - 103

Bolt tensioner components Pages

STS Imperial Range Imperial range 104 - 105

Topside bolt tensioners Pages

STS Metric Range Metric range 116 - 107 G
Bolt tensioner components Pages
STS Metric Range Metric range 108 - 109

Topside bolt tensioners Page

STS Specials Customised & special application design 110

Sub-sea bolt tensioners Page

STU Imperial Range Imperial range 111

Sub-sea bolt tensioners Page

STU Metric Range Metric range 112

Hydraulic tensioner nuts Page

HTN Imperial Range Imperial range 113

Hydraulic tensioner nuts Page

HTN Metric Range Metric range 114

Bolt tensioner pumps, hoses, hose reels, Pages

Pumps & Accessories couplers and bolt & nut protection caps 115 - 117

The ultimate software package for calculation Page

BoltRight of the correct torque and tension values 118
93
 SBT - SPRING RETURN BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL

Imperial bolt size range from 11/4 to 4

Maximum working pressure 1500 Bar

Spring assisted piston retraction

SBT3-187B1

The SBT imperial range of hydraulic bolt tensioners, offers all of the features and benefits of our standard
STS range (see pages 102 and 103), but with the added feature of spring assisted return hydraulic
pistons. Designed primarily for topside operation, this additional spring return piston feature will reduce
bolt tensioning cycle times considerably, as the tensioner pistons will automatically start to retract,
immediately the hydraulic pressure is released. The range currently comprises of 22 models, suitable
for standard size bolts from 11/4 to 4 diameter.

The versatility of the SBT bolt tensioner range, is identical to our standard STS range, with a variety of
interchangeable threaded pullers and nut rotating sockets available, either as bolt size conversion kits or
G individual parts. Further details on SBT imperial conversion kits are detailed on pages 96 & 97. All SBT bolt
tensioners are designed and manufactured with a wear coated piston, maximum stroke indicator, self
energising high pressure seals, dual quick connect couplers, for easy multiple tensioner hook up and
operate at pressures up to 1500 Bar maximum.

Suitable hydraulic pumps and high pressure hydraulic hose assemblies for use with SBT tensioners are
detailed on pages 115 & 116 of this catalogue.

Nitrocarburised piston
Maximum piston stroke indicator
Spring assisted return
User friendly operating and Threaded puller
maintenance procedure
Piston

Dont forget to order your tommy bars Oil inlet

when purchasing Hi-Force hydraulic port
tensioners. We recommend the
purchase of one tommy bar for every Load Cell
four hydraulic tensioners.
Bridge
Nut rotating
socket
Tensioner
range Tommy bar Tommy bar
SBT2 TTB08
SBT3 TTB10
SBT4 TTB10 Turn direction
SBT5 TTB14
SBT6 TTB14
94
 SBT - SPRING RETURN BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL

Bolt sizes from 1 1/4 to 4

Modular design for optimum versatility

Dual quick connect couplings for easy connection

SBT3-187B1

F
A
C

Conversion kits for SBT imperial range

of bolt tensioners can be found on E
pages 96 and 97 of this catalogue.
D

G
B
Note: F = minimum pitch distance

Bolt Threads Effective

Model thread per Capacity area Stroke Weight Dimensions in mm
number size inch kN tonnes cm mm kg A B C min D E F
SBT2-125B1 1
1/
4 8 457 46.6 30.5 15 4.0 102 39 140 164 91 74
SBT2-137B1 1
3/
8 8 457 46.6 30.5 15 4.0 102 39 140 164 91 77
SBT2-150B1 1
1/
2 8 457 46.6 30.5 15 4.0 102 39 140 164 91 80
SBT3-162B1 1
5/
8 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 47 158 188 94 92
SBT3-175B1 1
3
/4 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 47 158 188 94 93
SBT3-175B2 1
3
/4 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 50 156 193 94 104
SBT3-187B1 1 7/8 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 47 158 188 94 97
SBT3-187B2 1 7/8 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 50 156 193 94 104
SBT3-200B2 2 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 50 156 193 94 104
SBT4-187B1 1 7/8 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 50 167 197 97 104
SBT4-200B1 2 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 50 167 197 97 104
SBT4-200B2 2 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 62 177 213 97 106
SBT4-225B2 21/4 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 62 177 213 97 121
SBT4-250B2 2 1/2 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 62 177 213 97 127
SBT5-250B1 2 1/2 8 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.5 209 73 187 229 102 134
SBT5-275B1 2 3/4 8 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.5 209 73 187 229 102 140
SBT5-300B1 3 8 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.5 209 73 187 229 102 147
SBT6-300B1 3 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 84 219 254 102 161
SBT6-325B1 3 1/4 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 84 219 254 102 167
SBT6-350B1 3 1/2 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 84 219 254 102 172
SBT6-375B3 3 3/4 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 105 258 295 102 191
SBT6-400B3 4 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 105 258 295 102 196
Note: Weight is for load cell and bridge only. Total weight of complete assembly depends on size of puller and nut rotating socket selected.
Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioners, please see page 94 for ordering code.

95
 SBT - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL

Use with SBT Imperial Spring Return Tensioners

Modular design

Threaded Bridge
puller
Offers greater versatility
Nut rotating
socket

The modular design of Hi-Force SBT series spring return hydraulic bolt tensioners enables the user to
adapt an existing SBT tensioner assembly to another thread size, within the tensioner range, by
purchasing individual components or a simple conversion kit. By changing the required components (see
drawing and table on the next page), Hi-Force SBT bolt tensioners offer the user even greater versatility
at an economical cost.

Tensioner models SBT3, SBT4 and SBT6 are available with two different bridge sizes, hence always check
whether or not the required thread change is possible within the bridge size (please follow coloured lines
in below drawing). Make sure that all components match up. DO NOT mix components from different
colour lines. A large bridge will require the usage of a long threaded puller to ensure sufficient thread
engagement, as well as a large size nut rotating socket.
G
Changes within the same colour
code DO NOT require a bridge
change however, changes from the
red to blue line (or vice versa) MUST
include a relative bridge also.

The next page will provide part

numbers for all the tensioner
components, for which the same
colour coding is used, i.e. red
represents the smaller bolt sizes
within the tensioner range,
comprising of short threaded
adapter, load cell, small bridge,
small nut rotating socket and
tommy bar. The blue line represents
the larger bolt sizes within the
tensioner range, in which case the
tensioner is built from the long
threaded adaptor, load cell, large
bridge, large nut rotating socket
and tommy bar.

Dont forget to order your tommy

bars when purchasing Hi-Force Bolt
tensioners, Hi-Force recommends
the purchase of one tommy bar for
every four tensioners. Note: SBT2 & SBT5 models both have only one tensioner bridge available.

96
 SBT - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL

Principle of SBT spring return bolt tensioner

This table provides all the information to select the components to
modify your existing tensioner to suit another bolt size. Changes
A = Load cell are only possible within the same tensioner size. It is essential that
B = Tommy bar
D
all the components or selected conversion kits have the same
C = Bridge suffix as the target tensioner size (i.e. B1, B2 or B3).
D = Threaded puller
E = Nut rotating socket Examples:
To change from SBT3-162B1 to SBT3-187B1 would require
A
conversion kit CKS3-187B1 only.
To change from SBT3-187B1 to SBT3-200B2 would require
C conversion kit CKS3-200B2 and bridge STS3-B2.

E Denotes smaller bridge size within tensioner range

Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range
B
Denotes one bridge size within tensioner range

Complete tensioner Individual components D&E

Bolt A B C Available as conversion kit Complete

V
Model number Thread Load cell Tommy bar Bridge D - Threaded puller E - Rotating socket conversion kit
For tensioner range SBT2:
SBT2-125B1 1 1/4 TPS2-125B1 RS2-51B1 CKS2-125B1
G
SBT2-137B1 1 3/8 SBT2-LC TTB08 STS1-B1 TPS2-137B1 RS2-56B1 CKS2-137B1
SBT2-150B1 1 1/2 TPS2-150B1 RS2-60B1 CKS2-150B1
For tensioner range SBT3:
SBT3-162B1 1 5/8 TPS3-162B1 RS3-65B1 CKS3-162B1
SBT3-175B1 1 3/4 STS3-B1 TPS3-175B1 RS3-70B1 CKS3-175B1
SBT3-187B1 1 3/4 TPS3-187B1 RS3-75B1 CKS3-187B1
SBT3-LC TTB10
SBT3-175B2 1 7/8 TPS3-175B2 RS3-70B2 CKS3-175B2
SBT3-187B2 1 7/8 STS3-B2 TPS3-187B2 RS3-75B2 CKS3-187B2
SBT3-200B2 2 TPS3-200B2 RS3-80B2 CKS3-200B2
STS3-175B1 1 3/4
For tensioner range SBT4: STS3-B1 TP3-175B1 RS3-70B1 CK3-175B1
SBT4-187B1 1 7/8 STS4-B1 TPS4-187B1 RS4-75B1 CKS4-187B1
SBT4-200B1 2 TPS4-200B1 RS4-80B1 CKS4-200B1
SBT4-200B2 2 SBT4-LC TTB10 TPS4-200B2 RS4-80B2 CKS4-200B2
SBT4-225B2 2 1/4 STS4-B2 TPS4-225B2 RS4-90B2 CKS4-225B2
SBT4-250B2 2 1/2 TPS4-250B2 RS4-98B2 CKS4-250B2
For tensioner range SBT5:
SBT5-250B1 2 1/2 TPS5-250B1 RS5-100B1 CKS5-250B1
SBT5-275B1 2 3/4 SBT5-LC TTB14 STS5-B1 TPS5-275B1 RS5-108B1 CKS5-275B1
SBT5-300B1 3 TPS5-300B1 RS5-118B1 CKS5-300B1
STS4-225B2
For tensioner range SBT6: STS4-B2 TP4-225B2 RS4-90B2 CK4-225B2
SBT6-300B1 3 TPS6-300B1 RS6-118B1 CKS6-300B1
SBT6-325B1 3 1/4 STS6-B1 TPS6-325B1 RS6-127B1 CKS6-325B1
SBT6-350B1 3 1/2 SBT6-LC TTB14 TPS6-350B1 RS6-137B1 CKS6-350B1
SBT6-375B3 3 3/4 TPS6-375B3 RS6-146B3 CKS6-375B3
STS6-B3
SBT6-400B3 4 TPS6-400B3 RS6-156B3 CKS6-400B3

Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for SBT3, SBT4 and SBT6 models when ordering components.

97
 SBT - SPRING RETURN BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC

Metric bolt size range from M30 to M100

Maximum working pressure 1500 Bar

Spring assisted piston retraction

SBT3-M42B1

The SBT metric range of hydraulic bolt tensioners, offers all of the features and benefits of our standard
STS range (see pages 106 and 107), but with the added feature of spring assisted return hydraulic
pistons. Designed primarily for topside operation, this additional spring return piston feature will reduce
bolt tensioning cycle times considerably, as the tensioner piston will automatically start to retract, after the
hydraulic pressure is released. The range currently comprises of 26 models, suitable for standard size
bolts from M30 to M100 diameter.

The versatility of the SBT bolt tensioner range, is identical to our standard STS range, with a variety of inter-
changeable threaded pullers and nut rotating sockets available, either as bolt size conversion kits or
G individual parts. Further details on SBT metric conversion kits are detailed on pages 100 & 101. All SBT
bolt tensioners are designed and manufactured with a wear coated piston, maximum stroke indicator, self
energising high pressure seals, dual quick connect couplers, for easy multiple tensioner hook up and
operate at pressures up to 1500 Bar maximum.

Suitable hydraulic pumps and high pressure hydraulic hose assemblies for use with SBT tensioners are
detailed on pages 115 & 116 of this catalogue.

Nitrocarburised piston
Maximum piston stroke indicator
Spring assisted return
User friendly operating and Threaded puller
maintenance procedure
Piston

Dont forget to order your tommy bars Oil inlet

when purchasing Hi-Force hydraulic port
tensioners. We recommend the
purchase of one tommy bar for every Load Cell
four hydraulic tensioners.
Bridge
Nut rotating
socket
Tensioner
range Tommy bar Tommy bar
SBT2 TTB08
SBT3 TTB10
SBT4 TTB10 Turn direction
SBT5 TTB14
SBT6 TTB14
98
 SBT - SPRING RETURN BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC

Bolt sizes from M30 to M100

Modular design for optimum versatility

Dual quick connect couplings for easy connection

SBT3-M42B1

F
A
C

Conversion kits for SBT metric range

of bolt tensioners can be found on E
pages 100 and 101 of this catalogue. D

B
G
Note: F = minimum pitch distance

Bolt Threads Effective

Model thread per Capacity area Stroke Weight Dimensions in mm
number size inch kN tonnes cm mm kg A B C min D E F
SBT2-M30B1 M30 3.5 457 46.6 30.5 15 4.0 102 39 140 164 91 71
SBT2-M33B1 M33 3.5 457 46.6 30.5 15 4.0 102 39 140 164 91 74
SBT2-M36B1 M36 4 457 46.6 30.5 15 4.0 102 39 140 164 91 77
SBT2-M39B1 M39 4 457 46.6 30.5 15 4.0 102 39 140 164 91 80
SBT3-M42B1 M42 4.5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 47 158 188 94 91
SBT3-M45B1 M45 4.5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 47 158 188 94 94
SBT3-M45B2 M45 4.5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 50 156 193 94 105
SBT3-M48B1 M48 5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 47 158 188 94 97
SBT3-M48B2 M48 5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 50 156 193 94 105
SBT3-M52B2 M52 5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.7 137 50 156 193 94 105
SBT4-M48B1 M48 5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 50 167 197 97 105
SBT4-M52B1 M52 5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 50 167 197 97 108
SBT4-M52B2 M52 5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 62 177 213 97 120
SBT4-M56B2 M56 5.5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 62 177 213 97 120
SBT4-M60B2 M60 5.5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 62 177 213 97 124
SBT4-M64B2 M64 6 1264 128.9 84.3 15 11.0 167 62 177 213 97 126
SBT5-M64B1 M64 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.5 209 73 187 229 102 134
SBT5-M68B1 M68 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.5 209 73 187 229 102 136
SBT5-M72B1 M72 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.5 209 73 187 229 102 139
SBT5-M76B1 M76 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.5 209 73 187 229 102 142
SBT6-M76B1 M76 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 84 219 254 102 158
SBT6-M80B1 M80 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 84 219 254 102 160
SBT6-M85B1 M85 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 84 219 254 102 162
SBT6-M90B1 M90 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 84 219 254 102 170
SBT6-M95B3 M95 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 105 258 295 102 184
SBT6-M100B3 M100 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 24.0 257 105 258 295 102 190
Note: Weight is for load cell and bridge only. Total weight of complete assembly depends on size of puller and nut rotating socket selected.
Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioners, please see page 101 for ordering code.

99
 SBT - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - METRIC

Cost saving option

Easily fitted to existing tensioner assembly

Threaded Bridge
puller
Offers greater versatility
Nut rotating
socket

Similar to the imperial tensioner components (pages 96 & 97), the Hi-Force metric spring return
hydraulic bolt tensioners are also modular in design and can be adapted to another thread size, within the
tensioner range, by purchasing individual components or a simple conversion kit. By changing the
required components (see drawing and table on the next page), Hi-Force SBT spring return bolt
tensioners offer the user even greater versatility at an economical cost.

Tensioner models SBT3, SBT4 & SBT6 are available with two different bridge sizes, hence always check
whether or not the required thread change is possible within the bridge size (please follow coloured lines
in below drawing). Make sure that all components match up. DO NOT mix components from different
colour lines. A large bridge will require the usage of a long threaded puller to ensure sufficient thread
G engagement, as well as a large size nut rotating socket.

Changes within the same colour

code DO NOT require a bridge
change however, changes from the
red to blue line (or vice versa) MUST
also include a relative bridge.

The next page will provide part

numbers for all the tensioner
components, for which the same
colour coding is used, i.e. red
represents the smaller bolt sizes
within the tensioner range,
comprising of short threaded
adaptor, load cell, small bridge,
small nut rotating socket and
tommy bar. The blue line represents
the larger bolt sizes within the
tensioner range, in which case the
tensioner is built from the long
threaded adaptor, load cell, large
bridge, large nut rotating socket and
tommy bar.

Dont forget to order your tommy

bars when purchasing Hi-Force Bolt
tensioners, Hi-Force recommends
the purchase of one tommy bar for
every four tensioners. Note: SBT2 & SBT5 models both have only one tensioner bridge available.

100
 SBT - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - METRIC

Principle of SBT spring return bolt tensioner

This table provides all the information to select the components to
modify your existing tensioner to suit another bolt size. Changes
A = Load cell are only possible within the same tensioner size. It is essential that
B = Tommy bar all the components or selected conversion kits have the same
D
C = Bridge suffix as the target tensioner size (i.e. B1, B2 or B3).
D = Threaded puller
E = Nut rotating socket Examples:
To change from SBT3-M42B1 to SBT3-M48B1 would require
A
conversion kit CKS3-M48B1 only.
To change from SBT3-M48B1 to SBT3-M52B2 would require
C conversion kit CKS3-M52B2 and bridge STS3-B2.

E Denotes smaller bridge size within tensioner range

B
Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range
Denotes one bridge size within tensioner range

Complete tensioner Individual components D&E

Bolt A B C Available as conversion kit Complete

V
Model number Thread Load cell Tommy bar Bridge D - Threaded puller E - Rotating socket conversion kit
For tensioner range SBT2:
SBT2-M30B1 M30 TPS2-M30B1 RS2-46B1 CKS2-M30B1
SBT2-M33B1 M33 TPS2-M33B1 RS2-51B1 CKS2-M33B1
SBT2-M36B1 M36
SBT2-LC TTB08 STS1-B1
TPS2-M36B1 RS2-56B1 CKS2-M36B1 G
SBT2-M39B1 M39 TPS2-M39B1 RS2-60B1 CKS2-M39B1
For tensioner range SBT3:
SBT3-M42B1 M42 TPS3-M42B1 RS3-65B1 CKS3-M42B1
SBT3-M45B1 M45 STS3-B1 TPS3-M45B1 RS3-70B1 CKS3-M45B1
SBT3-M48B1 M45 TPS3-M48B1 RS3-75B1 CKS3-M48B1
SBT3-LC TTB10
SBT3-M45B2 M48 TPS3-M45B2 RS3-70B2 CKS3-M45B2
SBT3-M48B2 M48 STS3-B2 TPS3-M48B2 RS3-75B2 CKS3-M48B2
SBT3-M52B2 M52 TPS3-M52B2 RS3-80B2 CKS3-M52B2
STS3-175B1 1 3/4
For tensioner range SBT4: STS3-B1 TP3-175B1 RS3-70B1 CK3-175B1
SBT4-M48B1 M48 STS4-B1 TPS4-M48B1 RS4-75B1 CKS4-M48B1
SBT4-M52B1 M52 TPS4-M52B1 RS4-80B1 CKS4-M52B1
SBT4-M52B2 M52 SBT4-LC TTB10 TPS4-M52B2 RS4-80B2 CKS4-M52B2
SBT4-M56B2 M56 STS4-B2 TPS4-M56B2 RS4-85B2 CKS4-M56B2
SBT4-M60B2 M60 TPS4-M60B2 RS4-90B2 CKS4-M60B2
SBT4-M64B2 M64 TPS4-M64B2 RS4-95B2 CKS4-M64B2
For tensioner range SBT5:
SBT5-M64B1 M64 TPS5-M64B1 RS5-95B1 CKS5-M64B1
SBT5-M68B1 M68 SBT5-LC TTB14 STS5-B1 TPS5-M68B1 RS5-100B1 CKS5-M68B1
SBT5-M72B1 M72 TPS5-M72B1 RS5-105B1 CKS5-M72B1
SBT5-M76B1 M76 TPS5-M76B1 RS5-110B1 CKS5-M76B1
STS4-225B2
For tensioner range SBT6: STS4-B2 TP4-225B2 RS4-90B2 CK4-225B2
SBT6-M76B1 M76 TPS6-M76B1 RS6-110B1 CKS6-M76B1
SBT6-M80B1 M80 STS6-B1 TPS6-M80B1 RS6-115B1 CKS6-M80B1
SBT6-M85B1 M85 TPS6-M85B1 RS6-120B1 CKS6-M85B1
SBT6-LC TTB14
SBT6-M90B1 M90 TPS6-M90B1 RS6-130B1 CKS6-M90B1
SBT6-M95B3 M95 TPS6-M95B3 RS6-135B3 CKS6-M95B3
STS6-B3
SBT6-M100B3 M100 TPS6-M100B3 RS6-146B3 CKS6-M100B3

Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for SBT3, SBT4 and SBT6 models when ordering components.

101
 STS - TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL RANGE

Capacities from 234 to 2649 kN

Working pressure 1500 Bar

Single acting design

STS3-175B1 STS4-250B2
STS1-100B2

Nitrocarburised piston
Maximum piston stroke indicator
Suitable for single or multi-tensioning applications
Specially designed tensioners available on request (see page 110)
User friendly operating and maintenance procedure
Choice of manually operated or air powered pumps
available (see page 115)

G The STS imperial bolt tensioner range is designed for topside operation in a wide variety of applications
including pipeline flanges, heat exchangers, pressure vessels, compressor covers, boiler feed pumps,
anchor bolts and many others. The range comprises of 26 imperial size options ranging from to 4
thread size and all models are suitable for working pressures up to 1500 Bar. Each of the 6 models of
hydraulic tensioning cylinder can be operated with a variety of threaded pullers and nut rotating sockets
ensuring that the maximum possible range of bolt sizes can be accommodated using the minimum
number of hydraulic cylinders. Threaded pullers, bridges and nut rotating sockets are available as
individual components (see pages 104 & 105 for detailed information).

All Hi-Force hydraulic bolt tensioners are designed and

manufactured to include a wear coated piston, maximum
piston stroke indicator, self-energising high pressure seals, The STS range of tensioners are push
dual quick connect couplings for easy multiple tensioner back type tensioners.
connection and a user friendly operation and maintenance For spring return tensioners, see pages
94-97 of this catalogue.
procedure. Suitable manual and air driven hydraulic
pumps, high pressure hoses and couplings for use with
Hi-Force bolt tensioners are detailed on pages 115 & 116.

Threaded puller
Piston
Load Cell
Oil inlet port

Nut rotating Bridge

socket

Tommy bar
Turn direction

102
 STS - TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL RANGE

Bolt sizes from to 4

Modular design for optimum versatility

Dual quick connect couplings for easy connection

STS3-175B1 STS4-250B2
STS1-100B2

A
Force C F

E D

B
Note: F = minimum pitch distance

Bolt Threads Effective

G
Model thread per Capacity area Stroke Weight Dimensions in mm
number size inch kN tonnes cm mm kg A B C min D E F
STS1-075B1 3/
4 10 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 28 74 90 45 51
STS1-087B1 7
/8 9 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 28 74 90 45 54
STS1-100B2 1 8 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 61
STS1-112B2 1 1/8 8 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 64
STS2-125B1 1 1/4 8 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 74
STS2-137B1 1 3/8 8 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 77
STS2-150B1 1 1/2 8 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 80
STS3-162B1 1 5/8 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 92
STS3-175B1 1 3/4 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 93
STS3-175B2 1 3/4 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 50 117 155 56 104
STS3-187B1 1 7/8 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 97
STS3-187B2 1 7/8 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 50 117 155 56 104
STS3-200B2 2 8 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 50 117 155 56 104
STS4-187B1 1 7/8 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 50 119 149 57 104
STS4-200B1 2 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 50 119 149 57 104
STS4-200B2 2 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 119 149 57 106
STS4-225B2 2 1/4 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 121
STS4-250B2 2 1/2 8 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 127
STS5-250B1 2 1/2 8 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 134
STS5-275B1 2 3/4 8 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 140
STS5-300B1 3 8 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 147
STS6-300B1 3 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 161
STS6-325B1 3 1/4 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 167
STS6-350B1 3 1/2 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 172
STS6-375B3 3 3/4 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 105 205 257 64 191
STS6-400B3 4 8 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 105 205 257 64 196
Note: Weight is for load cell and bridge only. Total weight of complete assembly depends on size of puller and nut rotating socket selected.
Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioners, please see page 105 column B for ordering code.
103
 STS - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL

For use with STS Imperial Tensioners

Modular design

Threaded Bridge
puller
Offers greater versatility
Nut rotating
socket

The modular design of Hi-Force STS series topside hydraulic bolt tensioners enables the user to adapt an
existing STS tensioner assembly to another thread size, within the tensioner range, by purchasing
individual components or a simple conversion kit. By changing the required components (see drawing and
table on the next page), Hi-Force STS bolt tensioners offer the user even greater versatility at an
economical cost.

Tensioner models STS1, STS3, STS4 & STS6 are available with two different bridge sizes, hence always
check whether or not the required thread change is possible within the bridge size (please follow coloured
lines in below drawing). Make sure that all components match up. DO NOT mix components from different
colour lines. A large bridge will require the usage of a long threaded puller to ensure sufficient thread
engagement, as well as a large size nut rotating socket.
G
Changes within the same colour
code DO NOT require a bridge
change however, changes from the
red to blue line (or vice versa) MUST
include a relative bridge also.

The next page will provide part

numbers for all the tensioner
components, for which the same
colour coding is used, i.e. red
represents the smaller bolt sizes
within the tensioner range,
comprising of short threaded
adapter, load cell, small bridge,
small nut rotating socket and
tommy bar. The blue line represents
the larger bolt sizes within the
tensioner range, in which case the
tensioner is built from the long
threaded adaptor, load cell, large
bridge, large nut rotating socket
and tommy bar.

Dont forget to order your tommy

bars when purchasing Hi-Force Bolt
tensioners, Hi-Force recommends
the purchase of one tommy bar for
every four tensioners. Note: STS2 & STS5 models both have only one tensioner bridge available.

104
 STS - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL

Principle of STS bolt tensioner

This table provides all the information to select the components to
modify your existing tensioner to suit another bolt size. Changes
A = Load cell D are only possible within the same tensioner size. It is essential that
B = Tommy bar all the components or selected conversion kits have the same
C = Bridge suffix as the target tensioner size (i.e. B1, B2 or B3).
D = Threaded puller
E = Nut rotating socket A
Examples:
To change from STS3-162B1 to STS3-187B1 would require
conversion kit CK3-187B1 only.
To change from STS3-187B1 to STS3-200B2 would require
C
conversion kit CK3-200B2 and bridge STS3-B2.

Denotes smaller bridge size within tensioner range

Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range
B E
Denotes one bridge size within tensioner range

Complete tensioner Individual components D&E

Bolt A B C Available as conversion kit Complete

V
Model number Thread Load cell Tommy bar Bridge D - Threaded puller E - Rotating socket conversion kit
For tensioner range STS1:
4
3/
STS1-075B1 TP1-075B1 RS1-32B1 CK1-075B1
7
/8
STS1-B1
STS1-087B1 TP1-087B1 RS1-37B1 CK1-087B1
STS1-LC TTB06
STS1-100B2 TP1-100B2 RS1-41B2 CK1-100B2
STS1-112B2 1
1

1/
8
STS1-B2
TP1-112B2 RS1-46B2 CK1-112B2 G
For tensioner range STS2:
STS2-125B1 1 1/4 TP2-125B1 RS2-51B1 CK2-125B1
STS2-137B1 1 3/8 STS2-LC TTB08 STS2-B1 TP2-137B1 RS2-56B1 CK2-137B1
STS2-150B1 1 1/2 TP2-150B1 RS2-60B1 CK2-150B1
For tensioner range STS3:
STS3-162B1 1 5/8 TP3-162B1 RS3-65B1 CK3-162B1
STS3-175B1 1 3/4 STS3-B1 TP3-175B1 RS3-70B1 CK3-175B1
STS3-187B1 1 7/8 TP3-187B1 RS3-75B1 CK3-187B1
STS3-LC TTB10
STS3-175B2 1 3/4 TP3-175B2 RS3-70B2 CK3-175B2
STS3-187B2 1 7/8 STS3-B2 TP3-187B2 RS3-75B2 CK3-187B2
STS3-200B2 2 TP3-200B2 RS3-80B2 CK3-200B2
For tensioner range STS4:
STS4-187B1 1 7/8 TP4-187B1 RS4-75B1 CK4-187B1
STS4-B1
STS4-200B1 2 TP4-200B1 RS4-80B1 CK4-200B1
STS4-LC TTB10
STS4-200B2 2 TP4-200B2 RS4-80B2 CK4-200B2
STS4-225B2 2 1/4 STS4-B2 TP4-225B2 RS4-90B2 CK4-225B2
STS4-250B2 2 1/2 TP4-250B2 RS4-98B2 CK4-250B2
For tensioner range STS5:
STS5-250B1 2 1/2 TP5-250B1 RS5-100B1 CK5-250B1
STS5-275B1 2 3/4 STS5-LC TTB14 STS5-B1 TP5-275B1 RS5-108B1 CK5-275B1
STS5-300B1 3 TP5-300B1 RS5-118B1 CK5-300B1
For tensioner range STS6:
STS6-300B1 3 TP6-300B1 RS6-118B1 CK6-300B1
STS6-325B1 3 1/
4 STS6-B1 TP6-325B1 RS6-127B1 CK6-325B1
STS6-350B1 3 1/
2
STS6-LC TTB14 TP6-350B1 RS6-137B1 CK6-350B1
STS6-375B3 3 3/
4 TP6-375B3 RS6-146B3 CK6-375B3
STS6-B3
STS6-400B3 4 TP6-400B3 RS6-156B3 CK6-400B3
Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for STS1, STS3, STS4 and STS6 models when ordering components.

105
 STS - TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC RANGE

Capacities from 234 to 2649 kN

Working pressure 1500 Bar

Single acting design

STS3-M52

Nitrocarburised piston
Maximum piston stroke indicator
Suitable for single or multi-tensioning applications
Specially designed tensioners available on request (see page 110)
User friendly operating and maintenance procedure
Choice of manually operated or air powered pumps
available (see page 115)

G The STS metric bolt tensioner range is designed for topside operation in a wide variety of applications
including pipeline flanges, heat exchangers, pressure vessels, compressor covers, boiler feed pumps,
anchor bolts and many others. The range comprises of 26 metric size options ranging from M16 to
M100 thread size and all models are suitable for working pressures up to 1500 Bar. Each of the
6 models of hydraulic tensioning cylinder can be operated with a variety of threaded pullers and nut
rotating sockets ensuring that the maximum possible range of bolt sizes can be accommodated using the
minimum number of hydraulic cylinders. Threaded pullers and nut rotating sockets are available as
individual components (see pages 108 & 109 for detailed information).
All Hi-Force hydraulic bolt tensioners are designed and
manufactured to include a wear coated piston, maximum
piston stroke indicator, self-energising high pressure seals, The STS range of tensioners are push
back type tensioners.
dual quick connect couplings for easy multiple tensioner For spring return tensioners, see pages
connection and a user friendly operation and maintenance 98-101 of this catalogue.
procedure. Suitable manual and air driven hydraulic pumps,
high pressure hoses and couplings for use with Hi-Force bolt
tensioners are detailed on pages 115 & 116.

Threader Puller
Piston
Load Cell
Oil inlet port

Nut rotating Bridge

socket

Tommy Bar

Turn Direction

106
 STS - TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC RANGE

Bolt sizes from M16 to M100

Modular design for optimum versatility

Dual quick couplings for easy connection

STS3-M52

A F
Force C

E D

B
Note: F = minimum pitch distance

Bolt Effective
Model thread Thread Capacity area Stroke Weight Dimensions in mm
number size pitch kN tonnes cm mm kg A B C D E F
STS1-M16B1
STS1-M18B1
M16
M18
2
2.5
234
234
23.9
23.9
15.6
15.6
10
10
1.7
1.7
74
74
28
28
74
74
90
90
45
45
47
49
G
STS1-M20B1 M20 2.5 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 28 74 90 45 51
STS1-M22B2 M22 2.5 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 56
STS1-M24B2 M24 3 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 59
STS1-M27B2 M27 3 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 61
STS2-M30B1 M30 3.5 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 71
STS2-M33B1 M33 3.5 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 74
STS2-M36B1 M36 4 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 77
STS2-M39B1 M39 4 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 80
STS3-M42B1 M42 4.5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 91
STS3-M45B1 M45 4.5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 94
STS3-M45B2 M45 4.5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 50 117 155 56 105
STS3-M48B1 M48 5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 97
STS3-M48B2 M48 5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 50 117 155 56 105
STS3-M52B2 M52 5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 50 117 155 56 105
STS4-M48B1 M48 5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 50 119 149 57 105
STS4-M52B1 M52 5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 50 119 149 57 108
STS4-M52B2 M52 5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 120
STS4-M56B2 M56 5.5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 120
STS4-M60B2 M60 5.5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 124
STS4-M64B2 M64 6 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 126
STS5-M64B1 M64 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 134
STS5-M68B1 M68 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 136
STS5-M72B1 M72 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 139
STS5-M76B1 M76 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 142
STS6-M76B1 M76 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 158
STS6-M80B1 M80 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 160
STS6-M85B1 M85 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 162
STS6-M90B1 M90 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 170
STS6-M95B3 M95 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 105 205 257 64 184
STS6-M100B3 M100 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 105 205 257 64 190
Note: Weight is for load cell and bridge only. Total weight of complete assembly depends on size of puller and nut rotating socket selected.
Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioners, please see page 109, column B for ordering code.
107
 STS - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - METRIC

Cost saving option

Easily fitted to existing tensioner assembly

Threaded Bridge
puller
Offers greater versatility
Nut rotating
socket

Similar to the imperial tensioner components (pages 104 & 105), the Hi-Force metric topside hydraulic
bolt tensioners are also modular in design and can be adapted to another thread size, within the
tensioner range, by purchasing individual components or a simple conversion kit. By changing the
required components (see drawing and table on the next page), Hi-Force STS bolt tensioners offer the
user even greater versatility at an economical cost.

Tensioner models STS1, STS3, STS4 & STS6 are available with two different bridge sizes, hence always
check whether or not the required thread change is possible within the bridge size (please follow coloured
lines in below drawing). Make sure that all components match up. DO NOT mix components from different
colour lines. A large bridge will require the usage of a long threaded puller to ensure sufficient thread
engagement, as well as a large size nut rotating socket.
G
Changes within the same colour
code DO NOT require a bridge
change however, changes from the
red to blue line (or vice versa) MUST
include a relative bridge also.

The next page will provide part

numbers for all the tensioner
components, for which the same
colour coding is used, i.e. red
represents the smaller bolt sizes
within the tensioner range,
comprising of short threaded
adapter, load cell, small bridge,
small nut rotating socket and
tommy bar. The blue line represents
the larger bolt sizes within the
tensioner range, in which case the
tensioner is built from the long
threaded adaptor, load cell, large
bridge, large nut rotating socket and
tommy bar.

Dont forget to order your tommy

bars when purchasing Hi-Force Bolt
tensioners, Hi-Force recommends
the purchase of one tommy bar for
every four tensioners. Note: STS2 & STS5 models both have only one tensioner bridge available.

108
 STS - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - METRIC

Principle of STS bolt tensioner

This table provides all the information to select the components to
modify your existing tensioner to suit another bolt size. Changes
A = Load cell D are only possible within the same tensioner size. It is essential that
B = Tommy bar all the components or selected conversion kits have the same
C = Bridge suffix as the target tensioner size (i.e.B1, B2 or B3).
D = Threaded puller
E = Nut rotating socket A
Examples:
To change from STS3-M42B1 to STS3-M48B1 would require
conversion kit CK3-M48B1 only.
To change from STS3-M48B1 to STS3-M52B2 would require
C
conversion kit CK3-M52B2 and bridge STS3-B2.

Denotes smaller bridge size within tensioner range

Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range
B E
Denotes one bridge size within tensioner range

Complete tensioner Individual components D&E

Bolt A B C Available as conversion kit Complete

V
Model number Thread Load cell Tommy bar Bridge D - Threaded puller E - Rotating socket conversion kit
For tensioner range STS1:
STS1-M16B1 M16 TP1-M16B1 RS1-24B1 CK1-M16B1
STS1-M18B1 M18 STS1-B1 TP1-M18B1 RS1-27B1 CK1-M18B1
STS1-M20B1 M20 STS1-LC TTB06 TP1-M20B1 RS1-30B1 CK1-M20B1
STS1-M22B2 M22 TP1-M22B2 RS1-32B2 CK1-M22B2
STS1-M24B2 M24 STS1-B2 TP1-M24B2 RS1-37B2 CK1-M24B2
STS1-M27B2 M27 TP1-M27B2 RS1-41B2 CK1-M27B2 G
For tensioner range STS2:
STS2-M30B1 M30 TP2-M30B1 RS2-46B1 CK2-M30B1
STS2-M33B1 M33 TP2-M33B1 RS2-51B1 CK2-M33B1
STS2-M36B1 M36 STS2-LC TTB08 STS2-B1 TP2-M36B1 RS2-56B1 CK2-M36B1
STS2-M39B1 M39 TP2-M39B1 RS2-60B1 CK2-M39B1
For tensioner range STS3:
STS3-M42B1 M42 TP3-M42B1 RS3-65B1 CK3-M42B1
STS3-M45B1 M45 STS3-B1 TP3-M45B1 RS3-70B1 CK3-M45B1
STS3-M48B1 M48 TP3-M48B1 RS3-75B1 CK3-M48B1
STS3-LC TTB10
STS3-M45B2 M45 TP3-M45B2 RS3-70B2 CK3-M45B2
STS3-M48B2 M48 STS3-B2 TP3-M48B2 RS3-75B2 CK3-M48B2
STS3-M52B2 M52 TP3-M52B2 RS3-80B2 CK3-M52B2
For tensioner range STS4:
STS4-M48B1 M48 TP4-M48B1 RS4-75B1 CK4-M48B1
STS4-B1
STS4-M52B1 M52 TP4-M52B1 RS4-80B1 CK4-M52B1
STS4-M52B2 M52 STS4-LC TTB10 TP4-M52B2 RS4-80B2 CK4-M52B2
STS4-M56B2 M56 TP4-M56B2 RS4-85B2 CK4-M56B2
STS4-M60B2 M60 STS4-B2 TP4-M60B2 RS4-90B2 CK4-M60B2
STS4-M64B2 M64 TP4-M64B2 RS4-95B2 CK4-M64B2
For tensioner range STS5:
STS5-M64B1 M64 TP5-M64B1 RS5-95B1 CK5-M64B1
STS5-M68B1 M68 TP5-M68B1 RS5-100B1 CK5-M68B1
STS5-LC TTB14 STS5-B1
STS5-M72B1 M72 TP5-M72B1 RS5-105B1 CK5-M72B1
STS5-M76B1 M76 TP5-M76B1 RS5-110B1 CK5-M76B1
For tensioner range STS6:
STS6-M76B1 M76 TP6-M76B1 RS6-110B1 CK6-M76B1
STS6-M80B1 M80 TP6-M80B1 RS6-115B1 CK6-M80B1
STS6-B1
STS6-M85B1 M85 TP6-M85B1 RS6-120B1 CK6-M85B1
STS6-LC TTB14
STS6-M90B1 M90 TP6-M90B1 RS6-130B1 CK6-M90B1
STS6-M95B3 M95 TP6-M95B3 RS6-135B3 CK6-M95B3
STS6-B3
STS6-M100B3 M100 TP6-M100B3 RS6-146B3 CK6-M100B3
Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for STS1, STS3, STS4 and STS6 models when ordering components.
109
 STS - CUSTOMISED & SPECIAL DESIGN BOLT TENSIONERS

Custom design & built to your requirements

Working pressure up to 2275 Bar

Short delivery lead time

In addition to the large range of standard topside and sub-sea bolt tensioners available, Hi-Force has the
capability to manufacture tensioners to suit special requirements. Our product designs incorporate the
latest Solid Works computer technology and together with our state of the art CNC production machinery,
we have the capability to offer a solution to meet your needs.

Example of situations where Hi-Force have been able to offer bespoke solutions include:

G
Non standard sizes and shapes of nut requiring special bridges

Nuts recessed into holes requiring special sockets

Studs with two different thread sizes

Larger size bolts

Applications with restricted space requirements

Systems with different operating pressures

Bridges with increased load bearing area

110
 STU - SUB SEA BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL

Working pressure 1500 Bar

Interchangeable quickfit/release pullers

Load cell with integral bridge

Top view Hi-Force quick fit
STU3-162 threaded puller

Hi-Force STU series sub-sea bolt tensioners are designed and manufactured to suit the demanding
requirements of divers operating in harsh sub-sea environments. With an easy to operate two piece design
comprising of a quick fit/release threaded puller and a hydraulic load cell with integral bridge and an extra
long 30mm piston stroke to reduce re-setting operations. Hi-Force STU series sub-sea bolt tensioners offer
a consistent, reliable and cost effective method of tensioning sub-sea bolted joints. All hydraulic load cells
are suitable for different thread sizes (see table below and on page 112) and interchangeable quick
fit/release pullers can be ordered separately, as required, resulting in even greater flexibility and cost
savings.

A
G
Force C F

E
D

B Note: F = minimum pitch distance

Bolt Effective
Model thread Capacity area Stroke Weight Tommy Dimensions in mm
number size kN Tonnes cm mm kg bar A B C D E F
STU1-100 1 - 8UN 256.04 26.10 17.07 20 3.4 TTB06 82 22 119 119 140 61
STU1-112 1 1/8- 8UN 256.04 26.10 17.07 20 3.4 TTB06 82 22 119 119 140 64
STU2-125 1 1/4- 8UN 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 6.0 TTB08 102 30 140 140 164 73
STU2-137 1 3/8- 8UN 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 6.0 TTB08 102 30 140 140 164 75
STU3-150 1 1/2- 8UN 553.35 56.41 36.89 30 7.5 TTB10 114 35 142 142 169 82
STU3-162 1 5/8- 8UN 553.35 56.41 36.89 30 7.5 TTB10 114 35 142 142 169 85
STU4-175 1 3/4- 8UN 756.30 77.09 50.42 30 9.8 TTB10 128 41 151 151 181 94
STU4-187 1 7/8- 8UN 756.30 77.09 50.42 30 9.8 TTB10 128 41 151 151 181 98
STU5-200 2 - 8UN 1168.19 119.08 77.88 30 14.5 TTB12 150 48 164 164 202 112
STU5-225 2 1/4- 8UN 1168.19 119.08 77.88 30 14.5 TTB12 150 48 164 164 202 116
STU6-250 2 1/2- 8UN 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 22.8 TTB14 176 60 183 183 231 136
STU6-275 2 3/4- 8UN 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 22.8 TTB14 176 60 183 183 231 141
STU7-300 3 - 8UN 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 35.6 TTB16 215 89 215 215 260 162
STU7-325 3 1/4- 8UN 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 35.6 TTB16 215 89 215 215 260 173
STU7-350 3 1/2- 8UN 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 35.6 TTB16 215 89 215 215 260 175
Note: Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioners,.
Please note that the tommy bar listed will fit related quickfit puller; a different size may be required for the hexagon nut.

111
 STU - SUB-SEA BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC

Working pressure 1500 Bar

Interchangeable quickfit/release pullers

Load cell with integral bridge

Topview Hi-Force quick fit
STU3-42 threaded puller

Dual hose connection for easy hook up

Extra long 30mm piston stroke to reduce re-setting time
Maximum piston stroke indicator
Corrosion protected for operation in harsh sub-sea environments

A
Force C F

G E
D

B Note: F = minimum pitch distance

Bolt Effective
Model thread Capacity area Stroke Weight Tommy Dimensions in mm
number size kN Tonnes cm mm kg bar A B C D E F
STU1-24 M24 x 3 256.04 26.10 17.07 20 3.4 TTB06 82 22 119 119 140 61
STU1-27 M27 x 3 256.04 26.10 17.07 20 3.4 TTB06 82 22 119 119 140 64
STU2-30 M30 x 3.5 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 6.0 TTB08 102 30 140 140 164 73
STU2-33 M33 x 3.5 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 6.0 TTB08 102 30 140 140 164 75
STU2-36 M36 x 4 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 6.0 TTB10 102 30 140 140 164 78
STU3-39 M39 x 4 553.35 56.41 36.89 30 7.5 TTB10 114 35 142 142 169 82
STU3-42 M42 x 4.5 553.35 56.41 36.89 30 7.5 TTB10 114 35 142 142 169 85
STU4-45 M45 x 4.5 756.30 77.09 50.42 30 9.8 TTB10 128 41 151 151 181 94
STU4-48 M48 x 5 756.30 77.09 50.42 30 9.8 TTB12 128 41 151 151 181 98
STU5-52 M52 x 5 1168.19 119.08 77.88 30 14.5 TTB12 150 48 164 164 202 112
STU5-56 M56 x 5.5 1168.19 119.08 77.88 30 14.5 TTB14 150 48 164 164 202 116
STU6-60 M60 x 5.5 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 22.8 TTB14 176 60 183 183 231 136
STU6-64 M64 x 6 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 22.8 TTB16 176 60 183 183 231 136
STU6-68 M68 x 6 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 22.8 TTB16 176 60 183 183 231 136
STU6-72 M72 x 6 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 22.8 TTB16 176 60 183 183 231 141
STU7-76 M76 x 6 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 35.6 TTB16 215 89 215 215 260 164
STU7-80 M80 x 6 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 35.6 TTB16 215 89 215 215 260 164
STU7-85 M85 x 6 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 35.6 TTB16 215 89 215 215 260 175
STU7-90 M90 x 6 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 35.6 TTB16 215 89 215 215 260 175
Note: Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioners,.
Please note that the tommy bar listed will fit related quickfit puller; a different size may be required for the hexagon nut.

112
 HTN - HYDRAULIC TENSIONER NUTS - IMPERIAL

Integral mechanical load retaining collar

Working pressure 1500 Bar

Imperial thread sizes from 1 to 4

HTN7-175
HTN9-200 HTN10-225

The Hi-Force HTN range of imperial top collar hydraulic nuts is specifically designed and manufactured
for applications where regular, periodic opening of the joint, for inspection and maintenance purposes
is required. Unlike conventional hydraulic bolt tensioners, Hi-Force HTN series hydraulic nuts are designed
to permanently replace standard hexagon nuts, on one side of the bolted joint. Initially the bolt tension or
elongation is applied hydraulically and once achieved, it is permanently retained via the integral mechanical
load retaining collar.

Whilst initial investment in Hi-Force HTN series hydraulic nuts is significantly higher than the cost of
standard hexagon nuts, this investment is quickly and easily recovered, if the user considers the huge time
savings achieved, during joint opening and closing, when compared to using conventional hydraulic bolt
tensioners or hydraulic torque wrenches. Standard range models are available for imperial bolt sizes from G
1 to 4, with other sizes available to special order. All models are 1500 Bar maximum working pressure
and supplied with quick connect hydraulic couplings, compatible for use with Hi-Force air or manually
operated hydraulic bolt tensioner pumps and hoses (see pages 115 & 116).

Dont forget to order your tommy bars when purchasing Hi-Force hydraulic tensioner
nuts. We recommend the purchase of one tommy bar for every four tensioners nuts.

Effective
Model Bolt Capacity area Stroke Diameter Height Weight Tommy
Number Size kN tonnes cm2 mm mm mm kg bar
HTN1-100 1 - 8 UN 198.27 20.21 13.22 5 72 55 1.9 TTB06
1/
HTN2-112 1 - 8 UN
8 216.30 22.05 14.42 5 75 55 2.0 TTB06
HTN3-125 1 1/4 - 8 UN 252.94 25.78 16.86 5 82 57 2.4 TTB06
HTN4-137 1 3/8 - 8 UN 305.83 31.18 20.39 5 88 57 2.7 TTB06
HTN5-150 1 1/2 - 8 UN 344.12 35.08 22.94 6 93 58 2.9 TTB06
HTN6-162 1 5/8 - 8 UN 397.61 40.53 26.51 6 100 62 3.5 TTB06
HTN7-175 1 3/4 - 8 UN 475.01 48.42 31.67 6 106 64 4.0 TTB06
HTN8-187 1 7/8 - 8 UN 501.40 51.11 33.43 6 110 64 4.2 TTB06
HTN9-200 2 - 8 UN 563.72 57.46 37.58 6 117 67 4.9 TTB06
HTN10-225 2 1/4 - 8 UN 746.44 76.09 49.76 8 128 74 6.4 TTB06
HTN11-250 2 1/2 - 8 UN 905.13 92.27 60.34 8 141 77 8.0 TTB06
HTN12-275 2 3/
- 8 UN
4 999.85 101.92 66.66 8 150 78 8.8 TTB08
HTN13-300 3- 8 UN 1203.43 122.67 80.23 8 162 81 10.6 TTB08
HTN14-325 3 1/4 - 8 UN 1413.72 144.11 94.25 10 174 87 12.9 TTB08
HTN15-350 3 1/2 - 8 UN 1605.04 163.61 107.00 10 187 95 16.2 TTB10
HTN16-375 3 3/4 - 8 UN 1704.59 173.76 113.64 10 194 102 18.3 TTB10
HTN17-400 4 - 8 UN 1911.46 194.85 127.43 10 205 110 21.9 TTB10
113
 HTN - HYDRAULIC TENSIONER NUTS - METRIC

Integral mechanical load retaining collar

Working pressure 1500 Bar

Metric thread sizes from M24 to M100

The Hi-Force HTN range of metric top collar hydraulic

nuts is specifically designed and manufactured for
HTN8-M48 applications where regular, periodic opening of the
joint for inspection and maintenance purposes is
required. Unlike conventional hydraulic bolt tensioners, Hi-Force HTN series hydraulic nuts are designed to
permanently replace standard hexagon nuts on one side of the bolted joint. Initially the bolt tension or
elongation is applied hydraulically and once achieved, it is permanently retained via the integral mechanical
load retaining collar.
Whilst initial investment in Hi-Force HTN series hydraulic nuts is significantly higher than the cost of
standard hexagon nuts, this investment is quickly and easily recovered, when the user considers the huge
time savings achieved, during joint opening and closing, when compared to using conventional hydraulic
bolt tensioners or hydraulic torque wrenches. Standard range models are available for bolt sizes from
M24 to M100, with other sizes available to special order. All models are 1500 Bar maximum working
G pressure and supplied with quick connect hydraulic couplings, compatible for use with Hi-Force air or
manually operated hydraulic bolt tensioner pumps and hoses (see page 115 & 116).
Dont forget to order your tommy bars when purchasing Hi-Force hydraulic tensioner
nuts. We recommend the purchase of one tommy bar for every four tensioners nuts.

Capacity Effective
Model Bolt area Stroke Diameter Height Weight Tommy
number size kN tonnes cm mm mm mm kg bar
HTN1-M24 M24 x 3 198.27 20.21 13.22 5 72 55 1.9 TTB06
HTN2-M27 M27 x 3 216.30 22.05 14.42 5 75 55 2.0 TTB06
HTN3-M30 M30 x 3.5 252.94 25.78 16.86 5 82 57 2.4 TTB06
HTN3-M33 M33 x 3.5 252.94 25.78 16.86 5 82 57 2.4 TTB06
HTN4-M36 M36 x 4 305.83 31.18 20.39 5 88 57 2.7 TTB06
HTN5-M39 M39 x 4 344.12 35.08 22.94 6 93 58 2.9 TTB06
HTN6-M42 M42 x 4.5 397.61 40.53 26.51 6 100 62 3.5 TTB06
HTN7-M45 M45 x 4.5 475.01 48.42 31.67 6 106 64 4.0 TTB06
HTN8-M48 M48 x 5 501.40 51.11 33.43 6 110 64 4.2 TTB06
HTN9-M52 M52 x 5 563.72 57.46 37.58 6 117 67 4.9 TTB06
HTN10-M56 M56 x 5.5 746.44 76.09 49.76 8 128 74 6.4 TTB06
HTN11-M60 M60 x 5.5 905.13 92.27 60.34 8 141 77 8.0 TTB06
HTN11-M64 M64 x 6 905.13 92.27 60.34 8 141 77 8.0 TTB06
HTN12-M68 M68 x 6 999.85 101.92 66.66 8 150 78 8.8 TTB08
HTN13-M72 M72 x 6 1203.43 122.67 80.23 8 162 81 10.6 TTB08
HTN13-M76 M76 x 6 1203.43 122.67 80.23 8 162 81 10.6 TTB08
HTN14-M80 M80 x 6 1413.72 144.11 94.25 10 174 87 12.9 TTB08
HTN15-M85 M85 x 6 1605.04 163.61 107.00 10 187 95 16.2 TTB10
HTN15-M90 M90 x 6 1605.04 163.61 107.00 10 187 95 16.2 TTB10
HTN16-M95 M95 x 6 1704.59 173.76 113.64 10 194 102 18.3 TTB10
HTN17-M100 M100 x 6 1911.46 194.85 127.43 10 205 110 21.9 TTB10
114
 AHP-BTU - AIR DRIVEN PUMP FOR BOLT TENSIONERS

Operates from standard 7 Bar air supply

Air consumption 28 scfm (0.79 m/minute)

Working pressure 1500 Bar

AHP275BTU

The Hi-Force AHP-BTU range of air driven hydraulic pumps is compatible for use with Hi-Force STS, SBT and
STU bolt tensioners as well as HTN hydraulic nuts. The pump unit is easy to operate and is supplied complete
with a glycerine filled vibra-gauge and quick release outlet coupling. The complete system, including an air
inlet filter, regulator and lubricator unit is fitted in a robust stainless steel frame. See page 116 for compatible
high pressure hydraulic hoses and couplings.

Working Usable oil Oil flow

Model pressure capacity per stroke Outlet Weight Dimensions in mm
number Bar litres cm 3 coupler kg Length Width Height G
AHP275BTU 1500 7 1.6 STFC4 20 450 395 395
AHP2-237BTU 1500 7 6.1 STFC4 24 450 390 465

HPX-BTU - MANUALLY OPERATED PUMP FOR BOLT TENSIONERS

Compact & lightweight design

Complete with pressure gauge

HPX1500BTU
Working pressure 1500 Bar

Hi-Force HPX1500BTU manually operated high pressure hydraulic pump is compatible for use with
Hi-Force STS, SBT and STU bolt tensioners as well as HTN hydraulic nuts. Lightweight, compact and
independent from any required power source, it is suitable for all tensioning applications on-site requiring
reliable hydraulic power. The pump is easy to operate and supplied complete with a pressure gauge and
quick release outlet coupling. See page 116 for compatible high pressure hydraulic hoses.

Working Usable oil Displacement

Model pressure capacity per stroke (cm) Outlet Weight Dimensions in mm
number Bar litres 1st stage 2 nd stage coupler kg Length Width Height
HPX1500BTU 1500 1.2 20.0 1.0 STFC4 6.5 617 125 161
115
 BOLT TENSIONER HOSES, COUPLERS & HOSE REELS

Safety factor 3 : 1
XHC3B
XHC1.5B
Working pressure up to 1500 Bar

STFC4
Supplied with quick connect couplings

STMC4

Hi-Force ultra-high pressure hoses are compatible for use with all Hi-Force bolt tensioning products up to
a maximum of 1500 Bar working pressure. Each hose is supplied complete with quick connect couplings
on each end (male/female) and has a safety factor of 3:1 on maximum working pressure. Eleven
standard lengths are available with special lengths available on request.

870

G 490

800 600

Designed for sub-sea main line hose connection between the pump and the first
tensioner, the reel above is suitable for off-shore use and can accommodate up
to 300 meters of Hi-Force XHC hydraulic hose. The reel comes complete with
quick connect couplings, integrated brake and a spring loaded locking bolt.

Model Maximum
number pressure Bar Description
XHC1.5B 1500 Link hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 1.5 metres
XHC3B 1500 Link hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 3.0 metres
XHC5B 1500 Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 5.0 metres
XHC10B 1500 Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 10.0 metres
XHC25B 1500 Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 25.0 metres
XHC50B 1500 Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 50.0 metres
XHC100B 1500 Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 100.0 metres
XHC150B 1500 Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 150.0 metres
XHC200B 1500 Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 200.0 metres
XHC250B 1500 Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 250.0 metres
XHC300B 1500 Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 300.0 metres
XHR1 1500 Hose reel, suitable for up to 300 meters of XHC high pressure hose
STFC4 1500 Female coupling
STMC4 1500 Male coupling
1/
STN1P2 1500 8 x BSP nipple for current model STS1 only

STN1P4 1500 BSP nipple c/w bonded sealing washer (old design - not for STS1)
STN1P4-C 1500 BSP nipple with cone seat seal (current design - not for STS1)
116
 ITP & MTP - BOLT & NUT PROTECTION CAPS

Protects exposed bolt threads and nuts

ITP102 Sizes from to 4 (M16 to M100)

Strong and secure fixing

The ITP & MTP bolt and nut protection caps are designed to protect bolts A
and nuts from thread damage and to considerably help prevent corrosion.
These screw-on metal caps have a special internal female thread matching
the bolt thread, that ensures a strong and secure fixing to the bolt. These D
protection caps are commonly installed on heat exchangers and reactors
operating at temperatures up to 550C and over, where common plastic
caps would melt. Ideal for use in refineries, petrochemical, LNG plants, C
offshore platforms and steel structures. The ITP caps are available to suit
imperial bolt thread sizes from to 4 and MTP caps are suitable for B
metric bolt thread sizes from M16 to M100.

Imperial Sizes Metric Sizes

Model Bolt Dimensions in mm Model Bolt Dimensions in mm
number size A B C D number size A B C D
3/
ITP012 4 19.0 39 22 23 MTP16 M16 16 31 18 22
7
ITP014 /8 22.3 44 26 33 MTP18 M18 18 34 21 23
ITP100 1 25.5 48 29 37 MTP20 M20 20 39 23 25
ITP102 11/8 28.6 55 33 40 MTP22 M22 22 40 25 32
ITP104 11/4 31.8 60 36 44 MTP24 M24 24 45 29 34
3
ITP106 1 /8 35.0 65 39 48 MTP27 M27 27 51 30 37
ITP108 11/2 38.2 70 42 53 MTP30 M30 30 55 33 40
5
ITP110 1 /8 41.3 77 46 59 MTP33 M33 33 61 36 46
ITP112 13/4 44.5 83 49 64 MTP36 M36 36 65 39 48
ITP114 17/8 47.7 88 53 67 MTP39 M39 39 70 42 52
ITP200 2 51.0 94 56 72 MTP42 M42 42 77 46 59
ITP204 21/4 57.2 105 62 80 MTP45 M45 45 83 49 64
ITP208 2 1/2 63.5 114 69 91 MTP48 M48 48 88 53 67
ITP212 2 3/4 70.0 125 75 99 MTP52 M52 52 94 56 72
ITP300 3 76.3 136 81 107 MTP56 M56 56 102 60 84
ITP304 31/4 82.7 152 87 116 MTP64 M64 64 113 69 91
ITP308 3 1/2 89.0 160 94 126 MTP68 M68 68 119 73 98
ITP312 3 3/4 95.4 172 100 135 MTP72 M72 72 125 77 100
ITP400 4 102.0 183 107 152 MTP76 M76 76 131 81 105
MTP80 M80 80 136 85 107
Standard material : plated steel MTP90 M90 90 159 95 126
Optional material : aluminium & stainless steel MTP100 M100 100 183 105 144
117
 BOLTRIGHT SOFTWARE - THE EASY ANSWER !

Available as download only

Multi-Language Interface

Easy to use, minimal computer knowledge required

Designed for :

The Hi-Force BoltRight software programme is designed to assist engineers in a wide variety of industries
where accurate and consistent bolt up of components is required. The programme allows the user to
input key joint data related to flange size and class, for all ANSI/ASME, API and ISO type flanges along
with the applicable bolt material, gasket material and type, operating temperature, preferred or specified
method of bolt tightening (torque or direct tension), friction reducing lubricant to be applied, or the
applicable value of friction coefficient necessary for torque tightening applications. Based on the
information entered, the BoltRight programme will analyse all of the data and produce a comprehensive
G calculation sheet along with the required torque or tension figures to ensure an accurate and correctly
bolted joint is achieved.

BoltRight will also create an individual tightening procedure for each bolted joint, which can include
specific information such as plant owner name, bolting contractor company name, joint tag reference
number and any special remarks all of which can be easily entered into the procedure by the user. These
individually produced tightening procedures can also be added to a master joint register, which can be
either printed or stored electronically to ensure full traceability.

Whilst calculating the applicable torque or direct tension figures, the BoltRight programme will also
calculate the required pump pressure settings for the selected Hi-Force hydraulic wrench or bolt
tensioner to be used. In most cases the programme will offer a multiple choice of suitable Hi-Force tools
based on the applicable torque or tension figures and the design output capacity of the tools
recommended.

For bolt tensioning applications BoltRight also offers the user a choice of 25%, 33%, 50% and 100%
simultaneous bolt tensioning options along with the applicable A and B pump pressure settings for all
options, excluding 100% simultaneous tensioning, where only one pump pressure setting is required. For
torque wrench applications the BoltRight programme will calculate the required pump pressure settings
for a 25%, 50% and 100% applied output torque figure, which is the recommended three stage
procedure when using a single hydraulic torque wrench to tighten a multiple bolt flange in a diametrically
opposed manner. The tightening procedure will also provide the necessary bolt numbering sequence to
ensure that the bolts are tightened in the correct numerical order.

Currently the BoltRight programme is available in English, Dutch, Portuguese, French, Chinese, Russian and
Italian with the addition of further languages an ongoing process. The BoltRight programme is Windows
compatible and only available by download from www.hi-force.com and www.boltright.com using an
authorised password issued by Hi-Force. Applications for the password can be made via the website.

118
HYDROTEST PUMPS

Hydrotest pumps & accessories Pages

MHP Range Manually operated 120 - 121

Hydrotest pumps - air driven Page

AHP Range Standard flow 122

Hydrotest pumps - air driven Page

AHP-CR Range Standard flow - with chart recorder 123

Hydrotest pumps - air driven Page

AHP2 Range Medium flow 124

Hydrotest pumps - air driven Page

AHP2-CR Range Medium flow - with chart recorder 125

Hydrotest pumps - air driven Page

AHP3 Range High flow 126

Hydrotest pumps - air driven Page

ATDP Range High flow - twin double acting design 127

Spare recorder charts & Page

AHP-CR Accessories Pens for chart recorder 128 H

119
 MHP - MANUALLY OPERATED HYDROTEST PUMPS

Up to 1000 Bar working pressure

Suitable for use with a wide variety of fluids

Two stage with manual pressure changeover

MHP700

The Hi-Force MHP series of manually operated two speed hydraulic pumps are suitable for use with a
wide variety of fluids including water. Manufactured predominantly from high quality aluminium alloy, with
stainless steel piston assemblies, the MHP pump series are lightweight, versatile and robust. The pumps
two stage piston design gives a high flow low pressure stage of 50cm3 up to 50 Bar pressure. The pump
incorporates a reliable smooth manual changeover from low to high pressure output. The MHP series
pumps are available in 5 different pressure capacities ranging from 100 to 1000 Bar working pressure
and all models are fitted with a factory pre-set relief valve for added safety. Each pump is supplied with a
multi positional 610mm operating lever for increased operator comfort during use. Major applications for
the MHP series of pumps include hydro-testing of pipes, pressure vessels, valves, and also back-up
systems and other pressure retaining equipment, prior to commissioning.

H Lightweight aluminium design with stainless steel pistons

Relief valve incorporated as standard
Standard 15 litre capacity stainless steel powder coated fluid reservoir
Optional pressure gauges available (see page 121)

703
420
385
329
210
185

Model Model Working Displacement Changeover Weight

number number pressure Valve per stroke cm pressure Outlet Suction with tank
st nd
(with tank) (pump only) Bar type 1 stage 2 stage Bar port port kg
MHP100 MHP100PU 100 2-way 50 22 50 3/
8 NPT 3/
8 BSP 20
MHP300 MHP300PU 300 2-way 50 8 50 3/
8 NPT 3/
8 BSP 20
MHP500 MHP500PU 500 2-way 50 4 50 3/ NPT
8
3/ BSP
8 20
MHP700 MHP700PU 700 2-way 50 3 50 3/
8 NPT
3/
8 BSP 20
MHP1000 MHP1000PU 1000 2-way 50 2 50 3/ BSP
8
3/ BSP
8 20
120
 MHP-PU - MANUALLY OPERATED HYDROTEST PUMPS

Choice of 5 different models

Supplied complete with fixing kit

Compact, lightweight and easy to operate

I
MHP300PU
H

G
The Hi-Force MHP-PU series offer the same F
E
features as the MHP range on page 120 however
these are supplied as a pump unit only without a
fluid reservoir. The pump unit is supplied complete
A B C
with a mounting kit for easy attachment to any
specially designed fluid reservoir and an operating
lever. D
J

Weight Dimensions in mm (all models)

kg A B C D E F G H I J
5.0 183.0 89.0 71.5 35.0 40.0 67.0 760.0 92.0 177.0 4 X M8
H
RESERVOIRS
Model
number Description
MHR15 15 litre standard reservoir

PRESSURE GAUGES
Model Pressure range
number Bar
MHP100GK 110
MHP300GK 310
MHP500GK 552
MHP700GK 700
MHP1000GK 1000

HOSES
Model Max W.P Length For model
Number Bar (metres) End Fitting number
HH3-6NMS-1 up to 300 3 3/
8 NPT Male Swivel MHP100 & MHP300
8 NPT Male Swivel
3/
HH3-6NMS-2 up to 700 3 MHP500 & MHP700
8 NPT Male Swivel
3/
HH3-6NMS-3 1000 3 MHP1000
121
 AHP - AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - STANDARD FLOW

Output pressures up to 2931 Bar

Suitable for use with various fluids

150mm dual scale vibra pressure gauge

Air consumption 28 scfm (0.79m/minute)

Infinitely variable output pressure and flow
AHP58 7 litre reservoir capacity

The Hi-Force AHP series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offer a choice of eight models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 6 Bar (87 PSI) to 2931 Bar (42500 PSI). All models are
suitable for use with various fluids, including water and are supplied with a 150mm diameter glycerine
filled hydraulic pressure gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter, lubricator and pressure regulator
unit, lightweight fluid reservoir, pump start/stop valve and a robust stainless steel skid mounted
framework. Optional extras include stainless steel reservoir, stroke counter system and pressure isolation
valve. All units are of compact design with a maximum weight of 23 kg.

Max. output pressure (Bar) Fluid volume Outlet

at airline input pressure displacement port Weight Dimensions in mm
Model 10 PSI 50 PSI 100 PSI
H number
AHP10
0.69 Bar
6
3.45 Bar
34
6.9 Bar
69
per stroke (cm3)
42.3
thread
1/
2 NPT
kg
23
Length
450
Width
395
Height
395
AHP26 14 90 181 16.0 1/
2 NPT 21 450 395 395
AHP36 17 122 250 12.3 1/
2 NPT 20 450 395 395
AHP58 28 200 400 7.6 1/
2 NPT 20 450 395 395
AHP107 62 373 738 4.0 1/
2 NPT 20 450 395 395
9/
AHP187 97 638 1293 2.2 16-18UNF 20 450 395 395
9/
AHP275 155 931 1897 1.6 16-18UNF 20 450 395 395
9/
AHP425 345 1448 2931 1.0 16-18UNF 20 450 395 395

Hydraulic pressure Approximate rate of discharge (litres/min) at air input pressure 100 PSI (7 Bar)
PSI Bar AHP10 AHP26 AHP36 AHP58 AHP107 AHP187 AHP275 AHP425
0 0 23.10 8.80 6.00 3.56 1.97 1.15 0.72 0.43
500 35 12.00 5.85 4.39 3.05 1.50 1.05 0.68 0.40
1000 69 * 4.72 3.80 2.51 1.28 1.00 0.65 0.38
1500 104 * 3.90 3.34 2.38 1.25 0.90 0.60 0.36
2000 138 * 3.00 3.00 2.25 1.21 0.78 0.55 0.34
2500 173 * 1.21 2.56 2.05 1.18 0.75 0.50 0.33
3000 207 * * 1.95 1.85 1.16 0.73 0.48 0.31
4000 276 * * * 1.56 1.02 0.70 0.45 0.29
5000 345 * * * 1.02 0.95 0.67 0.42 0.26
7500 517 * * * * 0.76 0.60 0.40 0.25
10000 690 * * * * 0.44 0.52 0.37 0.24
15000 1034 * * * * * 0.39 0.33 0.21
20000 1379 * * * * * * 0.30 0.20
25000 1724 * * * * * * 0.21 0.16
30000 2069 * * * * * * * 0.13
40000 2760 0.05
* * * * * * *
* Pressure exceeds pump capacity.

122
 AHP-CR AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - WITH CHART RECORDER

Output pressures up to 2931 Bar

Suitable for use with various fluids

150mm dual scale vibra pressure gauge

Air consumption 28 scfm (0.79m/minute)

Infinitely variable output pressure and flow
7 litre reservoir capacity
AHP187-CR Supplied with 50 recorder charts and
one black chart pen, for additional charts
and pens, please see page 128

The Hi-Force AHP-CR series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offer a choice of 8 models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 6 Bar (87 PSI) to 2931 Bar (42500 PSI) all fitted with on
board, 4 hour, single pen chart recorder as standard. All models are suitable for use with various fluids
including water and are supplied with a 150mm diameter glycerine filled hydraulic pressure gauge
(calibrated on request), inlet airline filter, lubricator and pressure regulator unit, lightweight fluid reservoir,
pump start/stop valve and a robust stainless steel skid mounted framework. Recorder isolation valve and
pressure release valve are fitted as standard. Optional extras include stainless steel reservoir, pressure
isolation valve, stroke counter system, gauge calibration certificate and varying recorder clock speeds.
All units are of compact design with a maximum weight of 31 kg.

Max. output pressure (Bar) Fluid volume Outlet

Model
number
at airline input pressure
10 PSI
0.69 Bar
50 PSI
3.45 Bar
100 PSI
6.9 Bar
displacement
per stroke (cm3)
port
thread
Weight
kg
Dimensions in mm
Length Width Height
H
AHP10-CR 6 34 69 42.3 1/
2 NPT 31 530 390 390
AHP26-CR 14 90 181 16.0 1/
2 NPT 29 530 390 390
AHP36-CR 17 122 250 12.3 1/
2 NPT 28 530 390 390
AHP58-CR 28 200 400 7.6 1/
2 NPT 28 530 390 390
AHP107-CR 62 373 738 4.0 1/
2 NPT 28 530 390 390
9/
AHP187-CR 97 638 1293 2.2 16-18UNF 28 530 390 390
9/
AHP275-CR 155 931 1897 1.6 16-18UNF 28 530 390 390
9/
AHP425-CR 345 1448 2931 1.0 16-18UNF 28 530 390 390

Hydraulic pressure Approximate rate of discharge (litres/min) at air input pressure 100 PSI (7 Bar)
PSI Bar AHP10-CR AHP26-CR AHP36-CR AHP58-CR AHP107-CR AHP187-CR AHP275-CR AHP425-CR
0 0 23.10 8.80 6.00 3.56 1.97 1.15 0.72 0.43
500 35 12.00 5.85 4.39 3.05 1.50 1.05 0.68 0.40
1000 69 * 4.72 3.80 2.51 1.28 1.00 0.65 0.38
1500 104 * 3.90 3.34 2.38 1.25 0.90 0.60 0.36
2000 138 * 3.00 3.00 2.25 1.21 0.78 0.55 0.34
2500 173 * 1.21 2.56 2.05 1.18 0.75 0.50 0.33
3000 207 * * 1.95 1.85 1.16 0.73 0.48 0.31
4000 276 * * * 1.56 1.02 0.70 0.45 0.29
5000 345 * * * 1.02 0.95 0.67 0.42 0.26
7500 517 * * * * 0.76 0.60 0.40 0.25
10000 690 * * * * 0.44 0.52 0.37 0.24
15000 1034 * * * * * 0.39 0.33 0.21
20000 1379 * * * * * * 0.30 0.20
25000 1724 * * * * * * 0.21 0.16
30000 2069 * * * * * * * 0.13
40000 2760 * * * * * * * 0.05
* Pressure exceeds pump capacity

123
 AHP2 - AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - MEDIUM FLOW

Output pressures up to 1634 Bar

Suitable for use with various fluids.

150mm dual scale vibra pressure gauge

Air consumption 56 scfm (1.59m/minute)

Infinitely variable output pressure and flow
AHP2-036
7 litre reservoir capacity

The Hi-Force AHP2 series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offer a choice of 5 models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 17 Bar (246 PSI) to 1634 Bar (23700 PSI). All models
are compact design and suitable for use with various fluids including water and are supplied with a
150mm diameter glycerine filled hydraulic pressure gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter,
lubricator and pressure regulator unit, lightweight fluid reservoir, pump start/stop valve and a robust
stainless steel skid mounted framework. Optional extras include stainless steel reservoir, stroke counter
system and pressure isolation valve.

Max. output pressure (Bar) Fluid volume Outlet

H Model
number
at airline input pressure
10 PSI
0.69 Bar
50 PSI
3.45 Bar
100 PSI
6.9 Bar
displacement
per stroke (cm3 )
port
thread
Weight
kg
Dimensions in mm
Length Width Height
AHP2-036 17.2 124.1 248.2 40.8 1/
2 NPT 24 450 390 465
AHP2-060 31.0 199.9 413.7 24.6 1/
2 NPT 24 450 390 465
2 NPT
1/
AHP2-097 51.7 327.5 668.8 15.2 24 450 390 465
2 NPT
1/
AHP2-144 75.8 489.5 992.8 10.2 24 450 390 465
9/
AHP2-237 131.0 799.8 1634.1 6.1 -18UNF
16 24 450 390 465

Hydraulic pressure Approximate rate of discharge (litres/min) at air input pressure 100 PSI (7 Bar)
PSI Bar AHP2-036 AHP2-060 AHP2-097 AHP2-144 AHP2-237
0 0 10.20 6.20 3.90 2.70 1.57
500 35 8.60 5.50 3.55 2.50 1.52
1000 69 7.25 4.80 3.19 2.35 1.47
1500 104 6.15 4.50 3.00 2.16 1.42
2000 138 5.40 4.20 2.87 2.15 1.38
3000 207 3.05 3.50 2.55 1.88 1.29
4000 276 * 2.75 2.28 1.75 1.22
5000 345 * 2.16 2.10 1.64 1.20
7500 517 * * 1.45 1.35 1.10
10000 690 * * * 1.15 0.98
15000 1034 * * * * 0.78
20000 1379 * * * * 0.51
23700 1634 * * * * 0.34
* Pressure exceeds pump capacity

124
 AHP2-CR AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - WITH CHART RECORDER

Output pressures up to 1634 Bar

Suitable for use with various fluids

150mm dual scale vibra pressure gauge

Air consumption 56 scfm (1.59m/minute)

Infinitely variable output pressure and flow
7 litre reservoir capacity
Supplied with 50 recorder charts and one
AHP2-237CR
black chart pen, for additional charts
and pens, please see page 128

The Hi-Force AHP2-CR series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offer a choice of 5 models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 17 Bar (246 PSI) to 1634 Bar (23700 PSI) all fitted with on
board, 4 hour, single pen chart recorder as standard. All models are compact design and suitable for use
with various fluids including water and are supplied with a 150mm diameter glycerine filled hydraulic
pressure gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter, lubricator and pressure regulator unit, lightweight
fluid reservoir, pump start/stop valve and a robust stainless steel skid mounted framework. Recorder
isolation valve and pressure release valve are fitted as standard. Optional extras include stainless steel
reservoir, pressure isolation valve, stroke counter system, gauge calibration certificate and varying recorder
clock speeds.

Model
Max. output pressure (Bar)
at airline input pressure
Fluid volume
displacement
Outlet
port Weight Dimensions in mm H
10 PSI 50 PSI 100 PSI
number 0.69 Bar 3.45 Bar 6.9 Bar per stroke (cm 3 ) thread kg Length Width Height
AHP2-036CR 17.2 124.1 248.2 40.8 1/
2 NPT 32 555 390 465
AHP2-060CR 31.0 199.9 413.7 24.6 1/
2 NPT 32 555 390 465
2 NPT
1/
AHP2-097CR 51.7 327.5 668.8 15.2 32 555 390 465
2 NPT
1/
AHP2-144CR 75.8 489.5 992.8 10.2 32 555 390 465
9/
AHP2-237CR 131.0 799.8 1634.1 6.1 -18UNF
16 32 555 390 465

Hydraulic pressure Approximate rate of discharge (litres/min) at air input pressure 100 PSI (7 Bar)
PSI Bar AHP2-036CR AHP2-060CR AHP2-097CR AHP2-144CR AHP2-237CR
0 0 10.20 6.20 3.90 2.70 1.57
500 35 8.60 5.50 3.55 2.50 1.52
1000 69 7.25 4.80 3.19 2.35 1.47
1500 104 6.15 4.50 3.00 2.16 1.42
2000 138 5.40 4.20 2.87 2.15 1.38
3000 207 3.05 3.50 2.55 1.88 1.29
4000 276 * 2.75 2.28 1.75 1.22
5000 345 * 2.16 2.10 1.64 1.20
7500 517 * * 1.45 1.35 1.10
10000 690 * * * 1.15 0.98
15000 1034 * * * * 0.78
20000 1379 * * * * 0.51
23700 1634 * * * * 0.34
* Pressure exceeds pump capacity

125
 AHP3 - AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - HIGH FLOW

Output pressures up to 700 Bar

Suitable for use with various fluids

150mm dual scale vibra pressure gauge

Air consumption 175 scfm (4.96 m/minute)

Infinitely variable output pressure and flow
AHP3-040 Fluid inlet 1.1/4 BSPF

The Hi-Force AHP3 series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offer a choice of 3 models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 42 Bar (609 PSI) to 700 Bar (10000 PSI). All models are
compact design and suitable for use with various fluids including water and are supplied with a 150mm
diameter glycerine filled hydraulic pressure gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter, lubricator and
pressure regulator unit, pressure isolation valve, pressure release valve, fluid inlet via Y-type fluid strainer,
pump start/stop valve and a robust stainless steel skid mounted framework. Optional extras include
stainless steel reservoir, stroke counter system, distance piece for chemical duty and chart recorder.

Max. output pressure (Bar) Fluid volume Outlet

at airline input pressure displacement port Weight Dimensions in mm
Model 15 PSI 50 PSI 100 PSI
number 1.04 Bar 3.45 Bar 6.9 Bar per stroke (cm3 ) thread kg Length Width Height
AHP3-040 41.4 137.9 275.8 98.3 1/
2 NPTF 40 715 390 490

H NPTF
1/
AHP3-060 62.1 206.9 413.7 57.4 2 40 715 390 490
2 NPTF
1/
AHP3-100 103.4 344.8 689.5 34.4 40 715 390 490

Hydraulic pressure Approximate rate of discharge (litres/min) at air input pressure 100 PSI (7 Bar)
PSI Bar AHP3-040 AHP3-060 AHP3-100
0 0 18.35 15.63 11.96
500 34.5 14.42 12.85 10.49
1000 68.9 10.81 10.51 8.69
1500 103.4 7.21 8.57 7.05
2000 137.9 5.90 6.97 5.65
2500 172.4 4.26 5.66 4.83
3000 206.8 2.62 4.60 4.18
3500 241.3 1.31 3.74 3.85
4000 275.8 0 3.02 3.52
4500 310.3 * 2.40 3.03
5000 344.8 * 1.84 2.79
5500 379.2 * 1.27 2.62
6000 413.7 * 0.65 2.46
6500 448.2 * * 1.88
7000 482.6 * * 1.39
7500 517.1 * * 1.15
8000 551.6 * * 0.90
8500 586.1 * * 0.66
9000 620.5 * * 0.49
9500 655.0 * * 0.33
10000 689.5 * * 0.16
* Pressure exceeds pump capacity

126
 ATDP - AIR DRIVEN TWIN DOUBLE ACTING HYDROTEST PUMPS

Output pressures up to 1489 Bar

Suitable for use with various fluids

Twin double acting design offering high volume flow

ATDP125

The Hi-Force ATDP series of twin double acting air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offer a
choice of 3 models with output pressure capacities ranging from 87 Bar (1260 PSI) to 1489 Bar
(21600 PSI). The twin double acting design offers a much higher displacement volume per stroke than
the smaller AHP & AHP2 series, making it ideal for prefill as well as pressure testing. All models are
supplied with a 150mm diameter glycerine filled vibra-gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter,
lubricator and regulator unit, pump start/stop valve and fluid strainer. Viton and ethylene propylene seals
for handling special fluids or chemicals can be factory fitted prior to delivery if required. Other seal
materials are available on request.

Air consumption 212 scfm (6m3 /minute) Optional extras include stainless steel frame
Suitable for use with various fluids including water work, pneumatic or LCD stroke counter
150mm dual scale glycerine filled gauge system, onboard chart recorder, pressure
Infinitely variable output pressure and flow isolation valve and wheel mounting
Fitted with inlet air filter, regulator & lubricator H
Max. output pressure (Bar) Fluid volume Outlet
at airline input pressure displacement port Weight
Model 20 PSI 60 PSI 100 PSI
Dimensions in mm
number 1.38 Bar 4.14 Bar 6.9 Bar per stroke (cm) thread kg Length Width Height
ATDP63 87 260 434 275 1/
2 NPT 96 765 570 700
ATDP125 172 517 862 140 1/
2 NPT 96 765 570 700
1/
ATDP216 298 894 1489 79 1 -12UNF
8 96 765 570 700

Hydraulic pressure Approximate rate of discharge (litres/min) at air input pressure 100 PSI (7 Bar)
PSI Bar ATDP63 ATDP125 ATDP216
0 0 32.2 16.9 9.5
1000 69 25.7 14.0 8.8
2000 138 20.5 12.3 8.0
3000 207 16.2 10.6 7.4
4000 276 12.5 9.4 6.9
5000 345 8.0 8.3 6.4
6000 414 2.8 7.3 6.1
8000 552 * 4.8 5.5
10000 690 * 3.0 4.9
12000 828 * 0.4 4.3
16000 1103 * * 3.2
20000 1379 * * 1.6
* Pressure exceeds pump capacity

127
 HYDROTEST PUMP ACCESSORIES AND APPLICATIONS

Pack of 100 spare charts, diameter 163mm, 4 hour time scale

Model Chart Reading Suitable for Hydrotest

No PSI Pump unit
AHP-C01 0 - 1.500 AHP10-CR
AHP-C03 0 - 3.000 AHP26-CR
AHP-C05 0 - 5.000 AHP36-CR - AHP2-036CR
AHP-C10 0 - 10.000 AHP58-CR - AHP2-060CR
AHP-C15 0 - 15.000 AHP107-CR - AHP2-097CR
AHP-C20 0 - 20.000 AHP187-CR - AHP2-144CR
AHP-C30 0 - 30.000 AHP275-CR - AHP2-237CR
AHP-C45 0 - 45.000 AHP425-CR

Replacement pen for chart recorder

Model
No Colour Description
AHP-PB Black Suitable for pressure reading on all Hi-Force AHP pumps with chart recorder

Did you know .....

H
Hi-Force can also
supply chart recorders
with multiple reading
functions

128
PULLER KITS

Page
SCP Range Self-contained hydraulic pullers
130

Page
ACP Range Auto-centre hydraulic puller kits
130

Page
PKS Range Hydraulic 2 & 3 way puller kits 131

Page
PKC Range Comprehensive hydraulic puller kits 132

Pages
SPP Range Heavy duty hydraulic pullers
133 - 134

Page
HBR Range Spring eye bush replacement kits
135

Page
HPR Range Pin & bush replacement tool kits 136

129
 SCP - SELF-CONTAINED HYDRAULIC PULLERS

Capacities from 10 to 30 tonnes

SCP203

Sealed hydraulic system

SCP103

Operates in any position

The SCP range of self-contained hydraulic pullers offers a choice of 3

models, each with integral manually operated hydraulic pump and
multi-position operating handle. The completely sealed hydraulic system
of the SCP pullers enables use of the tool in any position and all models
are easy to operate and provide an efficient solution for many pulling
applications.

Model Capacity Type of Hydraulic Piston Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes puller stroke mm Ext. mm kg Reach Dia min. Dia max. Tip depth Tip height
SCP103 10 3-way jaw 82 50 11.6 195 30 310 22 6
SCP203 20 3-way jaw 82 100 23.7 275 50 430 29 10
SCP303 30 3-way jaw 110 150 50.0 405 100 610 38 36

ACP - AUTO-CENTRE HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS

Capacities from 10 to 50 tonnes

I Quick set-up time, easy to use

High quality, drop forged steel components

ACP10
(pump not shown)

The ACP heavy duty, auto-centering hydraulic puller kit range offers a choice of
4 models, with capacities from 10 to 50 tonnes. All models are supplied
complete with a detachable hollow ram cylinder, manually operated pump,
hydraulic hose and a 100mm diameter pressure gauge. All models are easy A
to set up and are the ideal tool for all pulling, pushing, installing and removing
applications required for press fitted or heat fitted parts, including wheels,
sprockets, flywheels, gears and bearings. B

Model Capacity Type of Cylinder Pump Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes puller model no. model no. kg A B (Min) B (Max)
ACP10 10 2 & 3 jaw HHS102 HP110 24.5 296 50 350
ACP20 20 3 jaw HHS202 HP110 44.0 320 70 480
ACP30 30 3 jaw HHS302 HP110 76.5 407 90 580
ACP50 50 3 jaw HHS603 HP227 181.0 727 120 920
130
 PKS - HYDRAULIC 2 & 3 WAY PULLER KITS

Capacities from 4.5 to 50 tonnes

PKS30-3

Quick set-up time, easy to use

High quality, drop forged steel components

The PKS heavy duty hydraulic puller range is designed for removing stubborn parts such as wheels, gears,
sprockets, sleeves, pulleys and other similar items. The range offers a selection of 8 models with pulling
capacities up to 50 tonnes. All models are supplied complete with a full set of versatile detachable
hydraulic components. All models are safe and easy to operate and avoid the need for heating and
hammering.

Working pressure 700 Bar PKS5-2-3

Multi-purpose hollow piston cylinder (excl. PKS5-2-3)
Complete with all hydraulic components (pump, cylinder, hose, gauge, etc.)
Supplied complete with storage and transport box

I
A A

B B

Model Capacity Type of Cylinder Pump Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes puller model no. model no. kg A B
PKS5-2-3 4.5 2 & 3 jaw HSS53 HP110 24 225 240
PKS10-2-3 10 2 & 3 jaw HHS102 HP110 34 296 350
PKS20-2 20 2 jaw HHS202 HP110 29 320 480
PKS20-3 20 3 jaw HHS202 HP110 37 320 480
PKS30-2 30 2 jaw HHS302 HP110 49 407 580
PKS30-3 30 3 jaw HHS302 HP110 58 407 580
PKS50-2 50 2 jaw HHS603 HP227 105 727 920
PKS50-3 50 3 jaw HHS603 HP227 130 727 920
PK202 20 2 jaw beam * * 3 * *
PK302 30 2 jaw beam * * 4 * *
PK502 50 2 jaw beam * * 7 * *
Note: PK202, PK302 & PK502 are 2-jaw beam only (not complete kit). Dimensions calculated with 15 outward angled puller legs.

131
 PKC - COMPREHENSIVE HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS

Capacities from 10 to 50 tonnes

Combination of 4 different pullers in one set

Quick set-up time, easy to use

PKC20

The PKC heavy duty, multi-purpose hydraulic puller kit range is

extremely versatile and includes 2-way and 3-way grip pullers
(as detailed on page 131), bearing pullers, bearing cup pullers and
cross head pullers. All models are designed for pulling, pushing,
installing and removing all press fitted or heat fitted parts such as
gears, bearings, sleeves, cogs, internal bearings, wheels, sprockets,
flywheels, etc. The range offers a selection of 4 models with pulling
capacities up to 50 tonnes, all supplied complete with a full set of
versatile, detachable hydraulic components.

Working pressure 700 Bar

Complete hydraulic system supplied, including gauge
High quality, drop-forged steel components
Supplied complete with storage and transport box

A H
A D
E
B B
C G

Dimensions in mm
Model Capacity Cylinder Pump Weight A B C C D E F F G G H
number tonnes model no. model no. kg Min Max Min Max Min Max

PKC10 10 HHS102 HP110 25 296 350 115 260 300 110 10 110 40 145 115
PKC20 20 HHS202 HP110 60 320 480 135 345 265 152 11 134 40 145 115
PKC30 30 HHS302 HP110 116 407 580 180 440 284 260 15 250 60 240 150
PKC50 50 HHS603 HP227 268 727 920 230 580 447 260 15 250 60 240 150
Dimensions A & B calculated with 15 outward angled puller legs

132
 SPP - HEAVY DUTY HYDRAULIC PULLERS

Capacities from 75 to 220 tonnes

Wireless remote controlled operation

Powered driven trolley for easy positioning

SPP22045

The SPP range of heavy duty pullers offers a choice of 18 models with capacities ranging from 75 to 220
tonnes. The functional and ergonomic design of the heavy duty hydraulic pullers features a movable trolley
and the two vertical supports provide stability and safety as well as allow the user to adjust the height to
the desired position.

All models include self-centering pulling jaws that can rotate 180 and a wireless remote control that
allows for an easier and safer operation. Ideal for use in steel plants, mines, shipyards, petrochemical
industries for repair and maintenance applications.
I

Self-centering puller jaws with anti-slip mechanism Hydraulic system powered by HEP2 series pump

133
 SPP - HEAVY DUTY HYDRAULIC PULLERS

Self-centering jaw design

Spread up to 1220mm

Adjustable height

SPP22045

Did you know .....

Hydraulically actuated jaws with adjustable jaw tip angle
Anti-slip mechanism in puller jaws The SPP pullers incorporate the HEP2
Easy to manoeuvre with wheel locking feature series electric driven pump.
For more information on HEP2 series
pumps, see page 41.

Model Capacity Type of Motor Stroke Weight Dimensions in mm

I number tonnes puller Voltage mm kg Reach Spread
Puller with 50Hz motor
SPP7515 75 2 & 3 jaw 110/115V 165 660 490 - 700 110 - 1220
SPP7525 75 2 & 3 jaw 220/240V 165 660 490 - 700 110 - 1220
SPP7545 75 2 & 3 jaw 380/440V 165 660 490 - 700 110 - 1220
SPP12015 120 2 & 3 jaw 110/115V 170 888 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP12025 120 2 & 3 jaw 220/240V 170 888 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP12045 120 2 & 3 jaw 380/440V 170 888 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP22015 220 2 & 3 jaw 110/115V 170 1300 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP22025 220 2 & 3 jaw 220/240V 170 1300 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP22045 220 2 & 3 jaw 380/440V 170 1300 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
Puller with 60Hz motor
SPP7516 75 2 & 3 jaw 110/115V 165 660 490 - 700 110 - 1220
SPP7526 75 2 & 3 jaw 220/240V 165 660 490 - 700 110 - 1220
SPP7546 75 2 & 3 jaw 380/440V 165 660 490 - 700 110 - 1220
SPP12016 120 2 & 3 jaw 110/115V 170 888 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP12026 120 2 & 3 jaw 220/240V 170 888 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP12046 120 2 & 3 jaw 380/440V 170 888 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP22016 220 2 & 3 jaw 110/115V 170 1300 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP22026 220 2 & 3 jaw 220/240V 170 1300 900 - 1100 150 - 1220
SPP22046 220 2 & 3 jaw 380/440V 170 1300 900 - 1100 150 - 1220

134
 HBR-1 - SPRING EYE BUSH REPLACEMENT KIT

Bushes replaced directly on the vehicle

Safe, simple and easy to operate

Portable and powerful hydraulic operation

HBR-1

The Hi-Force HBR-1 spring eye bush replacement kit is offered with a choice of manual or air powered
hydraulic pump unit, or it can be supplied without a pump, should the user already have a suitable 700 Bar
pump within his tool store. All models offer a superb 18 tonnes of hydraulic power, when operated at the
maximum working pressure of 700 Bar. This innovative product from Hi-Force is primarily targeted at
commercial vehicle manufacturers and service centres, as well as heavy plant vehicle workshops, where
traditional hammer and heat methods of bush replacement activities have proved unsafe, time consuming
and costly. All kits incorporate a standard Hi-Force HHA182 lightweight, aluminium hydraulic cylinder
making the kit portable and easy to fit to a wide variety of bush replacement applications. Supplied in a
smart metal storage case for easy transportation and storage, all kits include a range of standard tooling
with non standard and special tooling available on request.

Offers time & labour savings of up to 60%

Lightweight & compact design for easy transportation
Minimal manual effort during operation
Improved safety over traditional methods
I

Pump options
The HBR-1 hydraulic spring eye bush replacement tool kit
can be operated by either the AHP1120 air driven foot
pump or the HP212 lightweight aluminium hand pump.

AHP1120 HP212

Complete set comprising of

Model Capacity Stroke Base Threaded Pull
number tonnes mm Cylinder Pump Hose plate rods Dolleys sleeves
HBR-1 18 51 HHA182 n/a n/a 1 3 5 2
HBR-1H 18 51 HHA182 HP212 HC2 1 3 5 2
HBR-1A 18 51 HHA182 AHP1120 HC2 1 3 5 2
135
 HPR - PIN & BUSH REPLACEMENT TOOL KITS

Safe, simple, hands free operation

Offers time & labour savings of up to 60%

Flexible and adaptable system

HPR-1

The Hi-Force HPR range, of pin and bush replacement kits, is offered with a choice of 37 or 50 tonnes
capacity, both available with either a manual or air driven hydraulic pump unit. Both the HPR-1 & the HPR-2
can also be supplied without a hydraulic pump for those users that already have a suitable 700 Bar pump
available within their tool store. All models operate at 700 Bar maximum working pressure and incorporate
either a standard HHA372 37 tonne capacity or a HHA504 50 tonne capacity, lightweight, aluminium
hydraulic cylinder. This innovative product from Hi-Force is targeted at manufacturers, service centres and
users of heavy plant vehicles, used in the construction and mining industries. Supplied in a smart metal
storage case for easy transportation and storage, all kits include a range of standard tooling with
non-standard and special tooling available on request.

Ideal for use on-site and in the workshop

Improved safety over traditional methods
Suitable for a wide range of pin & bush applications
Multi-purpose aluminium hollow piston cylinder

Complete set comprising of

Model Capacity Stroke Base Threaded Pull Reducer
number tonnes mm Cylinder Pump Hose plate rods sleeves Adaptors sleeves
HPR-1 37 51 HHA372 n/a n/a 1 1 2 2 1
HPR-1H 37 51 HHA372 HP212 HC2 1 1 2 2 1
HPR-1A 37 51 HHA372 AHP1120 HC2 1 1 2 2 1
HPR-2 50 104 HHA504 n/a n/a 2 1 4 1 1
HPR-2H 50 104 HHA504 HP212 HC2 2 1 4 1 1
HPR-2A 50 104 HHA504 AHP1120 HC2 2 1 4 1 1
136
CRIMPERS AND CUTTERS

Page
Information General information on crimping tools
138

Pages
CH Range Cable crimping heads
139 - 140

Pages
SC Range Self-contained cable crimping tools
141 - 142

Page
BC Range Battery operated cable crimping tools
143

Page
BC Accessories Battery powered pump and accessories
144

Page
HCH Range Cutter heads
145

Page
CT Range Self-contained cutters
146

Page
HWC Range Hammer blow cutters
147

Page
HSWC Range Self-contained wire rope cutters 148

Page
HWRC Range Double acting wire rope cutters 149 J
Page
HCC Range Chain cutters
150

137
 CRIMPING TOOLS - GENERAL INFORMATION
Hi-Force hydraulic cable crimping tools are designed and manufactured for crimping un-insulated
compression and mechanical connectors, in copper and aluminium, to a wide range of electrical
power cables including distribution and transmission lines. Offering a choice of self-contained
operation with inbuilt manually operated hydraulic pump mechanism, separate remote operation
crimping head for use with a separate hydraulic pump and hose assembly, or battery operated which
offers all the versatility of our self-contained and manually operated tools but, with the added speed
and ease of use associated with a battery powered tool.

The Hi-Force hydraulic crimping tools range offers the most optimum choice to suit the widest range
of electrical cable crimping applications. All models are designed and manufactured for use at
700 Bar maximum working pressure, supplied complete with all applicable die sets, compatible for
use with the selected tool and include a convenient carrying and storage case. Self contained manually
operated and battery powered crimper tools are fitted with an automatic pump pressure relief valve,
which activates and releases the hydraulic pressure immediately once the compression (crimping)
process has been successfully achieved. All remote operation crimper heads must be operated
with a compatible Hi-Force 700 Bar hydraulic pump unit, fitted with an inbuilt pump safety overload,
pressure relief valve, 700 Bar pressure gauge and 700 Bar rated hydraulic hose assembly.

138
 CH - CABLE CRIMPING HEADS

CH40 Choice of 7 models available

CH30

Supplied complete with die sets

CH32 Working pressure 700 Bar

CH63

The CH hydraulic cable crimping tool range offers 7 models with a choice of open C jaw or parallel guide
design. All models are supplied complete with standard die sets and a carrying case. Models with 180
rotating head are designed for easy access into confined spaces. Suitable pump units include HP227FPC
foot operated pump set which includes elbow fitting, gauge, gauge block, 3 metre hose and male coupler,
as shown below. Standard hand operated pumps suitable for use with CH crimper heads can be found on
pages 31-33. All models, excluding CH1000, are available as a complete kit, comprising of HP227FPC,
CSB1 metal storage case and selected crimping tool with die sets.

Model CH21 is suitable for crimping

non-insulated terminals up to 240mm
Models CH30, CH32 & CH40 are suitable for
crimping connectors up to 400mm
Models CH63 & CH80 are suitable for crimping
connectors up to 630mm
HP227FPC manually operated
Model CH1000 is suitable for crimping foot pump unit complete with
distribution and transmission lines up to 1000mm accessories, see page 35

Crimping tools complete with die set:

Model Output C-Jaw Applicable range Standard dies Length Weight
number tonnes opening DIN mm mm mm kg
With die (4pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 70-185, 240
CH21 10 not applicable 16-240
Female die (1pc) 25-35, 50-70, 95-120, 150-185, 240
210 3.0
J
CH30 12 30 mm 35-400 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400 220 4.0
With die (4pcs) 16, 25-35, 50-120, 150-400
CH32 18 not applicable 16-400 210 3.6
Female die (8pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 95-120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400
CH40 12 38 mm 35-400 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400 245 4.8
CH63 18 not applicable 35-630 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630 240 4.8
CH80 15 50 mm 35-630 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630 300 7.0
CH1000 55 not applicable 500-1000 With die 500, 630, 800, 1000 450 30.7

Complete set:
Model
number Description
CHP21 Comprehensive kit, comprising of crimper CH21, manual operated foot pump HP227FPC and steel box CSB1
CHP30 Comprehensive kit, comprising of crimper CH30, manual operated foot pump HP227FPC and steel box CSB1
CHP32 Comprehensive kit, comprising of crimper CH32, manual operated foot pump HP227FPC and steel box CSB1
CHP40 Comprehensive kit, comprising of crimper CH40, manual operated foot pump HP227FPC and steel box CSB1
CHP63 Comprehensive kit, comprising of crimper CH63, manual operated foot pump HP227FPC and steel box CSB1
CHP80 Comprehensive kit, comprising of crimper CH80, manual operated foot pump HP227FPC and steel box CSB1

Note : Models CH21 & CH32 supplied with single indent dies, all other models supplied with hexagon dies.
139
 CH - CABLE CRIMPING HEADS

All fitted with standard quick connect coupler

CH21

Choice of C jaw or parallel guide design

Designed for easy access in confined spaces

CH80

CH30/CH40/CH80 CH32/CH63

D C C

H
G

B
B E F

A
A

Model Dimensions in mm
Number A B C D E F G H
CH21 278 88 28 - - - - -

J CH30
CH32
294
284
105
78
43
50
68
-
-
53
-
43
-
63
-
96
CH40 326 113 43 74 - - - -
CH63 319 78 50 - 49 - 163 -
CH80 370 106 63 - - - - -
CH1000 455 210 60 - 100 - 285 -
Note : CH21 and CH1000 dimensional drawings are not shown.

OPTIONAL DIE SETS

In addition to the standard die sets, which are supplied with each of the crimping tools as specified on the
previous page, optional die sets are available as per the below table.

Model
Number Description
CD10 Die set 10mm2, suitable for crimping tool CH30, CH40 & CH63
CD16 Die set 16mm2, suitable for crimping tool CH30, CH40 & CH63
CD25 Die set 25mm2, suitable for crimping tool CH30, CH40 & CH63
140
 SC - SELF-CONTAINED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS

SC30 Choice of 6 models available

SC60
SC40
Supplied complete with die sets

Automatic pressure release valve

SC18X
SC21

The SC self-contained hydraulic cable crimping tool range offers 6 models with a choice of open C jaw or
parallel guide design. All models are fitted with an automatic pressure release valve and are supplied
complete with standard die sets and a carrying case. Models with 180 rotating head are designed for
easy access into confined spaces.

Model SC21 is suitable for crimping connectors up to 240mm

Models SC30, SC32 & SC40 are suitable for crimping connectors up to 400mm

Model SC60 is suitable for crimping non-insulated terminals up to 630mm

Model SC18X is suitable for crimping non-insulated terminals up to 185mm

J
Model Output C - Jaw Applicable range Standard dies Length Weight
number tonnes opening DIN mm mm mm kg
With die (4pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 70-185, 240
not
SC21 10 25-240 Female die (1pc) 25-35, 50-70, 95-120, 528 5.2
applicable
150-185, 240

With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150,

SC30 12 30 mm 35-400 610 6.3
185, 240, 300, 400
With die (4pcs) 16, 25-35, 50-120, 150-400
not
SC32 18 16-400 Female die (8pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 95-120, 150, 650 6.2
applicable
185, 240, 300, 400
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150,
SC40 12 38 mm 35-400 636 7.7
185, 240, 300, 400
not With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150,
SC60 18 35-630 650 6.5
applicable 185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630
not With die 10-16, 25-35, 50-70,
SC18X 6 10-185 370 2.0
applicable 95-120, 150, 185
Note : Models SC21 & SC32 are supplied with single indent dies, all other models are supplied with hexagonal dies.
141
 SC - SELF-CONTAINED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS

Supplied in convenient carrying & storage case

SC21

SC60

Easy to operate, self-contained design

SC40
Choice of open C jaw or parallel guide design

SC21 E F SC40
E F

B B
C
C

A A

SC30 E SC60
E F

G
B B
C C D

A A

SC32 E E F SC18X

G
H G B
B
C D C

A A

J
Model Dimensions in mm
Number A B C D E F G H
SC21 520 122 86 - 57 27 - -
SC30 602 166 116 - 68 43 - -
SC32 680 137 116 52 50 - 128 63
SC40 630 166 113 - 74 48 - -
SC60 690 140 116 52 50 - 163 -
SC18X 380 142 70 - 21 16 86 -

OPTIONAL DIE SETS

In addition to the standard die sets, which are supplied with each of the crimping tools as specified on the
previous page, optional die sets are available as per the below table.
Model
Number Description
CD10 Die set 10mm2, suitable for crimping tool SC30, SC40 & SC60
CD16 Die set 16mm2, suitable for crimping tool SC30, SC40 & SC60
CD25 Die set 25mm2, suitable for crimping tool SC30, SC40 & SC60
142
 BC - BATTERY OPERATED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS

Supplied complete with standard set of dies

Battery power warning light

Efficient and quick battery recharger

BC30

The BC range of battery powered crimping tools consists of 4 models with a choice of C jaw or
parallel guide design that incorporates a 360 swivel head.

The range offers all the versatility of the manually operated CH and SC range but with the added speed
and ease of use associated with a battery powered tool. All models are supplied with battery, battery
charger, shoulder strap and tool box storage case.

Dimensions in mm
Model Output C - Jaw Applicable range Standard dies Weight
number tonnes opening DIN mm mm A B C kg

not With die 10-16, 25-35, 50-70,

BC18X 7 10-185 370 280 70 3.8
applicable 95-120, 150, 185

With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185

BC30 12 30 mm 35-400 400 280 70 5.9
240, 300, 400

With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185 430 270 70 7.2
BC40 12 38 mm 35-400
240, 300, 400

With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185

BC63 18 not applicable 35-630 420 320 75 6.9
240, 300, 400, 500, 630
J
Note: CU220 is supplied with the tool as standard. If you require CU110 charger, this needs to be ordered separately.
Tools CANNOT be supplied without the standard CU220 charger.

OPTIONAL DIE SETS

In addition to the standard die sets, which are
supplied with each of the crimping tools as specified, A
optional dies sets are available as per the below table.

Model
Number Description
CD10 Die set 10mm2, suitable for B
crimping tool BC30, BC40 & BC63
CD16 Die set 16mm2, suitable for crimping
tool BC30, BC40 & BC63

CD25 Die set 25mm2, suitable for crimping C

tool BC30, BC40 & BC63
143
 BC - ACCESSORIES

Model
BP144 Number Description

BP144 Battery Pack 14.4V

Note: Charger supplied separately

Model
CCU144 Number Description

CCU144 14.4V Car cigarette lighter

charger unit

Model
CU110 Number Description

CU110 Charger 110V

J CU220 Charger 220/230V

Model
MP220 Number Description

Power supply to operate unit directly from mains

MP110 110V
MP220 220/230V

144
 HCH - HYDRAULIC CUTTER HEADS

Cutting capacity up to 120mm diameter

HCH40

Working pressure 700 Bar

Compact and lightweight

The HCH cutter head range cuts a wide range of materials and offers 2 models with similar features to
the CT range of self-contained cutters. A comprehensive range of suitable manually operated and
powered hydraulic pumps suitable for use with Hi-Force HCH cutters is detailed on pages 29 to 50.

Cutting
Model force Weight Dimensions in mm A
number tonnes kg A B C
HCH40 7 2.8 62 101 247
HCH120 13 15.0 76 250 600

Maximum diameter cutting capacity in mm

Material Description HCH40 HCH120
Steel Wire Rope 6x7 Hempcore 20 30
6x12 Hempcore 25 36
6x19 Hempcore 25 36

Round Bar Soft copper bar

Soft aluminium bar
25
22
40
40
J
Soft steel bar 16 -

Wire Strands Bare copper strands 32 50

Bare aluminium strands 32 50

Cable Telephone cable CCP 40 120

Lead sheathed telephone cable 40 120
Armoured underground cable 40 120

Replacement blades for HCH hydraulic cutter models :

Blade Blade For

Part number type Cutter Did you know .....

CT40-11 Moving HCH40

HCH cutters can be operated with battery
CT40-05 Static HCH40
powered pumps. For more details, see page 37
HCH120-01 Moving HCH120 of this catalogue.
HCH120-02 Static HCH120
145
 CT - SELF-CONTAINED HYDRAULIC CUTTERS

Cutting capacity up to 40mm diameter

CT40

Cuts a wide variety of materials

Self-contained operation

The CT self-contained hydraulic cutter range offers a choice of 2 models with cutting capacities up to
25mm steel wire rope and 40mm cable. These versatile cutters are suitable for cutting wire rope, round
bar, wire strands and electrical cable.

Cutting Dimensions in mm
Model B
force Weight
number tonnes kg A B C D C

CT20 6 2.8 390 145 76 40 A

CT40 7 6.0 560 155 103 65

Maximum diameter cutting capacity in mm

Material Description CT20 CT40
Steel Wire Rope 6x7 Hempcore 16 20
6x12 Hempcore 20 25
6x19 Hempcore 20 25

J Round Bar Soft copper bar

Soft aluminium bar
20
20
25
22
Soft steel bar 16 16

Wire Strands Bare copper strands 20 32

Bare aluminium strands 20 32

Cable Telephone cable CCP 20 40

Lead sheathed telephone cable 20 40
Armoured underground cable 20 40

Replacement blades for CT self-contained cutter models :

Blade Blade For

Part number type Cutter Comprehensive service kits are also
available for CT self-contained cutters.
CT20-04 Moving CT20
CT20-05 Static CT20 For more information, visit our website
CT40-11 Moving CT40 www.hi-force.com or contact your regional
Hi-Force office.
CT40-05 Static CT40
146
 HWC - HAMMER BLOW WIRE ROPE AND CABLE CUTTERS

Highly cost efficient impact design

Cutting capacity up to 38mm diameter wire rope

Portable and lightweight

HWC92 HWC91 HWC90

The Hi-Force HWC range of highly cost effective hammer blow cutters is manufactured from high quality,
shock resistant, ductile iron and is fitted with replaceable cutting blades made from tool steel. The cutting
blades are retained in the housing at the moment of impact, ensuring absolute safety. These cutters offer
a considerable time saving over conventional axe, chisel and hacksaw methods.

A
B

C
E

J
Cutting capacity
Model Wire rope Electric cable Weight Dimensions in mm
number mm mcm* mm2 kg A B C D E
HWC90 19 250 127 3.2 225 140 88 N/A N/A
HWC91 27 300 152 7.0 245 154 160 148 14
HWC92 38 750 380 13.0 285 195 195 164 18
*mcm = 1,000 circular mils

Replacement blades for HWC hammer

blow wire and rope cutters :

Blade For
Part number Cutter
HWC90-105 HWC90
HWC91-125 HWC91
HWC92-135 HWC92
147
 HSWC - SELF-CONTAINED HYDRAULIC WIRE ROPE CUTTERS

Cutting capacities up to 44mm diameter

Strong rigid steel construction

Easy to use with minimum operator effort

HSWC44

The Hi-Force range of self-contained portable hydraulic wire rope and cable cutters comprises of 3
models with cutting capacities up to 44mm diameter. Approved and specified by many major industries
throughout the world, these high quality cutters are precision engineered to give a good, clean cut with
minimum effort, time after time. The self-contained design of the cutter enables easy transportation to
the job site with minimum of fuss.

The shear blades are manufactured using high

quality tool steel, which is heat treated and ground
to very tight tolerances, ensuring superior A B E
performance and long-life. Users include wire rope
manufacturers, earthmoving and construction C
D
contractors, rigging shops, elevator manufacturers G

and repairers and many others.

J
Cutting capacity Dimensions in mm
Model wire rope Weight
number mm kg A B C D E F G H
HSWC19 19 9.5 93 58 265 10.2 64 154 345 315
HSWC28 28 15.5 105 64 294 10.2 67 174 374 357
HSWC44 44 30.0 125 70 393 10.2 84 203 490 460

Replacement blades for HSWC

self-contained wire cutters :

Blade For
Part number Cutter
HSWC19-4 HSWC19
HSWC28-4 HSWC28
HSWC44-4 HSWC44
148
 HWRC - DOUBLE ACTING WIRE ROPE CUTTERS

Working pressure 700 Bar

HWRC1115

Double acting design

Smooth guillotine cutting action

The HWRC range of hydraulic cutters is specifically designed and manufactured for cutting high tensile
locked coil wire rope and solid steel bar. Maximum cutting capacities up to 114mm diameter wire rope
and up to 40mm diameter 28 tonnes tensile solid steel bar. All models incorporate a double acting
hydraulic cylinder, suitable for working pressures up to 700 Bar and an open jaw design cutting head (see
pictures below) for easy access to the material to be cut. Cutting blades and jaws are manufactured from
specially toughened high tensile steel and the smooth guillotine action of the cutter greatly reduces the
risk of blade jamming.

Step 1: Step 2: Step 3:

To open the cutter, Position material Close the cutting head by
swivel cutting head to be cut in the cutting swivelling it back to its
forward. head slot. original position and secure
behind the latch. J
Cutting capacity in mm Oil Dimensions in mm
Model Output Wire rope capacity Weight
number tonnes mm Cable Reinforcing Bar litres kg Length Width Height
HWRC1115 36 38 38 20 0.35 30 400 155 270
HWRC1125 80 63 63 32 0.90 60 450 200 390
HWRC1136 80 90 90 32 1.20 70 515 200 390
HWRC1145 120 114 114 40 2.40 95 570 280 445

Replacement blades for HWRC wire rope

cutter models :
Blade For
Part number Cutter
HWRC1115-B HWRC1115 Hand and powered pumps
HWRC1125-B HWRC1125 suitable for use with HWRC
cutters are detailed on pages
HWRC1136-B HWRC1136
29 to 50.
HWRC1145-B HWRC1145
149
 HCC - CHAIN CUTTERS

Working pressure 700 Bar

Single acting design

Fitted with locking guard

HCC34

The HCC range of hydraulic cutters is specifically designed and manufactured for cutting high tensile
chain and reinforcing bar. The easily replaceable cutter blades are manufactured from specially
toughened high tensile steel and the choice of models available offer maximum cutting capacities up to
50mm diameter. All models are suitable for working pressures up to 700 Bar and incorporate a single
acting cylinder fitted with a powerful piston retraction spring. The swivel action design of the locking safety
guard (see pictures below) allows easy access for the material to be cut.

Cutting Cutting Max. allowed Oil

Model capacity force chain steel capacity Weight Dimensions in mm
number mm tonnes grade hardness cm kg Length Width Height
HCC26 26 70 80 44 HRC 276 23 440 180 180
HCC26-100 26 70 100 47 HRC 276 23 440 180 180
HCC34 34 100 80 44 HRC 492 40 410 460 250
HCC34-100 34 100 100 47 HRC 492 40 410 460 250
HCC46 46 140 80 44 HRC 980 72 565 635 345
HCC46-100 46 140 100 47 HRC 980 72 565 635 345
HCC50 50 145 80 44 HRC 1100 77 565 635 360

J HCC50-100 50 145 100 47 HRC 1100 77 565 635 360

Replacement blades for HCC chain cutter models :

Blade Blade For
Part number type Cutter
HCC26-4M Moving HCC26
HCC26-4S Static HCC26
HCC26-4M100 Moving HCC26-100
HCC26-4S100 Static HCC26-100
HCC34-5M Moving HCC34
HCC34-5S Static HCC34
HCC34-5M100 Moving HCC34-100
HCC34-5S100 Static HCC34-100
HCC46-11M Moving HCC46
HCC46-11S Static HCC46
HCC46-11M100 Moving HCC46-100
HCC46-11S100 Static HCC46-100 Picture 1: Picture 2:
HCC50-17M Moving HCC50
HCC50-17S Static HCC50 Cutter shown Cutter shown
HCC50-17M100 Moving HCC50-100 with swivel action with swivel action
HCC50-17S100 Static HCC50-100 safety guard opened. safety guard closed.
150
TOOLS

Page
HHP Range Hole punchers 152

Page
HKP & SKP Range Knock-out punchers 153

Page
NS Range Nut splitters 154

Page
HMNS Range Self-contained nut splitters 155

Page
DNS Range Double acting nut splitters 156

Page
HFS-H Range Hydraulic flange spreaders 157

Page
HFS & HFS-TK Range Hydraulic flange spreader kits 158

Mechanical flange spreaders & Page

MFS & JS Range jaw spreaders 159

Stepped jaw spreaders & Pages

SJS & SJS-TK Range jaw spreader kits 160 - 161

Page
PB Range Hydraulic pipe bender & accessories 162

Pages
HPF Range Workshop presses, V-blocks & bed winches 163 - 164 K
Page
RSM Range Nylon multi-roller steerable moving skates
165 L
Page
RSC, RSS & RSH Range Multi-purpose moving skates 166

Page
REX & RSX Range Heavy duty moving skates 167

Page
Tool Boxes Storage and transport boxes
168
151
 HHP - HOLE PUNCHERS

HHP30 Punching force up to 50 tonnes

Throat depth 70mm

Working pressure 700 Bar

HHP50

The Hi-Force HHP series hydraulic hole puncher range offers a choice of two models comprising of the
HHP30, 30 tonnes capacity single acting version, and the HHP50, 50 tonnes capacity double acting
version. Both models are suitable for punching holes in steel plate as per the respective capacity of each
model and are supplied complete with standard punch and die sets and an integral positioning and
carrying handle. See pages 29-50 for detailed information of suitable pumps for use with HHP series
punchers.
B

K
Maximum Throat Punch capacity (mm) Standard punch/die Recommended pump & hose Weight
Model force depth Steel Hole punch sets included Manually Pneumatically excl. pump
number tonnes mm plate diameter mm operated operated kg
HP232 AHP1120
10.5, 13.5
HHP30 30 70 10.0 up to 20.5 complete with complete with 13
17.5, 20.5 HC3 3m hose HC3 3m hose

10.5, 13.5 HP232D AHP1141

HHP50 50 70 15.0 up to 25.5 17.5, 20.5, 25.5 c/w 2 x HC3 c/w 2 x HC3 42

Note: pump supplied separately

Dimensions in mm
Model
number A B C D The HHP30 is single acting
operation, the HHP50 is double
HHP30 370.0 220 13 78.0 acting operation
HHP50 413.5 281 15 70.6
152
 HKP & SKP - KNOCK OUT PUNCHERS

Capacity up to 10 tonnes

Spring return hydraulic cylinder

Working pressure 700 Bar

HKP10-4

The Hi--Force HKP and SKP knock out puncher range is supplied as a complete set, including all standard
sizes of punches/dies as specified below. Ideal for on-site hole punching in electric control panels and
metal plates.

Maximum Plate capacity (mm)

Model force Stainless Mild Pump Hose Complete set
number tonnes steel steel Included Included weight kg
HKP10-2 10 1.6 3.2 HP110 HC2 14.6
HKP10-4 10 1.6 3.2 HP110 HC2 26.1
HKP10-2H 10 1.6 3.2 Not included Not included 7.0
HKP10-4H 10 1.6 3.2 Not included Not included 18.5
SKP7 7 1.6 3.2 Self contained unit with integral pump 10.0

Did you know.........

Hi-Force knock-out punchers are supplied

complete with a carrying case SKP7
K

Model
number Description Punches/dies included
Std.punch/die A 21.8 27.6 34.1 42.7 48.7 60.5
HKP10-2 Conduit Size 1/
2
3/
4 1 11/4 11/2 2
Length B 306 240 240 240 240 240
Std.punch/die A 21.8 27.6 34.1 42.7 48.7 60.5 76.1 88.9 102.8 115.5
HKP10-4 Conduit Size 1/
2
3/
4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4
Length B 306 240 240 240 240 240 253 253 253 253
Std.punch/die A 21.8 27.6 34.1 42.7 48.7 60.5
SKP7 Conduit Size 1/
2
3/
4 1 1 1/4 11/2 2
Length B 306 240 240 240 240 240
153
 NS - NUT SPLITTERS

Capacities from 17 to 75mm AF

Working pressure 700 Bar

Compact & easy to use

NS104

The improved NS range of hydraulic nut splitters offers a choice of 5 models suitable for hexagon nut
AF sizes from 17 to 75mm (M10 to M48 bolt sizes). The revolutionary design incorporates a hardened
steel linkage that ensures the blade cutting edge is kept parallel to the nut throughout the splitting
process which improves operational efficiency and more importantly, blade life. Designed to easily split
corroded nuts up to RC44 hardness, Hi-Force nut splitters offer the ideal cold cut solution for removing
worn or corroded fasteners, especially in applications where hot work permits are not allowed. Optional
unique 360 positional swivel coupling for easy adjustment and fitment in confined spaces is available for
use with models NS104 and NS110. Suitable pumps are detailed on pages 29 to 50.

A F
Angled body design on all models
Provides necessary clearance
on flanges and flat surfaces C

Manufactured from high quality steel

B
D
E

Model Hexagon AF sizes Bolt sizes Weight Dimensions in mm

number mm inch metric imperial kg A B C D E F
NS104 17 - 32 11/
- 1 /4 1
M10 - M22 1/
- 3
/4 4.0 64 77 12.5 30.0 210 67
K
16 2

NS110 32 - 41 1 /4
1
- 1 5/
8 M22 - M27 /4
3
- 1 5/
8 7.4 78 96 20.0 37.0 268 88
NS200 41 - 50 1 5/8 - 2 M27 - M33 1- 1 1/4 10.6 96 116 21.0 43.0 315 108
NS206 50 - 60 2 - 2 3/
8 M33 - M39 1 4 -
1/
1 1/
2 15.8 115 138 24.0 52.0 336 126
NS215 60 - 75 2 3/8 - 2 15/16 M39 - M48 1 1/2 - 1 7/8 39.3 156 175 27.0 75.0 426 162
Note : The NS nut splitters are for use on heavy duty nuts, where the nut height is equal to or greater than two-thirds of the blade length
of the tool being used.

Replacement blades for NS nut splitters :

Blade For
Part number Nut splitter
NS104-B NS104
NS110-B NS110
NS200-B NS200
NS206-B NS206
NS215-B NS215
154
 HMNS - SELF CONTAINED NUT SPLITTERS

Capacities from 17 to 50mm AF

Choice of 3 models

Compact & easy to use

HMNS110

The HMNS range of hydraulic nut splitters offers a choice of 3 models suitable for hexagon nut AF sizes
from 17 to 50mm (M10 to M33 bolt sizes). All models have an angled body design to provide the
necessary clearance on flanges and flat surfaces. The revolutionary design incorporates a hardened steel
linkage that ensures the blades cutting edge is kept parallel to the nut throughout the splitting process
which improves operational efficiency and more importantly, blade life. Designed to easily split corroded
nuts up to RC44 hardness, Hi-Force nut splitters offer the ideal cold cut solution for removing worn or
corroded fasteners, especially in applications where hot work permits are not allowed. All models
incorporate an integral hydraulic pump with multi-positional lever for even greater versatility.

Angled body design on all models 45

approx.
Provides necessary clearance
on flanges and flat surfaces
Manufactured from high quality steel
B
D

Model Hexagon AF sizes Bolt sizes Weight Dimensions in mm K

number mm inch mm imperial kg A B C D E F
HMNS104 17 - 32 11/
16 M10 - M22
- 1 1/4 1/
2 - 3
/4 5.8 64 88 12.5 30.0 380 455
HMNS110 32 - 41 1 /4 - 1 M22 - M27
1 5/
8
/4
3
- 1 5/8 7.9 78 101 20.0 37.0 440 540
HMNS200 41 - 50 1 5/8 - 2 M27 - M33 1 - 1 1/4 13.6 94 112 21.0 43.0 471 566
Note : The HMNS nut splitters are for use on heavy duty nuts, where the nut height is equal to or greater than two-thirds of the blade length
of the tool being used.

Replacement blades for HMNS nut splitters :

Blade For
Part number Nut splitter
NS104-B HMNS104
NS110-B HMNS110
NS200-B HMNS200
155
 DNS - DOUBLE ACTING NUT SPLITTERS

Choice of 2 models

Working pressure 700 Bar

Double acting design

DNS506

The Hi-Force DNS range of double acting, hydraulic nut splitters offers a choice of 2 models suitable for
splitting nuts of across flats (AF) sizes from 2.15/16 to 5.3/8 (74mm to 136mm). Both models are
700 Bar maximum working pressure and feature a double acting hydraulic piston for easy extension and
retraction of the toughened steel splitting blade. Hi-Force DNS range hydraulic nut splitters are easy to
set up and capable of safely splitting nuts quickly without any sparks, flames or flying
debris usually associated with cutting torches. The DNS range nut splitter heads are designed to fit on all
API and ANSI flanges and capable of splitting the hardest nuts with minimal damage to the stud bolt
threads. Splitting blades are easy to remove and re-install after re-sharpening or when a replacement
blade is required.

C D

B
A

K
F

Model Hexagon AF sizes Stud bolt thread sizes Weight Dimensions in mm

number mm inch metric imperial kg A B C D E F
DNS404 75 - 105 215/16 - 4 1/4 M48 - M72 1 7/8 - 2 3/4 50 379.5 192 99.5 130.5 183 34
DNS506 105 - 136 4 1/4 - 5 3/8 M72 - M95 2 3/4 - 3 1/2 96 451.0 240 140.0 167.5 235 41
Note : The DNS nut splitters are for use on heavy duty nuts, where the nut height is equal to or greater than two-thirds of the blade length
of the tool being used.

Replacement blades for DNS nut splitters :

Blade For Hand and powered pumps
Part number Nut splitter suitable for use with DNS nut
splitters are detailed on pages
DNS404-B DNS404
29 to 50.
DNS506-B DNS506
156
 HFS-H - HYDRAULIC FLANGE SPREADERS

Capacities from 4.5 to 10 tonnes

Working pressure 700 Bar

Quick and easy to assemble on flange

HFS100H

HFS-H hydraulic flange spreaders provide the ideal solution for safely opening pipe flanges in the marine
and oil & gas industry. Available in capacities from 0 - 4.5 tonnes and 0 - 10 tonnes, these models offer
the user the capability of opening flanges up to 2 x 57mm or 2 x 92mm thick respectively. Hi-Force flange
spreaders can be operated individually, or as a pair when opening large flanges using a standard pump
(see pages 31 to 33) and connecting hose (see page 52). With Hi-Force flange spreaders you are only
minutes away from safely opening the toughest flanges without the risk of sparks caused by hammer
blows, chisels and flying wedges.

Suitable for fitment onto flanges with a maximum stud bolt size of 1 5/8 (41 mm)

Pump and hose not included!

See page 158 for complete kits.

H
G
F D
J
C
I A
B

K
Max. flange Standard
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity thickness Stud size wedge Weight
number tonnes mm cm mm mm mm kg
HFS50H 4.5 75 48 2 x 57 19 - 29 3 - 29 5.0
HFS100H 10 56 81 2 x 92 32 - 41 3 - 29 11.6

Dimensions in mm
Model A B C C D E F G H I J
number min max
HFS50H 76 210 61 155 10 192 69 129 25 206 18
HFS100H 108 290 61 224 30 165 89 178 38 273 31
157
 HFS & HFS-TK - HYDRAULIC FLANGE SPREADER KITS

Capacities from 4.5 to 10 tonnes per spreader

HFS50

HP110 Working pressure 700 Bar

Complete with manual pump

HFS and HFS-TK hydraulic flange spreader kits offer a choice of either single spreader complete with
pump and accessories (HFS) or a twin spreader arrangement incorporating two flange spreaders
operated from a single pump with a T-piece and twin hose connection (HFS-TK). For flange separation in
applications where long lengths of heavy pipe work are involved, the HFS-TK twin spreader kit enables the
operator to achieve parallel flange separation all around the joint. Hi-Force HP110 hand pump is supplied
as standard to HFS & HFS-TK flange spreader kits and details can be found on page 31 of this catalogue.

Supplied complete with manually

operated pump and hose assembly
Suitable for fitment onto flanges with a
maximum stud bolt size of 1 5/8 (41 mm)
E

G
F
D
J
C
I A
B

Specifications :

K Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity

Max. flange
thickness Stud size
Standard
wedge Weight
number tonnes mm cm mm mm mm kg
HFS50 4.5 75 48 2 x 57 19 - 29 3 - 29 22.5
HFS100 10 56 81 2 x 92 32 - 41 3 - 29 29.1
HFS50-TK 2 x 4.5 75 2 x 48 2 x 57 19 - 29 3 - 29 27.5
HFS100-TK 2 x 10 56 2 x 81 2 x 92 32 - 41 3 - 29 35.7

Dimensions in mm :
Model A B C C D E F G H I J
number min max
HFS-50 76 210 61 155 10 192 69 129 25 206 18
HFS-100 108 290 61 224 10
30 165 89 178 38 273 31
HFS50-TK 76 210 61 155 10 192 69 129 25 206 18
HFS100-TK 108 290 61 224 30 165 89 178 38 273 31
158
 MFS - MECHANICAL FLANGE SPREADERS

MFS25 Suitable for bolt diameters up to 31mm

MFS31
MFS16

Maximum spread 231mm

No external power source required

The MFS range of mechanical flange spreaders comprises

of 6 models, each offering a safe and economical way to
open flanges without the risk of sparks. The threaded
spindle can be operated using a standard spanner, allowing
the user to apply a controlled force without damaging the C

flange. Due to the mechanical design of these flange

spreaders, no external power source is needed and
therefore, they can be used anywhere on-site.
E B

A
Choice of six models available
F
High grade steel construction with D

high tensile cross bolt

Case hardened spreading wedge
Min flange
Model Pin diameter bolt hole Maximum flange thickness Weight A B C C
number mm inch diameter mm inch kg max. min. max. D E F
MFS16 16 5/
8 17 2 x 22 2x 7/
8 2.2 25 28 185 232 40 25 70
3/
MFS19 19 4 20 2 x 35 2 x 1 3/8 2.7 30 50 185 254 50 25 95
7/
MFS22 22 8 23 2 x 47 2 x 113/16 4.1 30 50 247 318 50 30 124
MFS25 25 1 26 2 x 62 2x2 7/
16 6.4 30 85 247 353 50 30 155
MFS28 28 11/8 29 2 x 70 2x2 3/
4 8.2 30 80 275 382 60 40 181
MFS31 31 11/4 32 2 x 95 2x3 3/
4 9.6 32 84 275 385 60 40 231

JS - JAW SPREADER
The JS4 hydraulic spreader is the ideal solution for K
spreading, wedging and prising operations in a wide variety
of industrial applications. The compact, low weight, spring
assisted return design enables the tool to fit into a gap of
12mm and offers a maximum spread of 81mm.
Manufactured from high strength steel, with a maximum
pressure of 700 Bar, the JS4 is supplied fitted with a
JS4 quick connect female half coupler, and can be used with
HP110 manual hand pump and HC hose.
JS4

C
Model Capacity Oil capacity Weight Dimensions in mm B

number tonnes cm kg A B C
JS4 0.9 10.0 2.2 230 12 81 A

159
 SJS - STEPPED JAW SPREADERS

Capacity 13 tonnes per spreader unit

SJS10-TK

Supplied with safety block & stepped blocks

Maximum spread 60mm

Single acting, spring assisted return

Compact & lightweight design

The Hi-Force SJS10 hydraulic spreader offers the ideal solution for spreading, wedging and prising
operations in a wide variety of industrial applications. The compact, low weight, spring assisted, piston
retract design of the SJS10 offers the user a powerful 13 tonnes of spreading capacity. Manufactured
from high strength steel, the low height jaw tips can easily fit within an 8mm gap and can provide a total
spreading distance of 60mm in 5 operations, using the step blocks provided with the tool. Suitable for
operation up to 700 Bar maximum working pressure, and supplied complete with a female half quick
connect coupler for easy attachment to a Hi-Force manually operated or powered hydraulic pump.

Many applications require two tools, operated simultaneously, to achieve an even spread of a flange joint
during gasket replacement. The SJS10-TK comprehensive kit offers the solution for this and comprises of
two SJS10 spreaders, manually operated lightweight aluminium pump, controlled manifold, two pressure
gauges, gauge blocks and hoses. All connections are fitted with quick release couplers and the set is
supplied in a strong metal transport and storage box (pictured above).

The SJS10-M has all the features of the SJS10, but with the added
benefit of an in built manually operated hand pump.

Single spreaders:
Model Capacity Stroke Min. height Max. spread Oil capacity Weight
number tonnes mm mm mm cm kg
SJS10 13 50 8 60 74 5.5
SJS10-M 13 50 8 60 74 7.5

Twin kit existing of:

Model Spreaders Pump Hoses Manifold Gauges Gauge blocks Metal box Weight
number 2x 1x 2x 1x 2x 2x 1x kg
SJS10-TK SJS10 HP212 HC3C HM2C HG63G AGA1-25 MSB1 34.5
160
 SJS - STEPPED JAW SPREADERS

Capacity 13 tonnes per spreader unit

SJS10

Supplied with safety block & stepped blocks

Maximum spread 60mm

Single acting, spring assisted return

SJS10-M
Compact & lightweight design

All SJS10 & SJS10-M hydraulic spreaders are supplied complete with two
stepped blocks (for increased spreading capacity) and one stepped safety
block. The SJS10-TK comes complete with a double set of stepped and
safety blocks. Suitable manual pumps and accessories for use with SJS10
can be found on pages 31-32 and 52-53.
Safety block

SJS10 A SJS10 G
Retracted Extended
B

C H
D E I

F J

SJS10M SJS10M
Retracted B Extended

K
Extended

H I
C
D E

F J
A G

Model Capacity Dimensions in mm

number tonnes A B C D E F G H I J
SJS10 13 279 60 40 15 8 10 328 60 28 49
SJS10-M 13 433 60 40 15 8 10 483 60 28 49
161
 PB - HYDRAULIC PIPE BENDER

Working pressure 700 Bar

Bends up to 90 degrees

For use with hydraulic pumps

PB10C

The Hi-Force PB10 hydraulic pipe bender is designed to bend various sizes and thicknesses of JIS
standardised conduit pipe and gas pipe ranging from 15mm-82mm (1/2 to 3). Made of aluminium, the
bending frame and pivot shoes are lightweight so that it can be easily carried on and off site, and can be
operated by any manual or powered pump up to 700 Bar. Available as single pipe bender unit (PB10) or
as convenient set including all available bending shoes, suitable for either thin steel conduit (PB10A), thick
steel conduit (PB10B) or standard gas pipe (PB10C). For a range of suitable Hi-Force pumps see pages
29-50 of this catalogue.
Max Oil
Model capacity Stroke capacity Weight
number tonnes mm litres kg Applicable range / included bending shoes
PB10 10 250 0.4 18.6 PB10 does not include bending shoes
PB10A 10 250 0.4 62.5 Thin steel conduit from 15mm ( 5/8) to 75mm (3)
PB10B 10 250 0.4 62.5 Thick steel conduit from 16mm ( 1/2 ) to 82mm (3)
PB10C 10 250 0.4 60.0 Standard gas pipe from 15mm ( 1/2 ) to 65mm (2 1/2 )
*Weight for PB10A, PB10B, & PB10C includes metal storage box

Dimensions in mm B
A B C D E F G H
720 147 755 695 595 495 395 295

BENDING SHOES
CDE F G H
A range of bending shoes, compatible with the pipe bender
PB10, are available as an optional extra to ensure a smooth,
wrinkle free bend.
Note: PB10A includes all BS-A bending shoes (8 pcs) A
K PB10B includes all BS-B bending shoes (8 pcs)
PB10C includes all BS-SGP bending shoes (7 pcs)
Fo r th i n c ondu it F or thic k c ondu it Fo r st an dard gas pipe
Pipe Pipe Ben- Pipe Pipe Ben- Pipe Pipe Ben-
Pipe outer inner ding Pipe outer inner ding Pipe outer inner ding
Model size dia dia radius Model size dia dia radius Model size dia dia radius
number (inch) (mm) (mm) (mm) number (inch) (mm) (mm) (mm) number (inch) (mm) (mm) (mm)
BS-A15 5/8 15.9 13.5 80 BS-B16 1/
2 21.0 16.4 75 BS-SGP15 1/2 21.7 16.1 60
BS-A19 3/4 19.1 15.9 100 BS-B22 3/
4 26.5 21.9 90 BS-SGP20 3/4 27.2 21.6 80
BS-A25 1 25.4 22.2 137 BS-B28 1 33.3 28.3 130 BS-SGP25 1 34.0 27.6 100
BS-A31 1 1/4 31.8 28.6 200 BS-B36 1 1/4 41.9 36.9 195 BS-SGP32 1 1/4 42.7 35.7 130
BS-A39 1 1/2 38.1 34.9 220 BS-B42 1 1/2 47.8 42.8 230 BS-SGP40 1 1/2 48.6 41.6 160
BS-A51 2 50.8 47.6 365 BS-B54 2 59.6 54.0 270 BS-SGP50 2 60.5 52.9 220
BS-A63 2 1/2 63.5 59.5 420 BS-B70 2 1/2 75.2 69.6 450 BS-SGP65 2 1/2 76.3 67.9 320
BS-A75 3 76.2 72.2 530 BS-B82 3 87.9 82.3 500
162
 HPF - WORKSHOP PRESSES

Capacities from 10 to 200 tonnes

Stroke lengths from 250 to 330mm

Working pressure 700 Bar

Choice of manual, air or electric powered pumps

HPF10042
Supplied complete with pressure gauge
Other configurations available on request

The HPF range of workshop presses offers a choice of 25 models with either single acting or double acting
cylinders and manually operated, air powered or electric powered pumps. Floor presses incorporate an
adjustable work table and dual scale pressure gauge.

Model Capacity Stroke Cylinder Cylinder Pump Pump Weight

number tonnes mm model no. principle model no. operation kg
HPF1020 10 250 HSS1010 single acting HP110 hand operated 95
HPF1030 10 250 HSS1010 single acting AHP1120 air powered 85
HPF2520 25 250 HSS2510 single acting HP227 hand operated 145
HPF2530 25 250 HSS2510 single acting AHP1120 air powered 138
HPF2541 25 250 HSS2510 single acting HEP103341 electric driven 110 V 160
HPF2542 25 250 HSS2510 single acting HEP103342 electric driven 240 V 160
HPF2544 25 250 HSS2510 single acting HEP207314 electric driven 415 V 160
HPF5020S 50 330 HSS5013 single acting HP257 hand operated 470
HPF5020D 50 330 HDA5013 double acting HP252D hand operated 500
HPF5030S 50 330 HSS5013 single acting AHP1121 air powered 505
HPF5030D 50 330 HDA5013 double acting AHP1141 air powered 505
HPF5041S 50 330 HSS5013 single acting HEP207311 electric driven 110 V 505
HPF5041D 50 330 HDA5013 double acting HEP207411 electric driven 110 V 481 K
HPF5042S 50 330 HSS5013 single acting HEP207312 electric driven 240 V 512
HPF5042D 50 330 HDA5013 double acting HEP207412 electric driven 240 V 518
HPF5044S 50 330 HSS5013 single acting HEP207314 electric driven 415 V 518
HPF5044D 50 330 HDA5013 double acting HEP207414 electric driven 415 V 518
HPF10020 100 330 HDA10013 double acting HP245D hand operated 1011
HPF10030 100 330 HDA10013 double acting HAP21042 air powered 1029
HPF10041 100 330 HDA10013 double acting HEP207421 electric driven 110 V 1043
HPF10042 100 330 HDA10013 double acting HEP207422 electric driven 240 V 1043
HPF10044 100 330 HDA10013 double acting HEP207424 electric driven 415 V 1043
HPF20041 200 305 HDA20012 double acting HEP310421 electric driven 110 V 3250
HPF20042 200 305 HDA20012 double acting HEP310422 electric driven 240 V 3250
HPF20044 200 305 HDA20012 double acting HEP310424 electric driven 415 V 3250

Notes: ) For detailed specification on applicable cylinders, see pages 14 - 15 for HSS range and page 20 for HDA range. ) For detailed specification
on applicable pumps, see pages 31 - 33 for HP range, pages 39 - 43 for HEP range, pages 46 - 47 for AHP11 range and page 48 for HAP range.

163
 HPF - WORKSHOP PRESSES
Factory mounted optional accessories
include a mechanical bed winch for easy
adjustment of the work table, rolling head
kit and multi-position V-blocks. All presses
are supplied completely assembled, ready F
for use. Hi-Force workshop presses are J
G
manufactured to the highest quality C B
standards, and are suitable for the most H
demanding jobs. D

In order to fully comply with CE E

regulations, some presses must be
equipped with specific safety A
components, such as spring
centered valves, two- hand control Note: Press bed and press head are adjustable in steps of F,
50 tonne has 4 positions, 100 tonne has 3 positions, 200 tonne has 7 positions.
devices or others. 10 and 25 tonne press frame has fixed press head and adjustable press bed.

Press Capacity Frame dimensions in mm

Range tonnes A B C D (min) D (max) E (min) E (max) F G H J
HPF1000 10 742 1448 508 1258 260 1010 150 - 152 660
HPF2500 25 742 1448 508 1258 260 1010 150 - 152 660
HPF5000 50 1000 2055 800 1140 1560 395 815 140 258 298 1000
HPF10000 100 1000 1980 1000 1090 1370 550 830 140 338 388 1240
HPF20000 200 1200 2500 1250 2115 1815 610 1510 150 330 410 1750

OPTIONAL EXTRAS
Only available factory fitted option
Lifts and lowers work table
Available for 50 and 100 tonne presses
K
Suffix Description
BW Bed winch, suitable for 50 and 100 tonne models

Multi-position V-blocks with flat bed and V-shape press surfaces

C
Available for 10, 25, 50 and 100 tonne presses
F

Model Cap. per set Dimensions in mm

E
number tonnes A B C D E F G H
G HVB2500 10 - 25 204 154 20 45 155 45 20 8
B
D
H
A HVB5000 50 365 265 25 50 190 60 25 10
HVB10000 100 425 325 35 60 265 85 35 10
164
 RSM - NYLON MULTI-ROLLER STEERABLE SKATES

RSM12
Capacities from 12 to 30 tonnes

Steerable front skate for total control

Low weight, compact size

The RSM nylon multi-roller steerable skate range is ideal for use on tiled floors and is available with
capacities from 12 to 30 tonnes. These skates consist of 3 major parts: 1 steerable turntable front skate
and 2 adjustable rear skates. This modular design allows the system to be easily assembled and
dismantled without the use of tools. All models are fitted with low rolling resistance wheels with ball
bearings and non-slip Neoprene pads on each load surface.

RSM12 - RSM20 - RSM30

A C
E
D

B H

I K

Capacity per No. of wheels No. of wheels Weight Dimensions in mm

Model skate set front twin rear incl. box A B C D E F G H I
number tonnes steerable skate kg max
RSM12 12 8 no. 82 mm x 48 mm 8 no. 82 mm x 48 mm 95 413 614 110 190 180 - 130 1500 1500
RSM20 20 16 no. 82 mm x 48 mm 16 no. 82 mm x 48 mm 118 413 673 110 190 180 - 242 1500 1500
RSM30 30 24 no. 82 mm x 48 mm 24 no. 82 mm x 48 mm 135 413 990 110 190 188 - 354 1500 1500

165
 RSC & RSS - MULTI-PURPOSE SKATES

Capacities from 5 to 37.5 tonnes

Available as complete kit or as individual skates

RSC20 Endless hardened roller chain

The RSC and RSS range of industrial, low profile skates offers the safest, fastest and most economical
method of moving heavy equipment. The range comprises of 4 models available with capacities of up to
37.5 tonnes per skate. Designed with an endless hardened roller chain which revolves around the skate,
at least 5 rollers remain in contact with the floor at any one time, ensuring smooth travel even over cracked
concrete floors. With a range of turntables, stabilisers, spacer bars and steering handles available,
Hi-Force skates can move and position heavy and irregular shaped loads easily and more economically
than other lifting devices. Hi-Force skates are also ideal for use in confined spaces and typical applications
include bridge building, transformers, generators, turbines, heavy machinery and many others.
Complete kits :
Model Cap. per set Skates Turntables Stabilisers Spacer bars Handles Wooden box Weight
number tonnes Qty: 4 Qty: 2 Qty: 2 Qty: 4 Qty: 2 Qty: 1 kg
RSC20 20 RSS20 RT20 RS20 RB20 RH20 WB1 41
RSC50 50 RSS50 RT50 RS50 RB50 RH50 WB2 94

Individual skate selection chart :

Dimensions in mm
Model Cap. per skate Weight Length Width Height Height Roller Roller
number tonnes kg less t/table incl. t/table width dia
RSS20 5.0 4 210 102 59 94 51 18
RSS50 12.5 11 271 125 95 143 87 30
RSS100 25.0 27 370 175 130 179 90 42
RSS150 37.5 42 502 186 152 206 90 42
Note : Turntables for RSS100 (RT100) and RSS150 (RT150) are available on request.

RSH - HEAVY DUTY SKATES

K The RSH heavy duty range of moving

skates is ideal for movement of heavy
loads such as transformers, generators,
turbines and machinery. Available with
capacities ranging from 15 to 100 tonnes
each skate.
RSH20

Model Capacity Rollers Rollers Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes in contact total kg A B C D E F G H I J K
RSH15 15 5 15 9 210 100 175 18 51 6 13 76 14 140 150
RSH20 20 4 13 12 220 113 190 24 60 10 14 87 14 155 150
RSH40 40 4 13 19 270 130 210 30 68 10 14 104 18 175 190
RSH50 50 6 17 29 320 140 220 30 68 10 18 115 18 180 240
RSH65 65 4 13 51 380 168 270 42 76 19 19 145 22 220 280
RSH100 100 6 17 92 530 182 300 50 86 19 19 165 22 240 410
166
 REX & RSX - HEAVY DUTY SKATES WITH GROOVED GUIDE

RSX80 Capacities from 40 to 400 tonnes

Heat treated load bearing centre plate

Heat treated, special chrome alloy chains

REX65

Available with capacities up to 200 tonnes each skate, the REX

heavy duty range of single roller moving skates incorporates a chain
groove cut into the centre member of the skate, which helps to keep
the chain running parallel with the body and is specially suited for
moving loads over long distances.
The RSX range offers the same features as the REX range, however
has a double roller design, capable of transporting loads up to 400
tonnes per skate.
Both the REX and RSX models feature high quality, heat treated
components and are supplied with 4 mounting bolt holes for easy
attachment to the load.

A C
K J
G
I
H

F E
D
B
Drawing shows the RSX double-roller design, with the guide
Side view REX and RSX models groove for the chain. REX features single-roller with guide groove.

Model Capacity Rollers Rollers Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes in contact total kg A B C D E F G H I J K K
REX Range - Single-roller design
REX40 40 4 13 20 270 130 210 30 68 10 14 104 18 175 190
REX50 50 6 17 29 320 140 220 30 68 10 18 115 18 180 240
REX65 65 4 13 52 380 168 270 42 76 19 19 145 22 220 280
REX100 100 6 17 93 530 182 300 50 86 19 19 165 22 240 410
REX150 150 9 23 162 600 205 350 50 100 20 28 190 26 280 480
REX200 200 13 31 266 900 205 380 50 100 20 38 200 33 300 720
RSX Range - Double-roller design
RSX80 80 2x4 2 x 13 36 270 260 340 30 68 10 14 104 18 305 190
RSX100 100 2x6 2 x 17 57 320 280 360 30 68 10 18 115 18 325 240
RSX130 130 2x4 2 x 13 96 380 336 440 42 76 19 19 145 22 390 300
RSX200 200 2x6 2 x 17 175 530 364 480 50 86 19 19 165 22 430 420
RSX300 300 2x9 2 x 23 305 600 410 560 50 100 20 28 190 26 490 480
RSX400 400 2 x 13 2 x 31 485 900 410 590 50 100 20 38 200 33 500 720
167
 TOOL BOXES

Metal storage and transport box

Width up to 500mm

Durable steel body

MSB6

Hi-Force offers users a choice of four tool box models that can be used for storing and transporting
Hi-Force products and accessories. These tool boxes are of strong durable steel construction and have
an anti-corrosion powder coating making them resistant to rust and abrasion and hence suitable for long
term use at on-site locations, workshops and service centres.

Available in lengths of 620 to 1100mm, these lockable tool boxes help control authorised tool usage,
maintain tool integrity and protect them in harsh environments.

Model Weight Length Width Height

number kg mm mm mm
MSB2 9.7 620 340 147
MSB4 13.8 875 280 250
MSB6 16.3 720 500 250
MSB8 30.5 1100 500 250

K A tool box used for storing and transporting PCS cylinder & pump sets.
For details on PCS sets, see Page 25 of this catalogue.

Need help deciding which

tool box will best suit your
requirement?

Contact your local Hi-Force

office or authorised Hi-Force
Distributor for assistance.

168
TOUGHLIFT

Pages
TL Range ToughLift Jacking Systems 170 - 172

Extensions, load block sets, Pages

TL Accessories saddles and tool box 173 - 174

169
 TL - TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEMS
The Hi-Force ToughLift jacking system offers users the easiest and safest method of lifting material haulers
in the mining and construction industry and locomotives in the railway industry, when critical maintenance
and breakdown repair work requires completion.

Suitable for lifting even the largest earth haulers in the world, the Hi-Force ToughLift is available in 50, 100,
150 and 200 tonnes lifting capacities. All models are available with either a 110 volt or 240 volt single
phase electric driven pump unit or a 6 Bar compressed air driven pump version. All models are operated
via a remote, push button hand pendant controller with a 6 metre length control cable to ensure the
operator has precise control over the lifting operation from a safe distance away from the load.

Hi-Force ToughLift jacking systems are supplied fitted as standard with a hardened steel lifting saddle,
patented snap latch handle assembly for easy positioning and transportation and a patented jacking
system design for increased safety, enabling them to be easily positioned, in the tightest of spaces,
to ensure location into the correct and exact lifting and jacking position.

Fitted with large diameter wheels and heavy duty tyres as standard, all ToughLift models are narrow in
width and have the smallest footprint area in the industry.

A wide variety of optional extras are also available which include load holding blocks, swivel load caps,
locking, load block extensions, slip lock extensions and accessory tool boxes. Further details can be found
on pages 172 to 174.

With the Hi-Force ToughLift, plant operators in mining, construction and railway industries are assured of
minimal maintenance and repair downtime, of their capital intensive equipment, from the strongest and
most versatile lifting jack in the world!

170
 TL - TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEMS

Working pressure 700 Bar

Choice of 12 models with a range of accessories

Used in mining, construction & railway industries

For more information take a look at the

ToughLift website www.toughlift.com
TL150A520 TL200A380

Choice of 50, 100, 150 or 200 tonne lifting capacities

Patented multi-positional lifting handle for easy transportation and positioning
Available with choice of electric or air driven hydraulic pump unit
Push button remote hand pendant controller with 6 metre control cable
Patented jacking system for safe and correct positioning prior to load lift
Wide range of accessories available for even greater versatility (see pages 172 to 174)
Narrow width, with small footprint for easy access into confined spaces
Integral airline filter, lubricator and pressure regulator unit (air driven models only)
User friendly design with easily accessible maintenance features
Large diameter, heavy duty wheels for easy positioning underneath the load

Model Capacity Power Stroke Weight Max additional

number tonnes Supply mm kg stack in mm
TL050A255 50 6-Bar air driven 254 160 680
TL050E255 50 240V electric 254 168 680
TL100A405
TL100A530
100
100
6-Bar air driven
6-Bar air driven
405
530
288
318
480
180
L
TL100E405 100 240V electric 405 296 480
TL100E530 100 240V electric 530 326 180
TL150A390 150 6-Bar air driven 390 312 485
TL150A520 150 6-Bar air driven 520 348 180
TL150E390 150 240V electric 390 320 485
TL150E520 150 240V electric 520 356 180
TL200A380 200 6-Bar air driven 381 372 500
TL200E380 200 240V electric 381 380 500

Note: All electric driven ToughLift jacking systems are available in 110V and 240V single phase, power supply options.
For 110V version, please suffix model number with A, i.e TL050E255-A for 110V version.
171
 TL - TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEMS

Handle in parking
Handle in lifting position
position Handle positions for
manoeuvring Note: The 50 tonne models
have a combined lifting and
parking position.

E D G (Max)

G (Min)
A

C B F (Min)
F (Max)

Model Dimensions in mm
Number A B C D E F G
MIN - MAX MIN - MAX

TL050A255 455 660 560 1440 380-1000 700-1300

TL050E255 455 660 560 1440 380-1000 700-1300
TL100A405 665 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440
TL100A530 843 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440
TL100E405 665 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440
TL100E530 843 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440
TL150A390 665 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440
TL150A520 843 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440
TL150E390 665 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440
TL150E520 843 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440
TL200A380 660 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440
TL200E380 660 730 660 1520 1560 360-960 860-1440

SADDLES SPACERS
Tilting saddles are fitted as standard to all Base mounted spacers increase the closed height
ToughLift jacks, however flat saddles can also be by 300mm. This optional extra is available for 200
supplied as an optional extra. Both types of saddle tonne models only and weighs 78.5 kg.
(flat or tilting swivel) can be easily fitted to all slip Please suffix model number with E when ordering.
lock and load lock extensions.

L EXTENSIONS
Hi-Force also offers a range of extensions for use
with ToughLift jacking systems. Slip lock extensions
can be used in multiples up to the maximum height
specified on page 173. Load lock extensions can
only be used one at a time, however, they can be
used in conjunction with slip lock extensions.

Both extension options must terminate with a flat

or swivel tilting saddle on the top of the extension Base mounted spacer
stack.
172
TL - TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEMS

SLIP LOCK EXTENSIONS

Recommended
Length Length Length Length Length To suit max. extension
180mm 300mm 400mm 485mm 500mm jack model height in mm
SLE180-50 SLE300-50 SLE400-50 * SLE500-50 TL050A255 680
SLE180-50 SLE300-50 SLE400-50 * SLE500-50 TL050E255 680
SLE180-100 SLE300-100 * SLE485-100 * TL100A405 485
SLE180-100 * * * * TL100A530 180
SLE180-100 SLE300-100 * SLE485-100 * TL100E405 485
SLE180-100 * * * * TL100E530 180
SLE180-150 SLE300-150 * SLE485-150 * TL150A390 485
SLE180-150 * * * * TL150A520 180
SLE180-150 SLE300-150 * SLE485-150 * TL150E390 485
SLE180-150 * * * * TL150E520 180
SLE180-200 SLE300-200 SLE400-200 * SLE500-200 TL200A380 500
SLE180-200 SLE300-200 SLE400-200 * SLE500-200 TL200E380 500
* = Exceeds recommended maximum extension height

LOAD LOCK EXTENSIONS

Recommended
Length Length Length Length Length To suit max. extension
180mm 300mm 400mm 485mm 500mm jack model height in mm
LLE180-50 LLE300-50 LLE400-50 * LLE500-50 TL050A255 680
LLE180-50 LLE300-50 LLE400-50 * LLE500-50 TL050E255 680
LLE180-100 LLE300-100 * LLE485-100 * TL100A405 485
LLE180-100 * * * * TL100A530 180
LLE180-100 LLE300-100 * LLE485-100 * TL100E405 485
LLE180-100 * * * * TL100E530 180
LLE180-150 LLE300-150 * LLE485-150 * TL150A390 485
LLE180-150 * * * * TL150A520 180
LLE180-150 LLE300-150 * LLE485-150 * TL150E390 485
LLE180-150 * * * * TL150E520 180
LLE180-200 LLE300-200 LLE400-200 * LLE500-200 TL200A380 500
LLE180-200 LLE300-200 LLE400-200 * LLE500-200 TL200E380 500
* = Exceeds recommended maximum extension height

LOAD BLOCK SETS

Load block sets Capacity Lock out Height Load To suit
Model number tonnes (mm) Blocks Adaptor jack model L
TLB50-250 50 250 3 1 TL050A255
TLB50-250 50 250 3 1 TL050E255
TLB100-405 100 400 5 1 TL100A405
TLB100-530 100 525 7 1 TL100A530
TLB100-405 100 400 5 1 TL100E405
TLB100-530 100 525 7 1 TL100E530
TLB150-390 150 385 5 1 TL150A390
TLB150-520 150 515 7 1 TL150A520
TLB150-390 150 385 5 1 TL150E390
TLB150-520 150 515 7 1 TL150E520
TLB200-380 200 375 5 1 TL200A380
TLB200-380 200 375 5 1 TL200E380
173
 TL - TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEMS

FLAT SADDLES
Flat saddle Capacity To Suit
Model number tonnes Jack Model
TLF50 50 TL050A255
TLF50 50 TL050E255
TLF150 100 TL100A405
TLF150 100 TL100A530
TLF150 100 TL100E405
TLF150 100 TL100E530
TLF150 150 TL150A390
TLF150 150 TL150A520
TLF150 150 TL150E390
TLF150 150 TL150E520
TLF150 TLF200 200 TL200A380
TLF200 200 TL200E380

TOOL BOXES
To store your ToughLift accessories safely why not consider
ordering a tool box made specifically to suit your accessory set.
Hi-Force offers ToughLift accessory tool boxes made to special
order with a fast delivery time to help maintain the working
condition and integrity of your ToughLift system.

TOUGHLIFT CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES

Tilting saddle Tilting saddle

L Tilting saddle
Slip lock
extension Load lock
extension

Load block
set
Piston Piston Piston

174
SERVICES

Page
Rental Rental services
176

Page
On-Site On-Site services
177

Page
Maintenance Repair services
178

Page
Calibration Torque tools calibration
179

Page
Contracts Testing and service contracts
180

ECITB Mechanical Joint Integrity approved courses Pages

Training Product, service and repair training 181 - 186

175
 RENTAL SERVICES
The Hi-Force philosophy of offering a complete service
package to support our valued customers needs and
requirements also extends to tool rental services. With
an extensive array of products available within the
Hi-Force range, it is sometimes difficult for our
customers to decide on the most suitable tool in which
to invest their money. Additionally, with our higher value
products like high tonnage cylinders, powered pumps,
hydraulic wrenches, stud bolt tensioners and hydrotest
pumps, many clients simply cannot justify the high
capital outlay to purchase, especially in cases where
their needs for the product are relatively short term or
even simply for a one off job. In some cases annual
budget restraints also make it difficult to get purchase
expenditure approval even though there is a definite
requirement for the tools. All Hi-Force rental equipment is proof-tested
prior to release for rental. All tests are
Hi-Force actively encourages and promotes its tool documented and all equipment is supplied
rental services package, both at Regional Offices and at with a test certificate.
participating distributors worldwide. Unlike our competitors
who believe that tool rental business reduces product
sales, we at Hi-Force believe it actually increases them!

Many of our customers worldwide who have purchased

Hi-Force products, initially took the opportunity to try
out both our product quality and our level of service
support via tool rental. Once satisfied, these same
customers became, brand loyal purchasers of Hi-Force
products on a regular basis.

An additional benefit of maintaining a comprehensive

fleet of rental tools at our Regional Offices and participating
distributors is that users can easily request on-site
demonstrations, using rental tools at short notice, or
even utilise our rental services whilst having their own
equipment serviced or repaired. In most industries the
Additionally, torque equipment is calibrated,
biggest drain on profits is the cost to the company of
using the latest technology. Test &
maintenance and shutdown activities. Hi-Force tool
calibration results are automatically
rental is available at very short notice and helps ensure
transferred to purpose-written software for
that production recommences as quickly as possible
producing unique and traceable certificates.
without any unnecessary delays.

M Hi-Force tool rental is available on both short and long term basis and all equipment provided is guaranteed,
tested and certified prior to mobilisation to site.

Hi-Force tool rental offers an economical alternative to purchasing capital intensive specialised equipment
at short notice. Give it a try, you will be pleasantly surprised!

176
 ON-SITE SERVICES
In addition to the tool rental services offered by Hi-Force and
detailed on page 176, we also offer a first class on-site services
package. Utilising Hi-Force tools drawn from our extensive global
rental tool inventory, Hi-Force is also able to offer a first class
on-site bolting and jacking service. Available globally via Hi-Force
Regional Offices and participating distributors, the Hi-Force
on-site services package combines the expertise of our highly
trained and experienced crews with the high quality reputation of
Hi-Force products.

For on-site bolting services we are able to carry out jobs ranging
from a simple bolt up of a single flange joint to major construction
and maintenance shut down projects. Our record and past
experience of working with many major multi-national companies
is second to none and our crews have established an excellent
reputation for meeting and beating critical time deadlines, even in
the most demanding conditions. Major customer industries
include oil & gas, power generation, cement plants, civil and
mechanical construction and maintenance.

We also offer on-site lifting and jacking services usually related to

heavy lift applications involving multiple numbers of Hi-Force high
tonnage cylinders, pumps, hoses and accessories. Past jobs
undertaken and successfully completed include bridge lifting,
cantilever and steel structure weighing and a variety of lift and
shift applications.

Our crews have received many verbal and written testimonials

for their excellent performance and copies of these are available
on request.

Hi-Force is very proud of its excellent reputation for carrying out

efficient, safe, competitively priced on-site jobs, within client
specified time periods. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you
have a requirement for Hi-Force on-site services.

177
 REPAIR SERVICES
Every year huge amounts of money are lost to industries Test and Repair facilities at Hi-Force
worldwide due to the breakdown of capital intensive hydraulic and Offices
pneumatic tools. This extensive loss of revenue could be
drastically reduced if users and owners were always in a position
to call upon specialist repairers, at short notice, to identify the
faults and carry out fast, reliable, guaranteed repairs.

Hi-Force is at your service!! We have built our success on our

service first philosophy and a long history of providing
customers with a comprehensive repair service for a wide range
of hydraulic and pneumatic tools.

All Hi-Force offices worldwide, along with participating Hi-Force

Distributors operate a fully equipped workshop repair facility,
using the latest state of the art repair and testing equipment
and techniques, carried out by trained and qualified workshop
technicians. Our global network of Hi-Force service centres is
modelled on our highly successful and wholly owned UK
Distributor company, H.E.S. Sales Limited, who have been offering
repair services, along with the other services detailed in this
section of the catalogue, from two strategically placed locations in
England, since the early 1970s.

All Hi-Force service centres carry good stocks of commonly used

spare parts and are able to offer a first class guaranteed repair
service for all Hi-Force products as well as most international
competitor brands. All items repaired carry a 90 day warranty
against faulty materials or workmanship and each item is
returned to the customer with an individual test/calibration
certificate.

Make the most of your investment in tools through regular

servicing and repair, at an economical cost, through the Hi-Force
service network.

Hi-Force Dubai workshop H.E.S. Sales Ltd. UK workshop

178
 CALIBRATION SERVICES
As part of our ever improving after sales and service support facilities, Hi-Force offers a comprehensive
calibration service for all makes of manual, pneumatic and hydraulic torque tools to our services portfolio.
Available from selected Hi-Force Regional Offices and distributors worldwide, this fast expanding activity is
currently receiving considerable attention from our customer base.

All of our in-house calibration equipment has valid, independently approved NAMAS calibration certificates
which are renewed annually. All items calibrated are returned with an individual test and calibration
certificate traceable to our NAMAS certification.

This service is particularly focused on tools used for accurate bolt tightening, which according to industry
standards, recommends that they are calibrated, at least once per year and in some cases more often if
used extensively. When did you last have your critical bolt tightening tools calibrated? Check and contact
Hi-Force for a first class calibration service at a competitive price.

Hi-Force is also able to offer a limited calibration service for other hydraulic and pneumatic tools.
Contact your local Hi-Force Regional Office or distributor for more information.

Calibration of a hand
torque wrench

Hydraulic torque
wrench calibration

Sample calibration certificate

179
 TESTING & SERVICE CONTRACTS
Targeted at companies with a wide variety or a
considerable number of hydraulic and pneumatic tools,
Hi-Force is able to negotiate and offer a regular on-site
testing and service facility to customers, which ensures
that their tool inventory is kept in first class working
condition, fully tested and certified. This is particularly
beneficial to tool users that are required to carry out
planned plant maintenance shutdowns at their facilities, as
this unique service, from Hi-Force, can be planned to
coincide within a reasonable time period, prior to an
upcoming shutdown. H.E.S Sales UK workshop

Within the UK, Hi-Force testing and service contracts

are managed by our wholly owned distributor, H.E.S Sales
Limited, who operate a fleet of dedicated, fully equipped,
on-site mobile test vehicles ably supported by two
strategically placed workshop service centres. All test
vehicles are managed by a trained and qualified test
engineer, who is fully conversant with all of the latest safety
regulations related to hydraulic and pneumatic tools.
Site visits are planned and pre-booked for mutually agreed
date(s) so that clients can arrange to gather all of their
tools, requiring test and inspection, to a central point, at
their facilities, for our test inspector to carry out the Hi-Force test facilities
testing.

A comprehensive test report is prepared by our test

engineer, detailing all of the tools examined and tested,
along with a report on all tools that fail the test. A copy of
the report is handed over by our test engineer, prior to
leaving site, for the client to assess and give any necessary
authorisation for the tools to be removed from site for
detailed examination and estimate for repair. Subject to
client approval, our test engineer will deliver the tools to the
nearest H.E.S. Sales Limited service centre, from where a
comprehensive strip down, inspection, report and repair
quotation will be promptly prepared and sent to the client in Hi-Force service vehicle
writing. Subject to approval of the repair costs, the clients
tools will then receive the first class repair service, as
detailed on page 178.

Alongside the testing service, many of our clients also

M negotiate a period contract covering both the on-site
testing and repair service which usually results in more
advantageous and competitive rates. For further
information on our global testing and service capabilities
please contact Hi-Force UK or one of our Regional Offices
and Service Centres.

Interior of Hi-Force test & service vehicle

180
 TRAINING

Introduction
Hi-Force has been providing training courses in the safe and proper application, use, operation, service,
maintenance and repair of hydraulic tools for several years, however in 2013 Hi-Force has taken its Training
Package to a whole new level, with the addition of ECITB (Engineering Construction Industry Training Board)
approved Training Courses. Formal approval was in fact granted by the ECITB towards the end of 2012,
however with the opening of our brand new expanded Training School in mid-2013, demand for training
from Hi-Force has grown significantly. The new Training School, occupying an area of 150 square metres,
is located within a brand new, 2000 square metre Logistics Centre, built as part of our on-going expansion.
This state of the art Training Facility comprises of a fully equipped classroom, product practical training
area and a tool repair and service training workshop.

Hi-Force training courses combine first-class education with the most advanced practical training facilities
available, within the hydraulic tool industry. Designed for a wide variety of delegates, Hi-Force training courses
are suitable for Field Sales Engineers, Sales Office Supervisors, Service, Repair and Maintenance Engineers
and Technicians, On-Site Engineers and Technicians and everyone else involved in the high pressure hydraulic
tools industry.

With everything located under one roof, the Hi-Force Training School is fully equipped for putting the theory
into practice, all in one course, within one designated area. Delegates are able to listen and learn theory
and then proceed to practical in an interactive manner, both with the Trainer and other delegates. Our
classroom training material includes high quality graphic images and animations of exactly how hydraulic
tools operate. Our practical training area contains a complete range of Hi-Force products enabling
delegates to operate off the shelf products and achieve a high level of confidence in the safe and proper
use of hydraulic tools. Our Service and Repair Training facility is fully equipped with all the standard and M
special tools and test equipment for the service, maintenance and repair of the complete range of Hi-Force
hydraulic tools.
Hi-Force is totally committed to improving the technical knowledge of our own employees, those of our
Distributors and of the many users of Hi-Force hydraulic tools, throughout the world. Hi-Force investment in
this new Training School, is testament to our commitment to not only offer world class products, but to also
ensure that our network of Regional Offices and Distributors are offering users the correct and proper
technical advice whilst discussing individual customer specific requirements for hydraulic tools.
181
 TRAINING

Product Training Courses

With our ever expanding network of Hi-Force regional offices and authorised distributors worldwide,
Hi-Force has identified technical product and application training, as an essential core competency, for us to
maintain our continued growth in the global market, for hydraulic tools.

The latest, updated version of our Product Training Course, is divided into various product groups, each of
which cover all aspects of technical sales, industry specific application selling, special product design, practical
and theoretical operation, health & safety and general maintenance. Hi-Force believes that our Product
Training courses are at the leading edge of the high pressure hydraulic tools industry worldwide.

To cater for the large number of different countries in which our products are now distributed and sold, we
have designed our Product Training Courses in such a way that moving graphics and pictorial examples, are
used wherever possible, to minimise the need for sometimes, difficult to understand written words. This
enables us to easily translate the text, of the various training modules, into different languages, to suit local
market requirements. The moving graphics used within the Hi-Force Product Training Courses vary from a
simple hand pump and cylinder, through to complex multiple lifting applications, using split flow pumps,
hydraulic torque wrenches and stud bolt tensioners, all of which clearly demonstrate how our products
operate, in a simple and straightforward way. When delegates experience the visual learning provided by
these graphics and then move to the practical training area to put theory into practice by operating our
tools in real and simulated situations, the retention of knowledge is far greater, than learning from
presentation slides, or books, containing only text and pictures.

25t 30t 40t 50t

The internal workings of a TWH-N hydraulic wrench A split flow synchronised lift schematic A two speed hand pump circuit

Hi-Force Product Training courses can be delivered from within our

UK Training School, from any of our Regional Offices and even from a
Hi-Force Distributor or End User premises, provided of course a
suitable classroom and practical training area is available. It is also
important to have a wide selection of Hi-Force products, readily
available at the location of the training, for the practical use element
of the course.

Hi-Force Product Training Courses can be tailored to suit individual

needs and can be held for any number of days from one up to a full
working week of five days. All Training Courses will incorporate a
M written and verbal exam, for all participating delegates, to ensure that
the required level of learning is achieved. Delegates achieving the
required minimum pass level will receive a Certificate, in recognition of
their achievement.
Whilst primarily focussed on our Distributor sales personnel and of
course any new or existing members, of our own global sales team, we
are also more than happy to offer Hi-Force Product Training to end
users of our products.
182
 TRAINING

ECITB Mechanical Joint Integrity Training Courses

Hi-Force is approved by ECITB (Engineering Construction
Industry Training Board) for the provision of Mechanical
Joint Integrity (MJI) training courses in line with industry
standards and practices.

Hi-Forces ECITB approved Trainers have the technical

and practical knowledge, and understanding to deliver
these training courses. These in-house trainers have
many years of hands on experience in the Oil, Gas and
Petrochemical industries (onshore & offshore), as well as
Power Generation and a wide variety of construction
industry applications, requiring bolted joint technology.
They are, of course, also fully trained and competent in
the use of the various mechanical and high pressure,
hydraulic tools used to deliver the training courses, in terms of theoretical,
practical and the required Technical Testing (TMJI) as specified and required by
the ECITB, prior to the issue of a certificate of successful completion to the
delegate.

The technical content of the MJI training modules will include:

Mechanical Joint integrity (Flange and Bolt Materials, Components,
Lubricants, Dis-assembly, Inspection, Assembly)
Safe use of high pressure hydraulic equipment
Tooling Service and Repair
Correct Tool selection
Hi-Force, as an approved ECITB Training Provider, will competently train all delegates that attend the training
courses. All of these courses are most suited for delegates employed to carry out Mechanical Joint Integrity
and Flange Management activities, that are or could be associated with potential work scopes to industry
standards, or client specific requirements that follow industry guidelines.

Hi-Force can develop and provide training courses that will suit client specifications, if required and we will
be happy to provide advice on any applicable industry standards. For further details please contact Hi-Force
UK or the Regional Hi-Force Office or local Distributor.

Health and Safety is of paramount importance to Hi-Force, as we continuously strive to not only maintain the
levels of competence of personnel in the bolting industry, but to further develop and improve these levels in
order to reduce the potential risk of accidents or incidents wherever possible.

183
 TRAINING

ECITB Mechanical Joint Integrity Training Courses

Hi-Force is a member of the ECITB and our Training School and Trainers are approved to deliver the
following Training Courses and Technical Test Units.

Part 1 Training - Theoretical and Practical

MJI10 Hand Torque Bolted Connection Techniques
MJI18 Hydraulically Tensioned Bolted Connection Techniques
MJI19 Hydraulically Torqued Bolted Connection Techniques

Part 2 - Technical Tests - Theoretical and Practical

TMJI10 Dismantle, Assemble and Hand Torque Flanged Joints
TMJI11 Dismantle, Assemble and Hand Torque Clamp Connectors
TMJI18 Dismantle, Assemble and Tension Bolted Connections (Hydraulic Tensioning)
TMJI19 Dismantle, Assemble and Hydraulically Torque Flanged Joints
TMJI20 Dismantle, Assemble and Hydraulically Torque Clamp Connector Joints

The Training and Technical Tests are provided as

two separate elements of the overall course. The
Based on the ECITB National Occupational Standards for Pipefitting / Mechanical Maintenance

Personnel undertaking operations on bolted connections

using hand and hydraulic torque & tensioning techniques

Technical Tests can be taken by the delegate, Specialist Critical Bolting Route
Stage Centr e
usually within 3 to 12 months, only after completion Training

of workplace specific practical applications related 1

Onshore
MJI 10

Hand Torque
MJI 19 MJI 18 1
Onshor

Hydraulic Torque Hydraulic Tension

to the new skills and knowledge obtained from the Training
Centre
Bolted Connection
Techniques
Bolted Connection
Techniques
Bolted Connection
Techniques Stage
Training Course.
2
W orkplace
Stage
Workplace Workplace

2
Workplace Workplace Workplace Practice
The ECITB training courses are fully documented Practice
Hand Torque
Practice
Hand Torque
Practice
Hydraulic
Practice
Hydraulic
Hydraulic Tension
Flange
Flange Clamp Torque Torque Stage
and the details of the course content can be made Workplace Flange Clamp

available upon request. Centr e

3
Stage Assessment
Technical Competence

3
Technical Technical Technical Technical
Competence Competence Competence Competence TMJI18 Hydraulic Tension
TMJI10 Hand TMJI11 Hand TMJI19 TMJI20 Flange
The Future Assessment
Torque
Flange
Torque
Clamp
Hydraulic
Torque
Hydraulic
Torque
Stage
Flange Clamp
Hi-Force continually monitors ASME and European Centre

Centr e
standards and any changes that are introduced
4
Stage Assessment

and implemented, will under guidance of the ECITB, 4 Reassessment

every 3 years
Reassessment
every 3 years
Reassessment
every 3 years
Reassessment
every 3 years
Reassessment
every 3 years

be incorporated into our training modules and Assessment

Centre
Stage

applied as required.

Industry Compliance
Hi-Force training modules comply with the following training standards and guidelines:
ECITB MJI & TMJI training & Testing units
M Step Change in Safety Mechanical Joint Integrity Route to Competence Guidance
ASME PCC-1-2010 Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted Flange Joint Assembly
Energy Institute Guidelines for the management of the integrity of bolted joint for pressurised systems
EN 1515-1: 1999 Flanges and their joints - Bolting Part 1
EN 1591-2: 2008 Flanges and their joints - Design rules for gasketed circular flange connections -
Part 2: Gasket parameters
CEN/TS 1591-4: 2007 Flanges and their Joints Part 4: Qualification of personnel competency in the
assembly of bolted joints fitted to equipment subject to the PED
184
 TRAINING

Service & Repair Training Courses

As a rapidly expanding manufacturer and supplier of high pressure hydraulic tools, Hi-Force recognises the
very important role that after sales service and repair plays in achieving future sales growth. Ultimately the
entire success of the Hi-Force brand is dependent on, not only manufacturing and supplying tools of the
highest quality and performance, but also ensuring that users of our products are able to access a high
quality after sales service, with readily available spare parts, wherever they are in the world. To help Hi-Force
achieve this high standard of expectation, from our customers, we are placing the establishment of fully
equipped Hi-Force Service Centres, manned by fully trained service and repair technicians as a top priority.
To ensure this is achieved, Hi-Force has invested in and is now proud to offer, modular training courses, in
the correct service and repair of our complete range of products.

Hi-Force Service and Repair Training Courses are primarily available to our Global Distributor Network and
are designed, to enable our Distributors, to gain the highly prestigious, Hi-Force Authorised Service Centre
accreditation. To achieve this, our Distributors need to send personnel for training and establish a fully
equipped Service Centre facility, within their own premises. To help with this, the Hi-Force UK Service and
Repair Training facility, is modelled on exactly how, an Authorised Hi-Force Service Centre should be set up,
within the Distributors own facility. All Hi-Force offices globally, operate a fully equipped Service Centre facility
and in the future certain elements of our Service and Repair Training Courses will be made available within
our Regional Office network.

Establishing a Hi-Force Authorised Service Centre offers many advantages, to our Distributors, including an
increased revenue stream, through chargeable service and repair work, greater customer loyalty, gained
from the benefits of offering full after sales support, authorisation to carry out warranty work, on behalf
of Hi-Force and of course the added opportunity to invest in Tool Rental services, given that a service
centre is vital for supporting this additional activity. To help Hi-Force achieve our goals, of establishing a
professional, worldwide network of Authorised Service Centres, we offer several financial incentives, to our
Distributors, to assist them, with becoming an Authorised Hi-Force Service Centre.

We are also able to offer Service and Repair Training to end users, of our products, that prefer to have their
own, in-house tool repair facilities. One of the major advantages of the modular design, of our Service and
Repair Training courses, is that we can tailor courses to suit specific, individual requirements, of our end
user customers. So if an end user customer is a major user of our bolting tools we can concentrate on the M
Service and Repair Training of hydraulic torque wrenches and stud bolt tensioners. Similarly if the customer
is a user of our jacking systems we can focus the training on cylinders, pumps and accessories.

As with all of our Hi-Force training packages, we offer a mixture of theoretical classroom training with full
hands on practical training, within the one designated Training School. Our Trainers are vastly experienced
in all aspects of the courses we provide. Contact your local Hi-Force office for further details on all of our
first class, training packages.
185
 TRAINING

186
THE INFORMATION PAGES

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Information on basic principles Pages

Basic principles of hydraulics 188 - 191

Information on basic principles of Pages

Basic bolting principles bolting tools and equipment 192 - 198

Tightening sequence and bolting Pages

Tightening procedure procedure for flange bolts 199 - 200

Page
Conversions Metric to imperial conversion chart 201

Page
Torque chart Recommended torque value chart 202

NEW RELEASES

Page
New Products New products launched 203

CONTACT HI-FORCE I
Contact details of Pages
Contact details Hi-Force offices worldwide 204 - 205

FIND A MODEL NUMBER

Pages
Model number index Alphabetical model number index 206 - 207

O
187
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF HYDRAULICS

Introduction
The basic principles of hydraulics are not difficult to understand, knowing how and why hydraulic tools work
will help the user to select the most suitable Hi-Force tools for the job, ensuring maximum performance at
the most economical cost.

If the Basic Principles of Hydraulics detailed in this section of the catalogue are of assistance to the
reader, then its purpose of helping with the selection of the correct Hi-Force tool for the job has been
achieved.

Using hydraulic fluid pressure to generate a force

a) Hydraulic Pressure

Hydraulic power provides one of the simplest

and most powerful forms of producing Figure 1
considerable amounts of force within a
confined space using hydraulic fluid pressure
to generate a force. Since the early inventions
of low pressure, heavy hydraulic lifting jacks
through to the latest state of the art high
pressure hydraulic systems of today, hydraulic
power remains an extensively used and
widely respected assistant to mankinds drive
for even greater power and knowledge.

Pascals law states that pressure applied at

any point upon a confined fluid (liquid) is
transmitted undiminished in all directions
within the fluid (see figure 1 & 2). This means
that by using hydraulic pressure as a medium
a small force can be converted into an
appreciable multiple of itself. Figure 2
The actual fluid pressure involved plays a very
important role in this Multiplication of Force
and in this context there are two features of
hydraulic pressure which are important to
remember.

1. Hydraulic pressure is measured as a force

per unit of area e.g. Bar (kg/cm) or PSI
(Pounds per Square Inch).
N
2. The hydraulic pressure at any point within
the fluid is the same in all directions provided
of course that the fluid is static (non moving)
- see figure 1 & 2.
188
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF HYDRAULICS
b) The Industry Standard
The accepted International Standard for maximum working pressure in the high pressure hydraulic tools
industry is 700 Bar (10,000 PSI) and the majority of the products detailed in this catalogue have a
maximum working pressure of 700 Bar (10,000 PSI). Therefore where a particular cylinder is specified in
this catalogue as having a 10 tonnes maximum capacity, it must be noted that the maximum capacity is
calculated at the maximum working pressure.

c) Pressure and Force

The criteria for establishing the maximum output force of a hydraulic cylinder at 700 Bar pressure is the
size of the effective area of the cylinder bore, i.e. the area to which the hydraulic fluid at a pressure of
700 Bar is being applied. Because of this simple criteria it is possible to manufacture cylinders in the
Hi-Force range from 4.5 tonnes up to in excess of 500 tonnes capacity.

The equation for calculating the output force of a hydraulic cylinder, given that the effective area and design
maximum working pressure are known, is simply : -

Effective area (cm) x Pressure (Bar)

= Output Force (Tonnes)
981

For example Hi-Force model reference HLS502 (page 13) has an effective area of 71.3 cm and therefore
a maximum working pressure of 700 Bar : -
71.3 (cm) x 700 (Bar)
= 50.88 Tonnes I
981

Single acting cylinder Double acting cylinder

Piston Piston
Stroke Stroke
Stop ring Stop ring
Retract
effective area
Advance Advance
effective area effective area

Oil volume Oil volume N

Cylinder base Cylinder base

189
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF HYDRAULICS
d) The Pump

Hydraulic pressure is provided by a hydraulic pump (manual or powered operation) that pumps the
hydraulic fluid into the cylinder bore via a flexible hydraulic hose connected to the cylinder quick connect inlet
coupling.

Hand operated pumps are the simplest form of pump and consist of a pumping piston, release valve, and
suction and delivery check valves. The pump is operated by closing the valve and then raising and lowering
the handle to pump fluid from the reservoir to the pump outlet connection. This action produces a steadily
increasing fluid pressure generated by the downward leverage of the pump handle in conjunction with the
opening and closing of the suction and delivery check valves. Power pumps replace hand leverage with a
motive driven rotational force, i.e., electric, air or petrol engine driven motor.

Single speed hand pump Suction, delivery & release valve highlighted

Piston advance

N
Fluid flow

Multiple piston block powered pump Double acting cylinder & powered pump set
190
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF HYDRAULICS
As the hydraulic fluid enters into the bore of the cylinder it forces the cylinder piston to move upwards.
Any resistance to the upward movement of the piston, e.g. a load, will result in the fluid pressure increasing
as the operator continues to actuate the pump lever up and down. The fluid pressure will continue to
increase either until the piston overcomes the resistance (load) and moves upwards until it reaches the end
of its designed stroke length or the fluid pressure reaches the maximum permissible pressure of 700 Bar
and the pump safety pressure relief valve is activated preventing over pressurisation above 700 Bar.

The internal workings of a hydraulic jack A two speed hand pump circuit
I

25t 30t 40t 50t

D
D
O D
O
O N

The internal workings of a TWH-N hydraulic wrench A split flow synchronised lift schematic
191
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF BOLTING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Since the invention of using threaded bolts and nuts to join
Figure 1
various components together was introduced centuries ago,
the methods of bolt tensioning and the tool design technology Torque
have improved tremendously to the extent that Hi-Force offers
the most comprehensive range of bolting products available
from a single source anywhere in the world!

From basic high quality, calibrated hand torque wrenches to Tension

the latest State of the Art hydraulic torque wrenches and bolt Bolt tension
tensioners, Hi-Force can deliver the right tool for the job on
time, every time!

This section of the catalogue provides basic information about the methods of applying tension to a bolted
connection. There are three possible methods to tighten threaded fasteners, by torque which is rotation of
the nut or bolt head, by direct tension to stretch the fastener, or by heat to expand the fastener.

Torque and tensioning (see figure 1) probably covers 99% of bolting applications, and it is these two
methods that are detailed in this catalogue.

What is tension and how does it affect a bolted fastener ?

As with most materials, steel which is predominantly used in the manufacture of bolts and nuts, has an
inherent elasticity i.e. it can be stretched between two points. The tension that is imparted into the bolt
acts as a clamping force to hold the bolted components together. Care must always be taken when
stretching the bolt to ensure that its yield point is not exceeded which will cause the bolt to lose its
physical properties of elasticity.

Hookes law states that the amount of distortion (lengthening, shortening, bending or twisting) applied will
be directly proportional to the applied force, provided the applied force is kept within the materials elastic
limits. For most industrial applications, a fastener should be tightened until it has a retained tension of
40 to 60 percent of its elastic limit.

For a threaded fastener to correctly hold (clamp) components together it must be stretched (tensioned)
to a known accurate amount. A threaded fastener that is under-tightened could work loose and come apart,
resulting in a shearing force developing between the mating parts which could cut the bolt in two. A loose
fastener may also lead to further mechanical looseness of surrounding machinery parts causing
unnecessary vibration and wear. Fluid and gas leaks could also occur due to incorrect sealing in pressure
joints, which could be extremely dangerous if any of the materials to be sealed are toxic, flammable or
explosive.

An over-tightened fastener could cause damage to the bolted components, excessive over-tightening will
cause the bolt and/or nut to deform causing loss of tension in the fastener as it exceeds its elastic limit
(yield point).

For most industrial applications, the equipment manufacturers, as well as structural and piping component
designers, will provide the torque or tension specifications for the relevant fastener(s) to be used to connect
N the component parts. It is vitally important to adhere to these specifications to ensure a correctly tensioned
joint is achieved.

192
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF BOLTING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
How do we generate tension in the bolt ?
Figure 2

As mentioned earlier the two most common methods to Torque

impart tension into a threaded fastener are by torque
(see figure 2) or by direct tension (see figure 3).

Torque is defined as the turning or twisting force exerted

on a nut or bolt head and it is the product of two
measurements i.e. force and distance (see figure 4).
Force is measured in units of Pounds or Newtons and
is quite simply the amount of force applied at a given
distance from the centre of the item being turned or Tension
twisted. Distance is measured in units of length i.e.
inches, feet, centimetres or metres. Torque is expressed
as a combination of the relevant units of force and
distance i.e. pounds feet (lbf.ft) in the imperial system or Figure 3
Newton metres (Nm) in the metric system. Torque is Threaded
puller
applied to a threaded fastener by a variety of manual and
Piston
power driven types of torque wrenches. Cylinder
Oil inlet
Newtons law states that for every applied force there is port
an equal and opposite reactive force. Therefore as the Nut
rotating Bridge
torque is applied to the nut, by turning it increases, it will socket
create a tension in the bolt which will act as a clamping
force within the effective thread length. Initially this Tommy
clamping force will pull the two bolted components bar
together and subsequently it will build up and retain a Turn direction
known tension (load) within the fastener to maintain the
joint integrity.
I
The amount of torque to be applied to a threaded
fastener will depend on several factors including the Figure 4
design application, type of joint, size, length and quantity Torque Force
of fasteners to be used and the type of thread lubricant.
Ordinarily the torque applied should not be outside of the
40-60% of minimum yield range. Hi-Force BoltRight
software programme (see page 118) assists the user to
accurately calculate the required torque/ tension to Lever length
achieve a successful joint bolt up. distance

Direct tension is applied to the fastener using a hydraulic tensioning device commonly known as a
hydraulic bolt tensioner (see figure 3). This is a high pressure hydraulic cylinder, with accessories,
designed to seat against the joint, grip the fastener thread using a compatible threaded puller, and via
applied hydraulic pressure extend the cylinder piston against the puller, to pull (stretch) the bolt or stud to
a known tension in tonnes or kN. When the pull force equals the desired bolt preload, plus an additional N
amount to compensate for bolt relaxation, the nut is run down the thread using a short tommy bar until
it is tight against the joint face. The hydraulic pressure is then released and the threaded fastener is
prevented from returning to its original length, by the tightened nut, subsequently leaving the required
tension retained in the fastener.
193
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF BOLTING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Hydraulic bolt tensioners are commonly used in multiples linked to a single hydraulic pump unit particularly
in applications where reliable leak free joints are required. By using a number of tensioners simultaneously
the operator is able to ensure an even pull down of the joint components, resulting in uniformity of gasket
compression and consistent leak free joints. As with torque, the actual amount of tension to be directly
applied to the threaded fastener by the hydraulic bolt tensioner, should be confirmed by the equipment
manufacturer or designer. The majority of hydraulic bolt tensioners operate at a maximum hydraulic
pressure of 1500 Bar and certainly this maximum pressure/tension load should never be exceeded.

Correct Tool Selection

Having now understood the two most common methods of applying tension to the fastener (torque or
direct tension) let us now look at the various types of tools available to accurately and successfully complete
the given task, along with other bolting products available from Hi-Force.

Hand Torque Wrenches

Probably the most commonly used tool, for accurately tightening threaded fasteners in the world!!
Hand torque wrenches are designed and manufactured on the basis of Hookes Law i.e. force x distance.

Hi-Force hand torque wrenches incorporate a reversible ratchet design drive head and a clear, easily
adjustable torque setting scale. All Hi-Force hand torque wrenches are designed and manufactured to
International Standard ISO 6789:2003. Each model is supplied marked with a unique serial number,
traceable to an individual test and calibration certificate, and provides a repeatable accuracy of +/- 3% for
TWM models and +/- 4% for the HTW-B models.

Hi-Force hand torque wrench models incorporate a clear, easily adjustable torque setting dual scale that
gives accurate reading in Nm and PSI. Full technical specification on the Hi-Force range of hand torque
wrenches can be found on pages 68 - 70 of this catalogue.

194
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF BOLTING TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Mechanical Torque Multipliers

A mechanical torque multiplier is a mechanical device

that multiplies the preset amount of input torque applied
by the operator using a calibrated hand torque wrench.
Hi-Force mechanical torque multipliers incorporate a
single stage planetary gear in models up to 2800 Nm
and a two stage planetary gear in models up to 10000
Nm. The greater the number of stages within the
planetary gear train, the higher the output torque
achieved, relative to the input torque applied. Due to the
greater output torque produced using mechanical torque
multipliers, it is necessary to incorporate an integral
reaction arm to absorb the opposing reactive force
generated (Hookes Law). Great care must be taken to
ensure that the reaction arm is correctly located against
a suitably strong reaction point prior to operating the
tool. Because the power output cannot exceed the power
input, the number of output rotations will be lower than
the number of input rotations. Hi-Force mechanical
torque multipliers are available with multiplication ratios
of 1:4, 1:5, 1:5.5, 1:16, 1:18 and 1:28.5 and full techni-
cal details can be found on page 71 of this catalogue.

Pneumatic Torque Multipliers

A pneumatic torque multiplier operates in the same way

I
as a mechanical torque multiplier except that the input
motive force is provided by a pneumatically driven air
motor instead of a manually operated hand torque
wrench, making the tool both faster and easier to operate.
Torque output is preset and adjusted by regulating the
input air pressure, supplied to the pneumatic motor,
which will control the amount of input torque applied
to the planetary gear train. As the torque output
increases the air motor will gradually slow down, until it
eventually stalls i.e. the opposite reactive force generated
becomes equivalent to the input torque of the air
motor. Each tool is supplied with an airline filter, regulator,
lubricator unit in a handy carrying frame with integral air
line pressure gauge and 3 metre connecting hose.
Repeatable accuracy of +/- 5% can easily be achieved in
conjunction with the individual torque calibration chart
supplied with each tool. Full technical details can be found
N
on pages 72 - 73 of this catalogue.

195
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF BOLTING TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Hydraulic Torque Wrenches

Hydraulic torque wrenches are specifically designed for applications where limitation of space and/or
particularly high output torque is required. The design of a hydraulic torque wrench utilises the far higher
leverage forces generated from a hydraulic piston, using high pressure hydraulic power supplied from an
air or electric driven pump. The hydraulic piston is connected to a ratchet via a reaction pawl assembly
which allows it to engage the ratchet teeth in the advance mode to rotate the nut or bolt head, and
subsequently release during piston retraction to re-engage in the next forward push position. All Hi-Force
hydraulic torque wrenches operate at 700 Bar maximum hydraulic pressure, incorporate a double acting
heavy duty hydraulic piston for fast and easy operation, and can be used for accurately tightening or
loosening nuts/bolts. A choice of standard square drive tools, suitable for use with a variety of sizes of
torque wrench sockets, or hexagon drive cassette head tools that locate directly on to the nut/bolt are
available. Full technical specifications can be found on pages 74 to 83 of this catalogue.

196
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF BOLTING TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Hydraulic Bolt Tensioners

Hydraulic bolt tensioners provide the most consistent and accurate method of applying tension to bolted
connections. Comprising of four component parts, i.e. bridge, nut rotating socket, threaded puller and load
cell, hydraulic bolt tensioners offer a safe, accurate method of ensuring consistent joint integrity.
Sub-sea tensioners consists of only two parts, i.e a bridge mounted load cell and a quick fit threaded puller.
Designed to directly stretch the bolt by applying a known load to the fastener using a hydraulic load cell and
threaded puller, the securing nut is rotated using a short tommy bar, whilst the thread is being stretched,
until it is firmly tightened against the joint face. Immediately after the hydraulic pressure (load) is released,
the bolt tension is retained because the threaded fastener is prevented from returning to its original length
by the tightened nut. Hydraulic bolt tensioners can be linked together in multiples to ensure an even pull
down or tension is applied to all bolts simultaneously. This is particularly critical in applications where a
sealing gasket is used and consistent leak free connections are required. Full technical specification can be
found on pages 93 to 114 of this catalogue.

197
 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF BOLTING TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Nut splitters

Hydraulic nut splitters provide the perfect answer for removal of

worn, damaged or corroded fasteners that cannot be opened using
torque or tensioning tools. The nut splitter design incorporates a
powerful hydraulic piston to drive a precision engineered, angled
splitting wedge into the flat face of the nut. The splitting wedge is
manufactured from high grade tool steel for maximum life and can
be easily removed for re-sharpening or replacement. The angled
design of the splitting wedge allows the nut to be split with minimal
damage to the threads on the bolt or stud. Full details can be found
on pages 154 to 156 of this catalogue.

Impact Wrenches

Air driven (pneumatic) impact wrenches are probably one of the

most commonly used tools in the bolting industry today. Ideally
suited for run down or fast removal of bolted connections, all
models operate using a standard 6 Bar air line pressure. Hi-Force
industrial quality impact wrenches have a 4 position adjustable
power output device, however torque accuracy cannot be
measured or guaranteed due to the impact design of these tools.
Full technical details can be found on page 91 of this catalogue.

Flange Spreaders

Flange spreaders provide the perfect answer for separating flange

joints for maintenance etc..... after bolt removal. Hi-Force flange
spreaders are available in both mechanical and hydraulic options.
Full technical details can be found on pages 157 to 161 of this
catalogue.

Sockets and Accessories

Most of the bolting products detailed in this catalogue will also

require a selection of accessories to assist with the relevant bolting
N application. Hi-Force offers an extensive range of sockets, hexagon
drives, hexagon reducer bushes and backup wrenches suitable for
use with Hi-Force bolting tools. Full specifications and available
options in both imperial and metric standard sizes are detailed on
pages 76, 77, 78, 83, 84, 85 and 86 of this catalogue.
198
 TIGHTENING SEQUENCE & BOLTING PROCEDURE FOR FLANGE BOLTS
As explained on page 193, the two most common methods for tightening of bolted
flange joints are either by torque using torque wrenches or by direct tension using
4 1
hydraulic bolt tensioners. Regardless of the method selected a pre-bolting inspection
4 Bolt flange
is essential if an accurate and leak free joint is to be achieved first time, every time.
The inspection must include checking for any damage to the gasket and sealing 2 3
surfaces, ensuring that the bolts and nuts are the correct size and material, are not
damaged in any way and that the correct lubricant is to be used. In addition, it is vital
that the two flanges are correctly aligned to each other and that the bolts can be
easily fitted through the bolt holes. If any of the above checks are not satisfactory 8 1
4 5
immediate remedial action must take place before starting to bolt up the joint. 8 Bolt flange
3
6
Tightening using torque wrenches 2 7
Insert the bolts through both flanges and hand tighten the nuts on both sides ensuring
that there is full thread engagement on both nuts of every bolt. Square up the joint
and ensure that all bolts are freely moving through the bolt holes and that the nuts 1
12
are hand tightened against the outer flange faces. Number all bolts sequentially in a 8 5
9
diametrically opposed fashion as shown in the illustrations on the right. Commence 4 12 Bolt flange
3
tightening of the bolts sequentially starting with a first pass at 25% of the final specified 10
7
6 11
and required torque figure, a second pass at 50% and then a third pass at 100%. 2
Finally a check pass should be carried out in either a clockwise or anti-clockwise
direction at 100% of the required torque to ensure all bolts are uniformly tightened.
16 1 9
8
Tensioning procedure using hydraulic bolt tensioners 12 5
13
4
Insert the bolts through both flanges and hand tighten the nuts on both sides 14
16 Bolt flange
3
11
ensuring that there is full thread engagement on both sides. Take care to ensure 6
10 7
2 15
that on the selected flange face, to which the tensioners are to be affixed, that there
is at least 1 x diameter (*) of the bolt thread protruding above the nut face. This is
required for the tensioner puller to attach correctly and if insufficient thread is
exposed then the tensioning procedure must not proceed. The exact number and 12 20 1 13 5
8 9
positioning of the hydraulic bolt tensioners must then be ascertained i.e. 25%, 33%, 4
16 17
20 Bolt flange 3
50% or 100% simultaneous tensioning of all the bolts in the respective joint. After
deciding the number of bolt tensioners to be used simultaneously, affix them to the
18
10
6 14
2 19
11
15
7 I
exposed thread end of the bolts, equally spaced around the flange for 25%, 33% or
50% simultaneous tensioning, or on every bolt in the case of 100% simultaneous
tensioning. Please refer to page 200 and to the Hi-Force operating manual for bolt
16 24 1 9 17
tensioners for detailed instructions. After correctly assembling all of the bolt tensioners 20
8 5
13
12
on to the flange, hook up the interconnecting hydraulic hoses and the mainline hose 4 24 Bolt flange
21
3
22
to the air driven pump unit and apply the applicable hydraulic pressure, as specified 14 19
11
6
15 7
by either the joint equipment manufacturer or the BoltRight software (see page 18 10
2 23

118). In cases other than 100% simultaneous tensioning there will be two different
hydraulic pump pressures to be applied to the bolt tensioners and these should be
strictly adhered to. Once all of the bolts have been tensioned using the Hi-Force bolt 12 28 1 13 21
8 20 5
tensioners the joint is ready for testing. Take note that it is normal to have to make 16
24 17
9
25
2 or 3 passes around the bolts when tensioning at 50% or less and usually the lower 4
26
28 Bolt flange
15
3
10 23
the number of tensioners being used simultaneously, the more passes that will need 18
6 22 19 7
14 2 27 11
to be done and hence it will take more time to complete the joint tightening.

Whether tightening the bolts using a torque wrench or bolt tensioners it is a good
16 28 1 17 9
idea to carry out a final check for tightness of all the bolts by simply tapping each nut 8 24

N
29 5
32 21
with a hammer and listen to see if a high pitched ringing sound is achieved. A dull 20
12 13
25
4 32 Bolt flange 3
sound indicates that the respective bolt is still loose. 26
14
19
11
22 31
6 30 7
10 18 2 27 15 23

(*) For sub-sea tensioners, please see note on page 200.

199
 METRIC TO IMPERIAL CONVERSION CHART
Hi-Force hydraulic bolt tensioners offer the quickest, Figure 1 Bolt diameter
safest and most accurate means of applying a specific
residual load to bolts. Bolt tensioners can be used to
Min. 1 x
easily achieve an accurate and pre-determined bolt bolt dia-
loading in a single, simultaneous operation, provid- meter
(*)
ing the uniform gasket compression, essential for
the integrity of critical bolted connections. Ideally all
bolts in the joint should be tensioned simultaneously
i.e. 100%, however 50%, 33% or even 25%
simultaneous tensioning can be carried out, which
then requires the operator to make two, three or Figure 2 Figure 3
four tensioning operations by moving around the
bolts in diametrically opposed fashion. Whilst partial
tensioning will take longer to complete the task, it
enables the user to optimise between the cost of
the equipment and the available time.

Hi-Force hydraulic bolt tensioners are designed to

directly stretch the bolt by applying a known load to
the fastener using a hydraulic cylinder and threaded Figure 4 Figure 5
puller. The securing nut is then rotated using a short
tommy bar, whilst the thread is being stretched,
until it is firmly tightened against the joint face.
Immediately the hydraulic pressure (load) is
released the bolt tension (residual load) is retained,
within the clamp length of the bolt, because it is
prevented from returning to its original length by the
tightened nut.

To operate hydraulic bolt tensioners on bolted Figure 6 Figure 7

connections safely, an extra length of threaded stud
above the nut, of at least 1x bolt diameter (*), is
required to facilitate easy fitment of the equipment
100% 50%
(see figure 1). Assembly of the tensioners to the bolt Tensioning Tensioning
is quick and easy, provided of course that the bolts
and nuts are clean, lubricated and in good condition
(see figures 2-5).

Hi-Force has considerable experience in providing

Figure 8 Figure 9
precise calculations of the correct bolt load to be
applied to ensure an accurate residual load is
imparted into the bolts, whether they be tightened
using a 100%, 50%, 33% or 25% simultaneous 33% 25%
tensioning procedure (see figures 6-9). Tensioning Tensioning

Please refer to page 118 for further details on the

N Hi-Force BoltRight software programme.
Note: If 100% tensioning cannot be achieved by attaching all
(*) Depending on the bolt size, sub-sea tensioners bolt tensioners to one side of the flange, due to a lack of space,
(STU Range) may require an extra length of threaded then alternate the tensioners on opposite sides of the flange.
stud above the nut, up to 4.8 x the diameter.
200
 METRIC TO IMPERIAL CONVERSION CHART

SI Unit Conversion Imperial Conversion SI Unit

System International Factor Equivalent Factor System International

Pressure
Bar x 14.5 PSI x 0.069 Bar
Bar x 14.5 lbf.in x 0.069 Bar
kPA x 0.145 PSI x 6.89 kPa
mPA x 145 PSI x .00689 mPa

Volume
cm x 0.061 inch x 16.4 cm
litre x 61 inch x 0.016 litre
litre x 0.22 gallon x 4.54 litre
m x 1.3 yard x 0.76 m

Area
mm x 0.00155 inch x 645 mm
cm x 0.155 inch x 6.45 cm
m x 10.8 foot x 0.0929 m

Length
mm x 0.03937 inch x 25.4 mm
cm x 0.3937 inch x 2.54 cm
m x 3.28 foot x 0.305 m

Force
N x 0.225 pound x 4.45 N
kN x 225 pound x 0.00445 kN

Torque
Nm x 0.738 lbf.ft x 1.356 Nm
Nm x 8.9 lbf.in x 0.113 Nm
kgf.m x 7.2345 lbf.ft x 0.1382 kgf.m

Mass
g x 0.035 ounce x 28.3 g
kg x 2.2046 pound x 0.4536 kg
t x 1.1 ton (short) x 0.907 t

Flow
cm/min x 0.61 inch/min x 16.4 cm/min
litres/min x .2642 gallon/min x 3.785 litres/min

Power
kw x 1.34 hp x 0.746 kw
kw x 0.948 Btu/s x 1.055 kw
w x 0.74 ft lb/s x 1.36 w N
Temperature
To calculate Celsius to Fahrenheit : (C x 1.8) + 32 = F
To calculate Fahrenheit to Celsius : (F - 32) / 1.8 = C

201
 RECOMMENDED TORQUE VALUE CHART
Use this chart as a guideline for the correct torque to be applied to standard size metric and imperial bolts in grades
8.8 (metric) and ASTM A193 grade B7 (imperial) or similar. The torque figures are calculated in both metric (Nm)
and imperial (lbf.ft) values using a choice of three commonly used bolt thread lubricants. Always consider the
coefficient of friction applicable for the chosen bolt lubricant. For grade 10.9 bolts add 47% and grade 12.9 bolts add
72% to the figure detailed against the relevant 8.8 grade metric bolt size.
Remember these torque values are for guidance purposes only! Always check the equipment/bolt manufacturer for
the actual torque required and specified for bolted components within the particular equipment design.

ALL VALUES ARE BASED ON 60% OF THE BOLT YIELD STRESS

Bolt Nut Bolt tension Torque value (for grade B7 bolt) for specified lubricant
diameter AF Size (for grade ASTM A193 B7) Moly: f = 0.06 Copper: f = 0.10 Machine Oil: f = 0.15
(see note1) (see note 2) (see note 3) see note 4 see note 4 see note 4
kN (lbs.force) Nm lbf.ft Nm lbf.ft Nm lbf.ft
5/
8 1 1/16 57 13044 99 73 149 110 211 156
4 1 1/4
3/
82 18559 170 126 259 191 369 272
7
/8 1 7/16 115 25830 270 199 411 303 587 433
1 1 5/8 171 38555 401 296 611 451 874 644
1 1/8 113/16 224 50247 574 423 882 650 1267 934
1 1/4 2 282 63487 790 583 1222 901 1762 1300
1 3/8 2 3/16 349 78271 1054 777 1640 1210 2373 1750
1 1/2 2 3/8 422 94602 1370 1011 2143 1581 3109 2293
1 5/8 2 9/16 501 112479 1744 1286 2739 2020 3983 2938
1 3/4 2 3/4 586 131904 2180 1608 3436 2535 5007 3693
1 7/8 215/16 680 152874 2682 1978 4243 3129 6193 4568
2 3 1/8 780 175389 3256 2402 5166 3810 7552 5570
2
1/
4 3 1/2 1001 225061 4638 3420 7393 5453 10838 7994
2 1/2 3 7/8 1250 280917 6361 4692 10183 7510 14960 11034
2
3/
4 4 1/4 1381 310296 8465 6244 13597 10029 20011 14760
3 4 5/8 1655 372024 10988 8104 17699 13054 26088 19241
3
1/
4 5 1954 439349 13966 10301 22551 16633 33283 24548
3 1/2 5 3/8 2279 512269 17438 12862 28218 20812 41692 30750
3 3/4 5 3/4 2628 590785 21442 15815 34761 25638 51409 37917
4 6 1/8 3003 674898 26015 19188 42244 31157 62529 46119

ALL VALUES ARE BASED ON 60% OF THE BOLT YIELD STRESS

Bolt
diameter
Nut
AF Size
Bolt tension
(for grade 8.8)
Torque value (for grade 8.8 bolt) for specified lubricant
Moly: f = 0.06 Copper: f = 0.10 Machine Oil: f = 0.15
I
(see note1) (see note 2) (see note 3) see note 4 see note 4 see note 4

kN (lbs.force) Nm lbf.ft Nm lbf.ft Nm lbf.ft

M16 24 51 13509 87 64 133 98 189 140
M20 30 85 21197 171 126 259 191 370 273
M24 36 136 30543 294 217 447 330 638 470
M27 41 180 40417 425 314 653 481 937 691
M30 46 219 49116 582 429 890 656 1275 940
M33 50 273 61453 775 572 1193 880 1716 1266
M36 55 321 72075 1005 741 1541 1137 2212 1632
M39 60 387 86874 1284 947 1981 1461 2853 2104
M42 65 443 99617 1601 1181 2463 1817 3540 2611
M45 70 519 116703 1978 1459 3057 2255 4406 3250
M48 75 583 131157 2405 1774 3708 2735 5337 3936
M52 80 702 157758 3054 2253 4732 3490 6830 5037
M56 85 809 181917 3817 2815 5907 4357 8519 6283
M60 90 947 221649 4689 3459 7286 5374 10532 7768
M64 95 1071 240948 5664 4178 8786 6480 12688 9358
M68 100 1230 276631 6788 5006 10566 7793 15289 11276
M72 105 1400 314641 8050 5937 12570 9271 18221 13439
M76 110 1502 337437 9458 6976 14812 10925 21505 15861
M80 115 1603 360234 11020 8128 17305 12763 25160 18557
N M90
M100
130
145
2078
2614
467173
587739
15731
21660
11603
15975
24852
34389
18330
25364
36253
50301
26739
37100

Notes: 1 = Bolt Material Grades 8.8 (Metric) and ASTM A193/BS4882 Grade B7 (Imperial) or similar
2 = AF size based on heavy series nuts
3 = Bolt tension equates to a bolt stress of 60% of the minimum yield strength
4 = Torque figures detailed are based on 60% of the minimum bolt yield stress

202
 NEW PRODUCTS

HHA - Hollow Piston HDA8006 & HDA10006 - HFL4002 - Low Height HFG8006 & HFG10006 -
Aluminium Cylinders High Tonnage Cylinders Failsafe Lock Ring Cylinder Failsafe Lock Ring Cylinders

See page 17 See page 20 See page 21 See page 22

HGG - SIngle Acting Load HSG - SIngle Acting Load HPX - Manually Operated AGA1-25 - Gauge Mounting
Return Industrial Cylinders Return Construction Cylinders Ultra High Pressure Pump Block

See page 23 See page 23 See page 34 See page 53

HDG1 - Digital Pressure HPT1 - Pressure transducer HDD1 - Digital Display Unit HM-C-SU / HM-C-DU -
Gauge Controlled Manilfold Units

See page 54 See page 55 See page 55 See page 57

TWM - Manual Torque TWM - Manual Torque TWG - Mechanical Torque TWP / TWP-OG - Pneumatic
Wrenches Wrenches Aluminium Multipliers Torque Multipliers

See page 68 See page 70 See page 71 See pages 72-73

TPA / TPE - Torque Wrench SBT - Spring Return Topside HPX1500BTU - Manual Pump ITP / MTP - Bolt and Nut
Pumps Premium Line Bolt Tensioners for Bolt Tensioners Protection Caps

See pages 88-89 See pages 94-101 See page 115 See page 117

MHP - Manually Operated SPP - Heavy Duty Hydraulic HBR / HPR - Pin & Bush MSB - Metal Storage Tool
Hydrotest Pumps Pullers Replacement Tool Kits Boxes

See pages 120-121 See pages 133-134 See pages 135-136 See page 168
O
203
 CONTACT DETAILS HI-FORCE OFFICES

U.K. - Head Office :

Hi-Force Limited
Prospect Way
Daventry Tel: +44 1327 301 000
Northants, NN11 8PL
United Kingdom Email: [email protected]

U.K. - Regional Office :

Hi-Force Aberdeen
Unit 8, Ashley Group Base
Pitmedden Road Tel: +44 1224 973 512
Aberdeen, AB21 0DP
United Kingdom Email: [email protected]

U.A.E. - Regional Office :

Hi-Force FZCO
Plot MO 0555
P.O. Box 17012 Tel: +971 4 8150 600
Jebel Ali, Dubai
United Arab Emirates Email: [email protected]

U.A.E. - Regional Office :

Hi-Force Hydraulics
Unit 24 / M-43
Mussaffah Industrial Area Tel: +971 2 551 3100
P.O. Box 9722, Abu Dhabi
United Arab Emirates Email: [email protected]

Australia - Regional Office :

Hi-Force Australia Pty. Ltd

Unit 2, 7 McCamey Avenue
Rockingham Tel: +61 8 9591 1288
WA 6168
Australia Email: [email protected]

Azerbaijan - Regional Office :

Hi-Force Caspian
3 Salyan Highway
20th Zone Tel: +994 12 447 4100
O Baku
Azerbaijan Email: [email protected]
204
 CONTACT DETAILS HI-FORCE OFFICES

China - Regional Office :

Hi-Force Hydraulic Equipment

(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
828-C3 Da Kang Road Tel: +86 21 6697 3010
Baoshan district - Shanghai
200 435 China Email: [email protected]

Italy - Regional Office :

Hi-Force S.r.l.
Via Serio
I - 20090 Opera Tel: +39 0253 031 088
Milan
Italy Email: [email protected]

Malaysia - Regional Office :

Hi-Force Hydraulics (Asia) S.B.

No. 2A Jalan Sg Jeluh 32/191
Bukit Kemuning, Nouvelle Industrial Park Tel: +603 5569 4209
40460 Shah Alam, Selangor
Malaysia Email: [email protected]

Netherlands - Regional Office :

Hi-Force Nederland BV
Oud Bonaventura Industrial Estate
Industriestraat 17 Tel: +31 78 674 5488
3291 CC Strijen
Netherlands Email: [email protected]

South Africa - Regional Office :

Hi-Force Hydraulics (Pty) Ltd
16 Gazelle Place (off Suni Avenue)
Corporate Park South Tel: +27 11 314 0555
Gauteng, Midrand
South Africa Email: [email protected]

Notes:

O
205
 MODEL NUMBER INDEX
Model Page Model Page
Number Description Number Number Description Number

ACP Auto centre puller kits 130 HEP2 Electric driven two stage pumps - 41
AGA Gauge mounting block 53 medium flow
AHP Air driven hydrotest pumps 122 HEP3 Electric driven two stage pumps - high 42
AHP-BTU Air driven tensioner pump 115 flow
AHP-C Chart recorder for AHP-CR pumps 128 HEP5 Electric driven two stage pumps - heavy 43
AHP-CR Air driven hydrotest pumps, incl. chart 123 duty high flow
recorder HF Fittings and adaptors 58
AHP-PB Replacement pen for AHP-CR pumps 128 HFG Single acting failsafe lock ring cylinders 22
AHP11 Air driven single stage pumps 46-47 HFL Single acting failsafe lock ring cylinders - 21
AHP2 Air driven hydrotest pumps, medium flow 124 low height
AHP2-CR Air driven hydrotest pumps, medium flow 125 HFO Premium grade hydraulic oil 57
incl. chart recorder HFS Hydraulic flange spreader kits 158
AHP3 Air driven hydrotest pumps, high flow 126 HFS-H Hydraulic flange spreaders 157
ATDP Air driven twin double acting hydrotest 127 HFS-TK Hydraulic flange spreader twin-kits 157-158
pumps HFV Flow control valves 60
BC Battery operated cable crimper tools 143 HG Pressure gauges 53
BOLTRIGHT Torque & tensioner software 118 HG-G Pressure gauges 53
BP Battery Pack for BPP & BC 37, 144 HGA Gauge mounting blocks 53
BPP Battery powered hydraulic pump 37 HGG Single acting load return industrial 23
BS Bending shoes for hydraulic pipe bender 162 cylinders
BWH Backup wrench holder 86 HH Black hoses 52
BWI Backup wrench (imperial) 86 HH-NMS Hoses for MHP pumps 121
BWM Backup wrench (metric) 86 HHA Single acting hollow piston aluminium 17
BW Bed winch 164 cylinders
CALIBRATION Calibration services 179 HHP Hole puncher 152
CCU Car cigarette lighter car charger unit 37, 144 HH-R Red hoses 52
CD Optional die sets for CH, SC & BC 140, 142 HHR Double acting hollow piston cylinders 19
range & 143 HHS Single acting hollow piston cylinders 18
CF Female couplers 58, 90 HKP Knock out punchers 153
CFD Metal dust cap for CF 58 HLS Single acting low height cylinders 13
CH Cable crimping heads 139-140 HM Manifolds 56
CHP Crimper and pump set 139 HM1C Manual shut off valve 60
CK Complete conversion kit for STS 105, 109 HM-C Controlled manifolds 56
CKS Complete conversion kit for SBT 97, 101 HM-C-SU 4-way controlled manifold unit (single) 57
CM Male couplers 58, 90 HM-C-DU 4-way controlled manifold unit (double) 57
CMD Metal dust cap for CM 58 HM-L Manifolds (extended parallel) 56
CMF Complete coupler 58 HMJ Steel machine lift jacks 65
CONTACTS Contact details for all Hi-Force offices 204-205 HMNS Self-contained nut splitters 155
CONTRACTS Testing and service contracts 180 HP Manually operated pumps 31, 33
CT Self-contained hydraulic cutters 146 HP-ALU Manually operated pump (aluminium) 32
CU Charger for BPP & BC 37, 144 HP-D Manually operated pumps (for double 32, 33
DNS Double acting nut splitters 156 acting cylinders)
ERA Extended reaction arms 76, 83 HP-FP Foot operated pump 35
FRL Filter/regulator/lubricator unit 92 HP-FPC Foot operated pump with gauge 35
HA Cylinder saddles 26 HPC Single acting pull cylinders 24
HA-G Cylinder saddles 26 HPF Workshop presses 163-164
HA-T Cylinder saddles 26 HPP Petrol engine driven pumps 49
HAP Air driven two stage pumps 48 HPR Pin and bush replacement kit 136
HAS Single acting aluminium cylinders 16 HPS Single acting low height pad cylinders 12
HBR Bush replacement kit 135 HPT Pressure transducer 55
HC Black hose with coupler 52 HPV Adjustable pressure relief valve 60
HC-C Black hose with couplers 52 HPX Manual ultra high pressure pumps 34
HC-CR Red hose with couplers 52 HPX-BTU Manual ultra high pressure pumps for 115
HC-R Red hose with coupler 52 bolt tensioners
HCC Chain cutters 150 HSG Single acting load return construction 23
HCH Hydraulic cutter heads 145 cylinders
HCJ Steel toe jack 64 HSP Electric driven split flow pumps 44-45
HD Cylinder saddles 26 HSS Single acting multi-purpose cylinders 14-15
HDA Double acting high tonnage cylinders 20 HSWC Self-contained hydraulic wire rope 148
HDD Digital display unit 55 cutters

O HDG
HEP1
Digital pressure gauge
Electric driven mini pumps
54
38
HTN (imperial)
HTN (metric)
Hydraulic tensioner nuts (imperial)
Hydraulic tensioner nuts (metric)
113
114
HEP103 Electric driven compact pumps 39-40 HTW Manual torque wrenches 69
206
 MODEL NUMBER INDEX
Model Page Model Page
Number Description Number Number Description Number

HTWH Torque hose sets including 90 RS Rotating socket for SBT & STS 97, 101
couplers 105 & 109
HTWM 4-way multi split block 90 RS Stabilisers for RSC 166
HTWP Torque wrench pumps 87 RSC Multi-purpose skate kits 166
HVB Multi-position V-blocks 164 RSH Heavy duty skates 166
HVL Single acting very low height 11 RSM Nylon multi-roller steerable skates 165
pancake cylinders RSS Multi-purpose skates 166
HWC Hammer blow wire rope cutters 147 RSX Heavy duty, twin roller skates 167
HWRC Double acting wire rope cutters 149 with grooved guide
IB Imperial hexagon bushes 84 RT Turn tables for RSC 166
IH Imperial allen hex TWS-N drive 76 SBT (imperial) Spring return topside bolt tensioners 94-95
IS Imperial impact sockets 77 SBT (metric) Spring return topside bolt tensioners 98-99
ITP Bolt & nut protection caps (imperial) 117 SBT-LC Tensioner load cell 97, 101
IW Pneumatic impact wrenches 91 SC Self-contained crimper tools 141-142
JAH Aluminium jacks 62 SCP Self-contained hydraulic pullers 130
JAS Aluminium multi-purpose jacks 62 SDC Square drive conversion kit 83
JCH Hollow compact jacks 63 SJS Stepped jaw spreader 160-161
JCS Compact jacks 63 SJS-M Self-contained stepped jaw spreader 160-161
JS Jaw spreader 159 SJS-TK Stepped jaw spreader twin kit 160
JSS Steel bottle jacks 64 SKP Knock out puncher 153
LLE Load lock extensions for TL 173 SLE Slip lock extensions for TL 173
MB Metric reducer bushes 85 SPP Heavy duty hydraulic pullers 133-134
MFS Mechanical flange spreaders 159 STFC Female tensioner coupler 116
MH Metric allen hex TWS-N drive 76 STMC Male tensioner coupler 116
MHP Manually operated hydrotest pumps 120-121 STN Nipple 116
MHP-GK Pressure gauge kits for MHP pumps 121 STS (imperial) Topside bolt tensioners 102-103
MHR Reservoir for MHP pumps 121 STS (metric) Topside bolt tensioners 106-107
MP Power supply for BPP & BC 37, 144 STS-B Tensioner bridge for SBT and STS 97, 101
MS Metric impact sockets 78 105 & 109
MSB Metal storage boxes 168 STS-LC Tensioner load cell 105, 109
MTP Bolt & nut protection caps (metric) 117 STU (imperial) Sub-sea bolt tensioners 111
NS Nut splitters 154 STU (metric) Sub-sea bolt tensioners 112
ON-SITE On-Site services 177 TL ToughLift jacking systems 170-172
PB Hydraulic pipe bender 162 TLB Load block sets for TL 173
PCS Pump and cylinder sets 25 TLF Flat saddles for TL 174
PKC Comprehensive hydraulic puller 132 TP Tensioner threaded puller for STS 105, 109
kits TP-CS Torque coupling sets 89
PKS Hydraulic 2 and 3 way puller kits 131 TPA Air driven torque pump - premium line 88-89
PMV Directional control valve, pump 59 TPE Electric driven torque pump - 88-89
mounted premium line
PMV-C Directional control valve, pump 59 TPS Tensioner threaded puller for SBT 97, 101
mounted TRAINING Training services 181-186
PMV-L Directional control valve, pump 59 TS Cylinder saddles 26
mounted, load holding feature TTB Tensioner tommy bar for 94, 97
PMV-S Directional control valve, pump 59 SBT & STS 98, 101
mounted, 24 V solenoid 105 &109
PPA-RF Protective roll frame 50 TWG Mechanical torque multipliers 71
PPA-WT Wheel trolley 50 TWH-N Hydraulic torque wrench - 79-80
PPC Universal dust cap 58 hexagon drive
RB Spacer bars for RSC 166 TWH-NRH Ratchet heads for TWH-N 81-82
RENTAL Rental services 176 TWM Manual torque wrenches 68
REPAIR Repair services 178 TWM-ALU Manual torque wrenches (aluminium) 70
REX Heavy duty skates with grooved 167 TWP Pneumatic torque multipliers 72
guide TWP-OG Pneumatic torque multipliers with 73
RH Handles for RSC 166 offset gearbox
RMV Directional control valve, remote 59 TWS-N Hydraulic torque wrench - 74-75
mounted square drive
RMV-C Directional control valve, remote 59 WB Wooden box for RSC 166
mounted, closed centre XHC High pressure bolt tensioner hoses 116
RMV-L Directional control valve, remote 59 XHH O
High pressure hoses for HPX pumps 34

RMV-S
mounted, locking feature
Directional control valve, remote 59
XHR
O
Hose reel for XHC hoses 116
O
mounted, 24V solenoid
207
 UK Head Office:
Hi-Force Limited
Prospect Way, Daventry, Northants, NN11 8PL, United Kingdom
Tel: +44 1327 301 000 - Fax: +44 1327 706 555
[email protected]

Hi-Force Regional Offices:

HYDRAULIC TOOLS
Hi-Force Australia Pty. Ltd Hi-Force Caspian Hi-Force Hydraulic Equipment Hi-Force S.r.l.
Rockingham Baku (Shanghai) Ltd. Co. Milan
Australia Azerbaijan Shanghai, China Italy Global Brand
Tel: +61 8 9591 1288 Tel: +994 12 447 4100 Tel: +86 21 6697 3010 Tel: +39 0253 031 088
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Hi-Force Hydraulics (Asia) S.B. Hi-Force Nederland BV Hi-Force Hydraulics (Pty) Ltd Hi-Force Aberdeen
Selangor Strijen Midrand Aberdeen
Malaysia Netherlands South Africa United Kingdom
Tel: +603 5569 4209 Tel: +31 78 674 5488 Tel: +27 11 314 0555 Tel: +44 1224 973 512
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Hi-Force Hydraulics Hi-Force FZCO Local Service

Abu Dhabi Dubai
United Arab Emirates United Arab Emirates
Tel: +971 2 551 3100 Tel: +971 4 815 0600
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

Your authorised distributor:

www .h i-for c e .c om

www.hi-force.com Jacks - Pumps - Cutters - Presses - Cylinders - Puller kits - Spreaders - Pipe benders
Torque tools - Bolt tensioners - Nut splitters - Hole punchers
Moving skates - Crimping tools - Hydrotest pumps - ToughLift jacking systems

Cat. Ref. HFM1501EN